Agenda packet — Barstow City Council, June 16, 2026 (part 3 of 5)

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY
THOSE PORTIONS OF SECTIONS 13, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 AND 34, TOWNSHIP 9 NORTH, RANGE 3 WEST, SAN BERNARDINO MERIDIAN, AND THOSE PORTIONS OF SECTIONS 7, 18 AND 19, TOWNSHIP 9 NORTH, RANGE 2 WEST, SAN BERNARDINO MERIDIAN, IN THE COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

BEGINNING AT THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 27;
THENCE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID SECTION 27 THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) NORTH 00°08'39" WEST 2642.69 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 27, AND
2) NORTH 00°09'15" WEST 1320.87 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 27;

THENCE LEAVING SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 27 NORTH 89°10'07" EAST 1330.69 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 27;

THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 27 NORTH 00°03'21" WEST 1320.73 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 22;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 22 NORTH 00°06'18" WEST 2628.41 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 22;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID EAST HALF AND THE NORTH LINE OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 22 NORTH 89°00'44" EAST 1993.84 FEET

TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 22;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 22 NORTH 00°22'20" WEST 1318.87

FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY LINE OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 22;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE NORTH 88°53'20" EAST 1990.80 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 23;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 23 NORTH 89°21'56" EAST 1316.80 FEET TO THE

SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 23;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 23 NORTH 00°31'52" WEST 1324.84 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 23; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID SECTION 23 NORTH 89°17'22" EAST 1322.66 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 23;
THENCE CONTINUING ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE NORTH 89°18'29" EAST 2646.16 FEET TO THE NORTHEAST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 23;

8.c
Packet Pg. 615 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 2 of 8 ends

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY AND NORTHERLY LINES OF SAID SECTION 13 THE FOLOWING THREE (3) COURSES:
1) NORTH 00°26'14" WEST 5296.49 FEET,
2) NORTH 88°56'42" EAST 2630.63 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13, AND
3) NORTH 88°55'37" EAST 2331.38 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED TO SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RECORDED MARCH 9, 1964, IN BOOK 6103, PAGE 906 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 00°35'57" EAST 329.43 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE EASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 3130.32 FEET,
2) SOUTHERLY 1381.66 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 25°17'21" TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID SECTION 18 AS DESCRIBED IN THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED TO SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RECORDED MARCH 9, 1964, IN BOOK 6103, PAGE 898 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY RECORDER; THENCE LEAVING SAID WESTERLY LINE OF GRANT DEED RECORDED IN BOOK 6103, PAGE 906 ALONG LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE OF GRANT DEED RECORDED IN BOOK 6103, PAGE 898 SOUTH 00°35'57" EAST 970.88 FEET TO THE EAST QUARTER CORNER OF SAID SECTION 18 AS DESCRIBED IN SAID GRANT DEED RECORDED IN BOOK 6103, PAGE 898;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 13 SOUTH 89°43'23" EAST 728.02 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE

OF THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED TO SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RECORDED MARCH 9, 1964 IN BOOK 6103, PAGE 902 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY

RECORDER, BEING THE BEGINNING OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE NORTHEASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 3130.32 FEET, A RADIAL LINE OF SAID CURVE TO SAID POINT BEARS NORTH 41°35'35" EAST;

THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) SOUTHEASTERLY 578.92 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 10°35'46", AND
2) SOUTH 59°00'11" EAST 671.84 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY LINE OF THE

ATCHISON, TOPEKA AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY RIGHT OF WAY AS SHOWN ON THE

ATCHISON, TOPEKA AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY MAP NO. 230-12300 RECORDED IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY SURVEYOR OF SAID COUNTY AS MAP NO. C.S. 3223;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG SAID NORTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE NORTH 60°34'14" EAST 592.14 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EASTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED TO THE CITY OF BARSTOW RECORDED MAY 20, 2014, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2014-0182599 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY RECORDER;

THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE ALONG SAID EASTERLY LINE THE FOLLOWING THREE (3) COURSES:
1) NORTH 59°00'11" WEST 964.09 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE NORTHEASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 2615.32 FEET,
2) NORTHWESTERLY AND NORTHERLY 2665.90 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 58°24'14", AND

8.c
Packet Pg. 616 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 3 of 8 ends

3) NORTH 00°35'57" WEST 328.63 FEET TO THE NORTHERLY LINE OF SAID SECTION 18; THENCE LEAVING SAID EASTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE NORTH 89°43'31" WEST 215.03 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF SAID SECTION 7;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID SECTION 7 THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) NORTH 00°41'13" WEST 2644.11 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 7, AND
2) NORTH 00°39'52" WEST 1322.15 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY LINE OF THE SOUTH HALF OF GOVERNMENT LOTS 1 AND 2 OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 7; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE SOUTH 89°31'00" EAST 2761.43 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 7; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE SOUTH 00°46'19" EAST 244.07 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY LINE OF THE SOUTH 533.5 FEET OF SAID NORTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 7;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE SOUTH 89°44'59" EAST 2604.38 FEET TO A POINT ON A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 50.00 FEET WESTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF LENWOOD ROAD;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 00°36'50" EAST 1067.84 FEET, AND
2) SOUTH 00°40'20" EAST 1302.54 FEET TO THE NORTHERLY LINE OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 7;
THENCE LEAVING SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE SOUTH 89°49'34" WEST 2598.90 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 7; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE SOUTH 00°46'19" EAST 661.37 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHERLY LINE OF THE SOUTH HALF OF THE SOUTH HALF OF SAID SOUTHEAST QUARTER OF SECTION 7;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE NORTH 89°36'48" EAST 2597.68 FEET TO SAID PARALLEL LINE 50.00 FEET WESTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF LENWOOD ROAD; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 00°40'20" EAST 556.43 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE NORTHWESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF

40.00 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTHERLY, SOUTHWESTERLY AND WESTERLY 62.77 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 89°54'16";
THENCE SOUTH 89°13'56" WEST 1204.07 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 921.00 FEET;
THENCE WESTERLY 59.12 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 03°40'41" TO A POINT ON A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 30.00 FEET WESTERLY OF THE WESTERLY LINE OF PARCEL MAP NO. 8309, IN THE CITY OF BARSTOW, COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN BOOK 86, PAGE 24 OF PARCEL MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, ALSO BEING THE CENTERLINE OF ROADRUNNER ROAD; THENCE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 00°29'33" EAST 2037.42 FEET TO A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 50.00 FEET NORTHWESTERLY OF THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL 1 OF SAID PARCEL MAP NO. 8309, SAID PARALLEL LINE ALSO BEING THE NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN FINAL ORDER OF CONDEMNATION TO BNSF RAILWAY COMPANY RECORDED JULY 24, 2025, AS

8.c
Packet Pg. 617 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 4 of 8 ends

INSTRUMENT NO. 20250176001 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY RECORDER;

THENCE LEAVING SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG THE SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION OF LAST SAID PARALLEL

LINE AND SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN FINAL ORDER OF CONDEMNATION NORTH 60°34'14" EAST 1487.75 FEET TO A POINT ON A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 50.00 FEET WESTERLY OF SAID CENTERLINE OF LENWOOD ROAD;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHWESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 00°26'13" EAST 285.82 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF SAID ATCHISON, TOPEKA AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY RIGHT OF WAY;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE SOUTH 60°34'14" WEST 237.28 FEET TO THE EASTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED RECORDED NOVEMBER 13, 2023, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2023-0279771 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY RECORDER;

THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE ALONG LAST SAID EASTERLY LINE SOUTH 00°26'13" EAST 114.33 FEET TO A POINT ON A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 100.00 FEET SOUTHEASTERLY OF SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID EASTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 60°34'14" WEST 509.30 FEET TO A POINT ON THE EASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL 3 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 10052, IN THE CITY

OF BARSTOW, COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN BOOK 129, PAGES 26 AND 27 OF PARCEL MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG LAST SAID EASTERLY LINE SOUTH 21°02'17" EAST 50.54 FEET TO THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED RECORDED NOVEMBER 3, 2023, AS INSTRUMENT NO. 2023-0272736 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS, IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY RECORDER, ALSO BEING A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 150.00 FEET SOUTHEASTERLY OF SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID EASTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 60°34'14" WEST 507.22 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID PARCEL 3, ALSO BEING THE NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF VIEJO COURT AS SHOWN ON SAID PARCEL MAP 10052, BEING 50 FEET WIDE;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG SAID NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE SOUTH 64°40'52" EAST 50.93 FEET TO THE NORTHEASTERLY PROLONGATION OF THE SOUTHEASTERLY LINE OF LAST SAID GRANT DEED;

THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHEASTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE ALONG SAID PROLONGATION SOUTH 60°30'51" WEST 61.19 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL 2 OF SAID PARCEL MAP NO. 10052, ALSO BEING THE SOUTHWESTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF SAID VIEJO COURT; THENCE LEAVING SAID PROLONGATION ALONG LAST SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE SOUTH 60°30'51" WEST 210.69 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID PARCEL 2;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID SOUTHEASTERLY LINE ALONG THE LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE AND THE GENERAL WESTERLY LINE OF PARCELS 1 AND 2 OF SAID PARCEL MAP NO. 10052 THE FOLLOWING FOUR (4) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 00°32'32" EAST 267.48 FEET,
2) SOUTH 43°06'40" EAST 241.95 FEET,
3) NORTH 46°54'35" EAST 179.75 FEET, AND
4) SOUTH 43°06'40" EAST 139.94 FEET TO A POINT ON A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND

50.00 FEET NORTHWESTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET;

8.c
Packet Pg. 618 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 5 of 8 ends

THENCE LEAVING SAID GENERAL WESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 46°53'20" WEST 863.74 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF PARCEL 2 OF PARCEL MAP NO. 170, IN

THE CITY OF BARSTOW, COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN BOOK 2, PAGE 20 OF PARCEL MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG THE NORTHEASTERLY, NORTHERLY, WESTERLY AND SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF SAID PARCEL 2 THE FOLLOWING FOUR (4) COURSES:
1) NORTH 38°35'10" WEST 216.87 FEET,
2) NORTH 89°41'01" WEST 281.22 FEET,
3) SOUTH 00°34'24" EAST 211.03 FEET, AND
4) SOUTH 41°59'01" EAST 254.06 FEET TO THE LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 46°53'20" WEST 237.25 FEET, AND
2) SOUTH 46°53'32" WEST 88.60 FEET TO A POINT ON THE NORTHEASTERLY LINE OF THAT CERTAIN GRANT DEED TO THE SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY FLOOD CONTROL DISTRICT RECORDED MARCH 3, 1960, IN BOOK 5071, PAGE 199 OF OFFICIAL RECORDS IN THE OFFICE OF SAID COUNTY RECORDER; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG LAST SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE NORTH 59°00'11" WEST 1282.26 FEET TO SAID SOUTHERLY LINE OF THE ATCHISON, TOPEKA AND SANTA FE RAILWAY COMPANY RIGHT OF WAY;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID NORTHEASTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 60°34'14" WEST 344.94 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF SAID GRANT DEED RECORDED IN BOOK 5071, PAGE 199, AND
2) SOUTH 60°34'14" WEST 423.81 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE NORTH 82°14'28" EAST 588.81 FEET TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF LAST SAID GRANT DEED RECORDED IN BOOK 5071, PAGE 199, SAID POINT BEING 250.00 FEET SOUTHEASTERLY OF SAID NORTHWESTERLY CORNER OF SAID GRANT DEED; THENCE ALONG LAST SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE SOUTH 59°00'11" EAST 1117.07 FEET TO SAID PARALLEL LINE BEING 50.00 FEET NORTHWESTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET;

THENCE LEAVING SAID LAST SOUTHWESTERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE THE FOLLOWING TEN (10) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 46°53'32" WEST 5482.69 FEET,
2) SOUTH 46°54'29" WEST 3427.75 FEET,
3) SOUTH 49°24'55" WEST 7538.86 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE NORTHWESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 1950.00 FEET,
4) SOUTHWESTERLY 587.09 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 17°15'00", 5) SOUTH 66°39'55" WEST 1447.75 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHEASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 2050.00 FEET,
6) SOUTHWESTERLY 469.38 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 13°07'08", 7) SOUTH 53°32'47" WEST 705.39 FEET,
8) SOUTH 53°35'34" WEST 1601.48 FEET,
9) SOUTH 50°06'22" WEST 1274.04 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHEASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 1550.00 FEET, AND

8.c
Packet Pg. 619 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 6 of 8 ends

10) SOUTHWESTERLY 391.43 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 14°28'09" TO A POINT ON THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF THE NORTHWESTERLY QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 34; THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG LAST SAID SOUTHERLY LINE SOUTH 89°16'55" WEST 1451.79 FEET TO THE SOUTHWEST CORNER OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 34;

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID SOUTHERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 34 NORTH 01°23'15" EAST 2649.82 FEET TO THE POINT OF BEGINNING.

CONTAINING AN AREA OF 4095.501 ACRES, MORE OR LESS.

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY
THAT PORTION OF SECTION 24, TOWNSHIP 9 NORTH, RANGE 3 WEST, SAN BERNARDINO MERIDIAN, AND THAT PORTION OF SECTION 19, TOWNSHIP 9 NORTH, RANGE 2 WEST, SAN BERNARDINO MERIDIAN, IN THE COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS:

COMMENCING AT THE INTERSECTION OF MAIN STREET, SHOWN AS “NATIONAL TRAILS HIGHWAY” ON TRACT NO. 6743, IN THE CITY OF BARSTOW, COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN BOOK 86, PAGES 47 TO 50, INCLUSIVE OF MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, AND COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE, BEING 100.00 FEET WIDE AS SHOWN ON SAID TRACT NO. 6743;
THENCE ALONG THE CENTERLINE OF SAID COUNTY CLUB DRIVE SOUTH 43°05'14" EAST 50.00 FEET TO A PARALLEL LINE BEING 50.00 FEET SOUTHEASTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF SAID MAIN STREET;

THENCE LEAVING SAID CENTERLINE OF COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE ALONG SAID PARALLEL LINE SOUTH 46°53'32" WEST 50.00 FEET TO THE GENERAL WESTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE OF SAID COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE BEING 100.00 FEET WIDE AS SHOWN ON SAID TRACT NO. 6743, ALSO BEING THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING;

THENCE LEAVING SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG SAID GENERAL WESTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE THE FOLLOWING FIVE (5) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 43°05'14" EAST 492.80 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHWESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 593.08 FEET,
2) SOUTHEASTERLY AND SOUTHERLY 438.39 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 42°21'05",
3) SOUTH 00°45'17" EAST 925.03 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE NORTHWESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 449.92 FEET, A RADIAL LINE OF SAID CURVE TO SAID POINT BEARS SOUTH 89°17'44" WEST,
4) SOUTHERLY AND SOUTHWESTERLY 413.82 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 52°41'56", AND
5) SOUTH 52°04'36" WEST 130.70 FEET;
THENCE LEAVING SAID GENERAL WESTERLY RIGHT OF WAY LINE NORTH 37°57'25" WEST 148.26 FEET; THENCE NORTH 00°44'30" WEST 572.54 FEET;
THENCE SOUTH 89°15'30" WEST 260.00 FEET TO A POINT ON THE WESTERLY LINE OF THE EAST HALF OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 19;
THENCE ALONG LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE SOUTH 00°44'30" EAST 769.99 FEET TO THE NORTHWEST CORNER OF THE EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 19;

8.c
Packet Pg. 620 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 7 of 8 ends

THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID EAST HALF OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 19 SOUTH 00°40'31" EAST 186.02 FEET TO A POINT ON A LINE BEING PARALLEL WITH AND 50.00 FEET NORTHWESTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF SAID COUNTY CLUB DRIVE;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG A PARALLEL LINE 50.00 FEET NORTHWESTERLY AND WESTERLY OF SAID CENTERLINE LINE OF COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE BEING 50.00 FEET WIDE AND ITS SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION THE FOLLOWING FOUR (4) COURSES:
1) SOUTH 52°04'36" WEST 121.49 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHEASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 558.00 FEET, A RADIAL LINE OF SAID CURVE TO SAID POINT BEARS SOUTH 38°10'20" EAST,
2) SOUTHWESTERLY AND SOUTHERLY 510.42 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 52°24'36",
3) SOUTH 00°18'22" EAST 591.44 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE WESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 842.00 FEET, AND
4) SOUTHERLY 27.80 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 01°53'31"

TO THE SOUTHERLY LINE OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SAID SECTION 19;
THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHERLY PROLONGATION ALONG SAID SOUTHERLY LINE NORTH 89°05'56" WEST 338.64 FEET TO A PARALLEL LINE BEING 658.00 FEET WESTERLY OF THE EASTERLY LINE OF SAID NORTHWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 19; THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHERLY LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE NORTH 00°40'31" WEST 565.21 FEET TO A PARALLEL LINE BEING 565.00 FEET NORTHERLY OF SAID SOUTHERLY LINE OF THE NORTHWEST QUARTER OF THE SOUTHWEST QUARTER OF SECTION 19; THENCE LEAVING SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE NORTH 89°05'56" WEST 776.92 FEET TO THE WESTERLY LINE OF SAID SECTION 19;
THENCE LEAVING LAST SAID PARALLEL LINE ALONG SAID WESTERLY LINE SOUTH 00°41'16" EAST 234.44 FEET TO THE NORTHERLY LINE OF PARCEL 3 ON PARCEL MAP NO. 11089, IN THE CITY OF BARSTOW, COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN BOOK 125, PAGES 8 TO 9, INCLUSIVE OF PARCEL MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY;
THENCE LEAVING SAID WESTERLY LINE ALONG SAID NORTHERLY LINE SOUTH 88°23'24" WEST 1286.84

FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A NON-TANGENT CURVE CONCAVE SOUTHWESTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 287.16 FEET, A RADIAL LINE OF SAID CURVE TO SAID POINT BEARS SOUTH 89°10'44" WEST, ALSO BEING A PARALLEL LINE 25.00 FEET NORTHEASTERLY OF THE CENTERLINE OF CASTLE COURT AS SHOWN ON PARCEL MAP NO. 11842, IN THE CITY OF BARSTOW, COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS SHOWN ON THE MAP FILED IN BOOK 140, PAGES 79 TO 80, INCLUSIVE OF PARCEL

MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY, ALSO BEING THE SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF PARCELS 1 AND 3 OF SAID PARCEL MAP NO. 11842;
THENCE LEAVING SAID NORTHERLY LINE ALONG SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE OF PARCELS 1 AND 3 THE FOLOWING THREE (3) COURSES:
1) NORTHERLY AND NORTHWESTERLY 211.87 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 42°16'26",
2) NORTH 43°05'41" WEST 189.24 FEET TO THE BEGINNING OF A CURVE CONCAVE EASTERLY HAVING A RADIUS OF 35.00 FEET, AND

8.c
Packet Pg. 621 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) EXHIBIT 1-B

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY

PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY

Page 8 of 8 ends

3) NORTHERLY AND NORTHEASTERLY 54.98 FEET ALONG SAID CURVE THROUGH A CENTRAL ANGLE OF 90°00'11";
THENCE LEAVING SAID SOUTHWESTERLY LINE NORTH 43°05'34" WEST 2.00 FEET TO FIRST SAID PARALLEL LINE;
THENCE ALONG FIRST SAID PARALLEL LINE THE FOLLOWING TWO (2) COURSES:
1) NORTH 46°54'29" EAST 859.55 FEET, AND
2) NORTH 46°53'32" EAST 3292.99 FEET TO THE TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING.

CONTAINING AN AREA OF 130.020 ACRES, MORE OR LESS.

SUBJECT TO ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS, RESERVATIONS, RESTRICTIONS, EASEMENTS, OFFERS OF DEDICATION, RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF WAY OF RECORD IF ANY.

SEE FIGURE “A” AND “B” ATTACHED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF, BY THIS REFERENCE.

THIS LEGAL DESCRIPTION WAS PREPARED BY ME OR UNDER MY DIRECTION. ______________________________________4/30/2026__
JEFFREY J. LENHERR DATE
P.L.S. 9305

8.c
Packet Pg. 622 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) LINE TABLE: L1L2L3L4L5L6L7L8L9L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19 N0°03'21"W N89°18'29"E S0°35'57"E S59°00'11"E N60°34'14"E N0°35'57"W N89°43'31"W S0°46'19"E S0°40'20"E S0°26'13"E S60°34'14"W S0°26'13"E S60°34'14"W S21°02'17"E S60°34'14"W N64°40'52"W N60°30'51"E N60°30'51"E N0°32'32"W 1320.73' 2646.16' 329.43' 671.84' 592.14' 328.63' 215.03' 244.07' 556.43' 285.82' 237.28' 114.33' 509.30' 50.54' 507.22' 50.93' 61.19' L20 L21 L22 L23 L24 L25 L26 L27 L28 L29 L30 L31 L32 L33 N43°06'40"W N46°54'35"E S43°06'40"E S46°53'20"W N38°35'10"W N89°41'01"W S0°34'24"E S41°59'01"E S46°53'20"W S46°53'32"W S60°34'14"W S60°34'14"W N82°14'28"E S53°32'47"W CURVE TABLE: C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 Δ: 25°17'21" Δ: 10°35'46" Δ: 89°54'16" Δ: 3°40'41" Δ: 17°15'00" Δ: 13°07'08" Δ: 14°28'09" R: 3130.32' R: 3130.32' R: 40.00' R: 921.00' R: 1950.00' R: 2050.00' R: 1550.00' L: 1381.66' L: 578.92' L: 62.77' L: 59.12' L: 587.09' L: 469.38' L: 391.43' SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 4 SEE SHEET 5 SEE SHEET 7 SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 10 SEE SHEET 9 FIGURE A SHEET 1 OF 11 SCALE : 1" = 3000' LENWOOD CHANNEL TO BE QUITCLAIMED TO BNSF LENWOOD CHANNEL SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS

ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE RAILWAY

MAIN STREET
R/W 4/30/2026 PREPARED UNDER MY DIRECTION _________________________________ JEFFREY J. LENHERR P.L.S. 9305 DATE: ___________________________ No. 9305

LENWOOD ROAD

BNSF BIG DEVELOPMENT BOUNDARY
CL CASTLE COURT CL COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE CL CAPELLA DRIVE PRIVATE SOLAR POWER UTILITY BOUNDARY NOT A PART CURRENTLY IN CONDEMNATION PROCEEDINGS. 8.c Packet Pg. 623
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) S49°24'55"W 7538.86' C5 S66°39'55"W 1447.75' C6 L33 S53°35'34"W 1601.48' S50°06'22"W 1274.04' C7 S89°16'55"W 1451.79'
N01°23'15"E 2649.82' N00°08'39"W 2642.69'
N00°09'15"W
1320.87' N89°10'07"E 1330.69'
L1
N00°06'18"W
2628.41'

W'LY LINE
E 1/2 SW 1/4
SEC 22 SW COR E 1/2 SW 1/4 SEC 22 50' CL MAIN STREET 50' 50' POB SW COR SEC 27

W'LY LINE
NW 1/4
SEC 34

W'LY LINE
SEC 27 N'LY LINE SW 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 27 W'LY LINE NE 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 27 CL MAIN STREET 50' N OF CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE RAILWAY R/W SW COR NE 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 27 NW COR SW 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 27 SW COR NW 1/4 SEC 34 S'LY LINE NW 1/4 SEC 34 NW COR SW 1/4 SEC 27 FIGURE A SHEET 2 OF 11 SCALE: 1" = 1500' SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 4 SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS 8.c Packet Pg. 624
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) N89°21'56"E 1316.80'
N00°31'52"W
1324.84' N89°17'22"E 1322.66'
N00°06'18"W 2628.41' N89°00'44"E 1993.84'
N00°22'20"W
1318.87' N88°53'20"E 1990.80'
N00°03'21"W
1320.73' L2 N'LY LINE SEC 23 N'LY LINE SW 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 23 N'LY LINE E 1/2 SW 1/4 SEC 22 SW COR E 1/2 SW 1/4 NE 1/4 SEC 22 NW COR E 1/2 SW 1/4 SEC 22 N'LY LINE S 1/2 NE 1/4 SEC 22 SW COR NE 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 23 NW COR NE 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 23 NW COR NE 1/4 SEC 23

W'LY LINE
E 1/2 SW 1/4
SEC 22 W'LY LINE E 1/2 SW 1/4 NE 1/4 SEC 22 N'LY LINE SEC 23 W'LY LINE NE 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 23 ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE RAILWY R/W E'LY LINE SEC 22 SW COR E 1/2 SW 1/4 SEC 22 NW COR SW 1/4 NW 1/4 SEC 23 N'LY LINE SE 1/4 SEC 22 FIGURE A SHEET 3 OF 11 SCALE: 1" = 1000' SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 4 SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS 8.c Packet Pg. 625
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) N89°18'29"E 2646.16' S46°54'29"W 3427.75'
S49°24'55"W 7538.86'
S46°53'32"W 5482.69'
N00°26'14"W
5296.49' N'LY LINE SEC 23 50' CL MAIN STREET NE COR SEC 23 50' N OF CENTERLINE ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE RAILWAY R/W CL CASTLE COURT FIGURE A SHEET 4 OF 11 SCALE: 1" = 1000' SEE SHEET 5 SEE SHEET 3 SEE SHEET 2 SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 10

8.c
Packet Pg. 626
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) L3
N00°26'14"W 5296.49' N88°56'42"E 2630.63' 728.02' N89°43'23"W C2

NOT A PART
EXISTING FLOOD CHANNEL N88°55'37"E 2331.38'
C1
N00°35'57"W
970.88' N'LY LINE SEC 13 NW COR NE 1/4 SEC 13
50' CL MAIN STREET TO BE QUITCLAIMED TO BNSF

W'LY LINE
SEC 13 NE COR SEC 23
BK 6103 PG 898 OR W'LY LINE GRANT DEED BK 6103 PG 906 OR 50' N OF CENTERLINE

S'LY LINE
NW 1/4 SEC 18

S'LY LINE GRANT DEED
BK 6103 PG 898 OR

ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE RAILWAY R/W W'LY LINE SEC 18 L4
S46°53'32"W 5482.69'
N41°35'35"E RAD
BK 6103 PG 906 OR E 1/4 COR SEC 13 FIGURE A SHEET 5 OF 11 SCALE: 1" = 1000' SEE SHEET 4 SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS SEE SHEET 9 8.c Packet Pg. 627
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) L6
L4
L5
N59°00'11"W
964.09'
R=2615.32' Δ=58°24'14" L=2665.90' L7
S00°29'33"E 2037.42'
N60°34'14"E 1487.75' L10 L11 L12
L13 L14
L15 L16 L17 L18 L19L20 L21 L22
L23 L25 L24 L26 L27 L28 L29 N59°00'11"W
1282.26' L30 L31
L32
S59°00'11"E
1117.07'
S46°53'32"W 5482.69'

NOT A PART

EXISTING FLOOD CHANNEL
50' 50' 30'

VIEJO COURT JASPER ROAD

CL MAIN STREET
CHANNEL NOT A PART EXISTING FLOOD E'LY LINE GRANT DEED 2014-0182599 OR 50' W OF CENTERLINE

OF LENWOOD ROAD
50' N OF CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET
BK 6103 PG 902 OR W'LY LINE GRANT DEED BK 6103 PG 902 OR & SANTA FE RAILWAY R/W
NW'LY LINE OF INST. NO.
2025-0176001 OR
50' N OF ATSF R/WN'LY LINE SEC 18

N'LY LINE

ATSF RR R/W
50' N'LY LINE NW 1/4 SEC 18 SW COR SEC 7
50'

S'LY LINE

ATSF RR R/W TO BE QUITCLAIMED TO BNSF
50'

CL LENWOOD ROAD

CL ROADRUNNER ROAD
W'LY LINE PM 8309

ATCHISON, TOPEKA
30' W OF CENTERLINE
OF ROAD RUNNER ROAD FIGURE A SHEET 6 OF 11 SCALE: 1" = 1000' SEE SHEET 7 SEE SHEET 5 SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS NW COR
BK 5071 PG 199 OR

N'LY LINE

ATSF R/W SEE DETAIL HEREON DETAIL NOT TO SCALE
BK 5071 PG 199 OR SW'LY LINE BK 5071 PG 199 OR 250.00'
NE'LY LINE PARCEL 2 PM 170 50' N OF CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET NE'LY N'LY W'LY SW'LY PARCEL 1 & 2 PM 10052 SE'LY LINE INST. NO. 2023-0273736 OR E'LY LINE PARCEL 3 PM 10052 E'LY LINE INST. NO. 2023-0279771 OR 100' SE'LY S'LY LINE ATSF R/W S'LY RR R/W

S'LY LINE

ATSF R/W
50'
100'
150' CL MAIN STREET W'LY LINE PARCEL 2 PM 10052 SE'LY LINE INST. NO. 2023-0273736 OR SEE SHEET 9 SW'LY LINE PARCEL 3 PM 10052 8.c Packet Pg. 628
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) L6
N00°41'13"W 2644.11'
N00°39'52"W
1322.15' N89°31'00"W 2761.43' L8 N89°44'59"W 2604.38'
S00°36'50"E
1067.84'
S00°40'20"E
1302.54' S89°49'34"W 2598.90'
S00°46'19"E
661.37' N89°36'48"E 2597.68'
L9 C3 S89°13'56"W C4 1204.07'

NOT A PART

EXISTING FLOOD CHANNEL
S00°29'33"E 2037.42' L7 50' 50' 50' 30'
VIEJO COURT W'LY LINE SEC 7N'LY LINE S 1/2 OF GOVERNMENT LOTS 1 & 2 OF NW 1/4 SEC 7 W'LY LINE NE 1/4 SEC 7 533.5' N'LY LINE OF THE SOUTH 533.5' OF NE 1/4 SEC 7 N'LY LINE S 1/2 SE 1/4 SEC 7 50' W OF CENTERLINE OF LENWOOD ROAD N'LY LINE S 1/2 S 1/2 SE 1/4 SEC 7 50' W OF CENTERLINE
OF LENWOOD ROAD N'LY LINE SEC 18
JASPER ROAD SW COR SEC 7 NW COR SW 1/4 SEC 7
CL ROADRUNNER ROAD W'LY LINE SE 1/4 SEC 7
CL LENWOOD ROAD FIGURE A SHEET 7 OF 11 SCALE: 1" = 1000' SEE SHEET 6 SEE SHEET 8 FOR LINE, CURVE TABLE AND ABBREVIATIONS 8.c Packet Pg. 629
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) LINE TABLE: L1L2L3L4L5L6L7L8L9L10 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L16 L17 L18 L19 N0°03'21"W N89°18'29"E S0°35'57"E S59°00'11"E N60°34'14"E N0°35'57"W N89°43'31"W S0°46'19"E S0°40'20"E S0°26'13"E S60°34'14"W S0°26'13"E S60°34'14"W S21°02'17"E S60°34'14"W N64°40'52"W N60°30'51"E N60°30'51"E N0°32'32"W 1320.73' 2646.16' 329.43' 671.84' 592.14' 328.63' 215.03' 244.07' 556.43' 285.82' 237.28' 114.33' 509.30' 50.54' 507.22' 50.93' 61.19' 210.69' 267.48' L20 L21 L22 L23 L24 L25 L26 L27 L28 L29 L30 L31 L32 L33 N43°06'40"W N46°54'35"E S43°06'40"E S46°53'20"W N38°35'10"W N89°41'01"W S0°34'24"E S41°59'01"E S46°53'20"W S46°53'32"W S60°34'14"W S60°34'14"W N82°14'28"E S53°32'47"W 241.95' 179.75' 139.94' 863.74' 216.87' 281.22' 211.03' 254.06' 237.25' 88.60' 344.94' 423.81' 588.81' 705.39' CURVE TABLE: C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 Δ: 25°17'21" Δ: 10°35'46" Δ: 89°54'16" Δ: 3°40'41" Δ: 17°15'00" Δ: 13°07'08" Δ: 14°28'09" R: 3130.32' R: 3130.32' R: 40.00' R: 921.00' R: 1950.00' R: 2050.00' R: 1550.00' L: 1381.66' L: 578.92' L: 62.77' L: 59.12' L: 587.09' L: 469.38' L: 391.43'FIGURE A SHEET 8 OF 11 ABBREVIATIONS: ATCHISON, TOPEKA & SANTA FE BOOK CORNER EAST EASTERLY NORTH NORTHEAST NORTHERLY NORTHEASTERLY NORTHWEST NORTHWESTERLY OFFICIAL RECORD PAGE PARCEL MAP POINT OF BEGINNING RADIAL RAILWAY RIGHT-OF-WAY SOUTH SOUTHEAST SECTION SOUTHEASTERLY SOUTHWEST SOUTHWESTERLY WEST WESTERLY ATSF BKCOR

EE'LY NNEN'LY NE'LY NWNW'LY ORPGPMPOB RAD RRR/W
SSESEC SE'LY SWSW'LY WW'LY 8.c
Packet Pg. 630
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

GENERAL W'LY LINE COUNTRY CLUB DR

CL COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE
565' CL MAIN STREET
50'
(FORMERLY NATIONAL TRAILS HIGHWAY)
S00°18'22"E
591.44'
S00°45'17"E 925.03' Δ=42°21'05" R=593.08' L=438.39'
S43°05'14"E
492.80'
N46°53'32"E 3292.99'
N00°40'31"W
565.21' L34C8 N89°05'56"W 776.92' 50'
50' S'LY OF CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET S43°05'14"E 50.00' S46°53'32"W 50.00' POC TPOB GENERAL W'LY R/W LINE COUNTRY CLUB DR GENERAL W'LY R/W LINE COUNTRY CLUB DR 658' SE COR NW 1/4 SW 1/4 S'LY LINE SEC 19 NW 1/4 SW 1/4 SEC 19 50' SW COR TR NO. 6743 PARALLEL WITH E'LY LINE NW 1/4 SW 1/4 SEC 19 PARALLEL WITH S'LY LINE NW 1/4 SW 1/4 SEC 19 E'LY LINE GRANT DEED 2024-0219826 OR W'LY LINE SEC 19 S89°17'44"W RAD CL CAPELLA DRIVE Δ=52°24'36" R=558.00' L=510.42' S52°04'36"W 121.49' Δ=52°41'56" R=449.92' L=413.82'
50'
S38°10'20"E RAD 50' W OF CENTERLINE OF COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE N37°57'25"W
148.26'
N00°44'30"W
572.54' S89°15'30"W 260.00'
S00°44'30"E 769.99' S52°04'36"W 130.70' NOT A PART CURRENTLY IN CONDEMNATION PROCEEDINGS. W'LY LINE E 1/2 NW 1/4 SEC 19 NW COR E 1/2 SW 1/4 SEC 19 W'LY LINE E 1/2 SW 1/4 SEC 19 S00°40'31"E 186.02' FIGURE B SHEET 9 OF 11 SEE SHEET 10 DENOTES DATA PER TRACT NO 6743, MB 86/47-50 (XXX) SEE DETAIL 'A' SHEET 11 SCALE: 1" = 500' SEE SHEET 10 FOR LINE AND CURVE TABLE SEE SHEET 5 8.c Packet Pg. 631
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

GENERAL W'LY LINE COUNTRY CLUB DR
565'
N46°54'29"E 859.55'
50'
50' S OF CENTERLINE OF MAIN STREET
C9 S88°23'24"W 1286.84'
L35N89°05'56"W 776.92'
N00°40'31"W
565.21'
N46°53'32"E 3292.99'
25' CL MAIN STREET S'LY LINE NW 1/4 SW 1/4 SEC 19 W'LY LINE SEC 19 PARALLEL WITH S'LY LINE NW 1/4 SW 1/4 SEC 19 SW COR TR NO. 6743 N'LY LINE PARCEL 3 PM 11089 NE'LY R/W LINE CASTLE COURT SHOWN ON PM 11842 BK 125 PGS 8-9 SW'LY LINE PARCEL 3 PM 11842 S89°10'44"W RAD CL CASTLE COURT L36 N43°05'34"W 2.00' Δ=90°00'11" R=35.00' L=54.98'
N46°54'29"E
859.55'
N43°05'41"W
189.24' SW'LY LINE PARCEL 1 PM 11842 LINE TABLE: L34 L35 CURVE TABLE: C8 C9 N89°05'56"W S00°41'16"E 338.64' 234.44' Δ: 1°53'31" Δ: 42°16'26" R: 842.00' R: 287.16' L: 27.80' L: 211.87' L36 N43°05'41"W 189.24' FIGURE B SHEET 10 OF 11 SEE SHEET 9

SEE DETAIL 'B' HEREON
SEE SHEET 9 DETAIL 'B' NOT TO SCALE SCALE: 1" = 500' SEE SHEET 4 8.c Packet Pg. 632
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Δ=52°24'36" R=558.00' L=510.42' Δ=52°41'56" R=449.92' L=413.82' 50' GENERAL W'LY R/W LINE COUNTRY CLUB DR CL COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE 50' 50' S38°10'20"E RAD 50' 50' W OF CENTERLINE OF COUNTRY CLUB DRIVE S52°04'36"W 130.70' S52°04'36"W 121.49' S00°44'30"E 769.99' N37°57'25"W 148.26'
N00°44'30"W 572.54'

NOT A PART

CURRENTLY IN CONDEMNATION
PROCEEDINGS.

N00°40'31"W
186.02' FIGURE BDENOTES DATA PER TRACT NO 6743, MB 86/47-50 (XXX) DETAIL 'A' SCALE: 1" = 200'SHEET 11 OF 118.c Packet Pg. 633
Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1
4 EXHIBIT 2
Specifications of the Skid Steer Cost Estimate

8.c
Packet Pg. 634 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Quote 191070-01

Page 1 of 3 ends

191070-01
Dec 02, 2025

CITY OF BARSTOW PUBLIC WORKS

ATTN FINANCE
220 E MOUNTAIN VIEW ST
BARSTOW, California 92311-2839
Attention: THOMAS ALVA
Dear Tom,
We would like to thank you for your interest in our company and our products and are pleased to quote the following for your consideration.

One (1) New Caterpillar Inc. Model: 275XE Compact Track Loader including standard and optional equipment as listed below.

STOCK NUMBER: NS0026683 SERIAL NUMBER: TBD YEAR: 2026 SMU:

We wish to thank you for the opportunity of quoting on your equipment needs. This quotation is valid for 30 days, after which time we reserve the right to re-quote. If there are any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me.

Sincerely,
Steve Usary
Machine Sales Representative
[email protected]
951-639-7808

8.c
Packet Pg. 635 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Quote 191070-01

Page 2 of 3 ends

One (1) New Caterpillar Inc. Model: 275XE Compact Track Loader including standard and optional equipment as listed below.

MACHINE SPECIFICATIONS
275XE 05A COMPACT TRACK LOADER 586-0284
CAB PACKAGE, ULTRA 661-5402
HYDRAULICS, PERFORMANCE (HP6) 597-9880
IDLER WHEELS, TRIPLE FLANGE 642-9076
COMFORT PKG, ENCLOSED CAB, HVAC 657-2197
SEAT, AIR SUSPENSION, HEAT/VENT 585-9588
FAN, COOLING, DEMAND, REVERSING 615-1629
HOSE GUIDE, ATTACHMENT 640-5405
GUARDING / SEALING PKG, (HD1) 613-6614
TRACK, RUBBER,450MM (17.7IN) BAR 594-6234
COOLER, STANDARD 637-6639
STARTING PACKAGE, STANDARD 651-5071
REAR LIGHTS 579-2312
AIR CONDITIONING, R134A REF 661-1439
DOOR, CAB, POLYCARBONATE 593-7244
INTEGRATED RADIO 651-8586
SEAT BELT, 3'' 613-1925
PACKAGE, TECHNOLOGY (T5) 607-5802
PRODUCT LINK, CELLULAR PLE643 579-2324
COUPLER, HYD, SELF LVL, RTD, WTP 585-9939
CERTIFICATION ARR, P65 650-7134
INSTRUCTIONS, ANSI, USA 586-0247
MOUNTING, FIRE EXTINGUISHER 594-1961
COUNTERWEIGHT, MACHINE, EXTERNAL 616-1322
PROTECTION, HYD. COUPLER LINES 652-1969
SHIPPING/STORAGE PROTECTION 643-1300
SERIALIZED TECHNICAL MEDIA KIT 421-8926
LANE 2 ORDER 0P-9002
PACK, DOMESTIC TRUCK 0P-0210
BUCKET-IND, 80'', BOT 643-5217
BUCKET-IND, 80'', BOCE 643-5220
BLADE, 6W DOZER, SMART, 92'' 539-9210
KIT, GRADING IMU, SMART, MACH 642-3881

8.c
Packet Pg. 636 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Quote 191070-01

Page 3 of 3 ends

WARRANTY & COVERAGE
Standard Warranty: 24 MONTHS / 2,000 HOURS FULL MACHINE Extended Coverage: 275XE-84 MO/3000 HR PREMIER
CSA 24 Months / 1,000 Hours HYBRID CVA + VL Connect (1st Year Parts, Labor, & TT&M, 2nd Year Parts Only)
SELL PRICE $207,591.39
EXT WARRANTY Included
CSA Included
SOURCEWELL DISCOUNTS 21% OFF LIST # 011723-CAT ($45,981.69) NET BALANCE DUE $161,609.70
SALES TAX (8.75%) $14,140.85
AFTER TAX BALANCE $175,750.55
F.O.B/TERMS:

Riverside Machine

ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS
• PRICE PER 2025/2026 SOURCEWELL CONTRACT | CATERPILLAR SOURCEWELL ID#011723-CAT | CITY OF BARSTOW SOURCEWELL ID#139371
Accepted by___________________________________ on ____________________ ______________________________
Signature

8.c
Packet Pg. 637 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 638 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 639 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 640 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 641 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 642 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 643 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 644 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

8.c
Packet Pg. 645 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 447136.1 5
EXHIBIT 3
Existing Regulations
Municipal Code of the City of Barstow in effect as of the Effective Date.

City of Barstow General Plan in effect as of the Effective Date, approved by City of Barstow Resolution No. 5257-2026 on June 2, 2026.

The Barstow International Gateway Specific Plan approved by City of Barstow Ordinance No. 1043-2026 on _____ , 2026;
The Specific Plan (SP) and Business Park (BP) Zone Districts approved by City of Barstow Ordinance No. 1035-2026 on ______, 2026;
The Prezoning approved by City of Barstow Ordinance No. 1045-2026 on _______, 2026; ________, 2026 and City of Barstow Ordinance No. 1046-2026 on ______, 2026; The Tentative Tract Map approved by City of Barstow Resolution No. 5258-2026 on June 2, 2026; The Request for the San Bernardino County Local Agency Formation Commission to Approve a Reorganization for LAFCO Action Area A approved by City of Barstow Resolution No. 5276- 2026 on June 2, 2026; The Request for the San Bernardino County Local Agency Formation Commission to Approve a Reorganization for LAFCO Action Area B approved by City of Barstow Resolution 5277-2026 on June 2, 2026 and (j) this Development Agreement approved by City of Barstow Ordinance No. 1044-2026 on ______, 2026.

City of Barstow Resolution No. 08-2026 Adopting the Development Impact Fee, approved on March 17, 2026.

Master Fees and Charges - as adopted by City of Barstow Resolution No. 5226-2025, approved on June 17, 2025.

Any and all applicable City ordinances, resolutions, requirements, conditions, codes, standards, zonings, maps, plans, restrictions, impositions, rules, regulations, official policies, forms or the like in effect as the Effective Date and of which City has informed Developer in writing prior to approval of this Agreement.

8.c
Packet Pg. 646 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1
6 EXHIBIT 4
Plans for Flagging Easement Areas

8.c
Packet Pg. 647 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) N

PETTIT ROAD

MAIN STREET

JASPER ROAD

BIRCHROAD

ASHROAD

ATTACHED TO CONTRACT BETWEEN

BNSF RAILWAY COMPANY

CITY OF BARSTOW
AND
MP: 4.30 - 5.35
L.S. 7600

CAJON SUBDIVISION

CALIFORNIA DIVISION
SCALE: 1 IN = 600 FT

PHILIPSSTREET

CALIFORNIA

SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY

CITY OF BARSTOW
TOWNSHIP & RANGE: 9N 2W
SECTION: 8, 9 & 17

BARSTOW
SAN
B
ERNARD
INO
REVISION 0
MP 5
245+27

EASEMENT AREA

PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER

EXISTING TRACK

RIGHT-OF-WAY

PARCEL LINE
5'
5'
25'
10'
25'
30'
25'
5'
5'
10'
25'
5'
5'
10'
25'
MP 4.30
STA. 209+25
MP 4.39
STA. 213+97
MP 4.96
STA. 242+99
MP 5.35
STA. 262+69
MP 5.09 TO MP 5.19
STA. 250+00 TO STA. 255+00
30' EASEMENT BETWEEN

17.5'
PAGE 1 OF 2
EXHIBIT 4

8.c
Packet Pg. 648 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) N

SAN BERNARDINO
MP
6 295+72

VIEJO COURT

ROADRUNNERROAD
MP 6.06
STA. 298+66
5'
10'

BARSTOW
REVISION 0 PAGE 2 OF 2

ATTACHED TO CONTRACT BETWEEN

BNSF RAILWAY COMPANY
AND

CITY OF BARSTOW

EASEMENT AREA

PROPOSED SANITARY SEWER

EXISTING TRACK

RIGHT-OF-WAY

PARCEL LINE

CALIFORNIA

SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY

CITY OF BARSTOW
TOWNSHIP & RANGE: 9N 2W
SECTION: 18
25'12'
MP: 5.77 - 6.06
L.S. 7600

CAJON SUBDIVISION

CALIFORNIA DIVISION
SCALE: 1 IN = 200 FT

LENWOODROAD
EXHIBIT 4

8.c
Packet Pg. 649 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1
7 EXHIBIT 5
Fire Truck Specifications and Costs

8.c
Packet Pg. 650 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Extension
( 1 )
$ 2,840,773.00
Sales Tax @ 8.750% $ 248,567.64
$ 3,089,340.64
Performance Bond $ 6,959.89
California Tire Fee $ 14.00
Consortium Fee Not Applicable $ -
$ 3,096,314.53
The above proposal price shall be valid until or extended in writing by South Coast Fire Equipment.

Said apparatus and equipment are to be built by the manfacturer and shipped in accordance with the specifications hereto attached, delays due to strikes, war or international conflict, failures to obtain chassis, materials, inability to obtain labor, supplies or manufacturing facilities, epidemics, acts of God, or causes beyond our control not preventing, delivery would be 44-48 months after receipt of this order and acceptance thereof at our office in Corona, California, and deliver to you at

PROPOSAL FOR FURNISHING FIRE APPARATUS
for final acceptance by South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc., at its corporate office in Corona, California, Each
February 24, 2026

BARSTOW FIRE DEPARTMENT
The undersigned is prepared to provide for you, our customer, upon an order being placed by you, the apparatus and equipment herein named and for the following prices:

Barstow, CA. 92311
861 Barstow Road
One
. The buyer must make the payment
within 15 days to obtain the full discount. Payments not received with in the 15 days are subject to an adjustment to the Total Purchase Price for the prepayment. $ 2,840,773.00
Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial (TDA) as per
the enclosed proposal for delivery sum
$ 248,567.64
$ 6,959.89

TOTAL PURCHASE PRICE
$ -
05/24/26
Payment Terms - Payment is due of the Total Purchase Price at time of delivery. Changes to the specifications since the time of order can added to the Total Purchase Price or invoiced on a separate invoice. The final sales tax amount will be determined at time of delivery based on the tax rate at that time. An increase or decrease in cost will be reflected on the final invoice.

If the customer would desire to pay for the apparatus within 15 days of the purchase order being accepted the

APPARATUS COST WITH TAX
$ 14.00
$ 3,089,340.64
$ 3,096,314.53
If the customer so desires to purchase the Product described in the Proposal and the attached specifications, prior to the expiration date listed above, the Customer shall sign and return this proposal. The Customer can then provide their choice of document for entering into the agreement by providing a Purchase Order, or signing a Contract with South Coast Fire Equipment, 3150 Palisades Dr. Corona, CA 82878 as the seller.

Barstow, CA.

Total Purchase Price would be reduced to $3,096,314.53
The specifications herein contained shall form a part of the final contract and are subject to changes desired by the purchaser, provided such alterations are interlined prior to the acceptance by the company of the order to purchase, and provided such alterrations do not matterially affect the cost of the construction of the apparaus

8.c
Packet Pg. 651 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) The proposal for fire apparatus conforms with all Federal Department of Transportation (DOT) rules and regulations in effect at the time of bid, and with all National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) guidelines for Automotive Fire Apparatus as published at time of bid, except as modified by customer specifications Any increased costs incurred by the first party because of future changes in or additoinas to said DOT or NFPA standards will be passed along to the customer as an addition to the price set forth above. Unless accepted within 30 days from the specified date, the right is reserved to withdraw this proposition.

Respectfully Submitted,
South Coast Fire Equipment, Inc.

Sales Representative Signature:____________________________________ Title:_______________ Date:____________________
I, ___________________ authorized representative of
________________________ agrees to purchase the
proposed product(s) and agree to the terms and conditions of this proposal and the specifications hereto attached.

The Seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order without charge if the updated price is not accepted.

Tim Olley
Force Majeure - South Coast Fire Equipment shall not be responsible nor deemed to be in default on accountof delays in performance due to causes which are beyond the seller's and manufacturer's control and make the seller's performance impracticable, including but not limited to wars, insurrections, strikes, riots, fires, storms, floods, other acts of nature, explosions, earthquakes, accidents, any act of government, delays in transportation, inability to obtain necessary labor supplies or manufacturing facilities, allocation regulations or orders affecting materials, equipment, facilities or completed products, failure to obtain any required license or certificates, acts of God or the public enemy or terrorisim, failure of transportation, epidemics, quarantine restrictions, failure of vendors (due to causes similiar to those within the scope of the clause) to perform their contracts or labor troubles causing cessation, slowdow, or interruption of work.

Cancellation/Termination. In the event this Agreement is cancelled or terminated by a party before completion, South Coast Fire Equipment (SCFE) may charge a cancellation fee. The following charge schedule based on costs incurred may be applied: (a) 10% of the Purchase Price after order is accepted and entered by Manufacturer; (b) 20% of the Purchase Price after completion of approval drawings, and; (c) 30% of the Purchase Price upon any material requisition. The cancellation fee will increase accordingly as costs are incurred as the order progresses through engineering and into manufacturing. SCFE endeavors to mitigate any such costs through the sale of such Product to another purchaser; however Customer shall remain liable for the difference between the Purchase Price and, if applicable, the sale price obtained by SCFE upon sale of the Product to another purchaser, plus any costs incurred by SCFE to conduct any such sale.

Due to global supply chain constraints, any delivery date contained herein is a good faith estimate as of the date of this order/contract, and merely an approximation based on current information. Delivery updates will be made available, and a final firm delivery date will be provided as soon as possible.

Persistent Inflationary Environment: If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing (www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112) ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order (Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evalution Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over 5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation

8.c
Packet Pg. 652 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 1 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
SOUTH COAST FIRE EQUIPMENT is pleased to submit a proposal to BARSTOW FIRE DEPARTMENT for a Pierce® Enforcer Tractor-Drawn Aerial Ladder per your request for quotation.

The following paragraphs will describe in detail the apparatus, construction methods, and equipment proposed. This proposal will indicate size, type, model and make of components parts and equipment, providing proof of compliance with each and every item (except where noted) in the departments advertised specifications.

PIERCE MANUFACTURING was founded in 1913. Since then, we have been building bodies with one philosophy, "BUILD THE FINEST". Our skilled craftsmen take pride in their work, which is reflected, in the final product. We have been building fire apparatus since the early "forties" giving Pierce Manufacturing over 110 years of experience in the fire apparatus market. Pierce Manufacturing has built and put into service more than 75,000 apparatus. Our Wisconsin facilities have over 1.6 million total square feet of floor space situated on approximately 162 acres of land. Our Bradenton, Florida facilities have 410,000 square feet of floor space situated on approximately 35 acres of land.

Our beliefs in high ethical standards are carried through in all of our commitments and to everyone with whom we do business. Honesty, Integrity, Accountability and Citizenship are global tenets by which we all live and work. Consequently, we neither engage in, nor have we ever been convicted of price fixing, bid rigging, or collusion in any domestic or international fire apparatus market.

Pierce has only one brand of fire apparatus "Pierce", ensuring you are receiving top of the line product that meets your specification.

In accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, this proposal will specify whether the fire department, manufacturer, or apparatus dealership will provide required loose equipment.

Images and illustrative material in this proposal are as accurate as known at the time of publication but are subject to change without notice. Images and illustrative material are for reference only and may include optional equipment and accessories and may not include all standard equipment.

GENERAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
To control quality, ensure compatibility, and provide a single source for service and warranty, the custom cab, chassis, pump module and body will be entirely designed, assembled/welded and painted in Pierce owned manufacturing facilities. This includes, but not limited to the cab weldment, the pumphouse module assembly, the chassis assembly, the body and the electrical system.

QUALITY AND WORKMANSHIP
Pierce has set the pace for quality and workmanship in the fire apparatus field. Our tradition of building the highest quality units with craftsmen second to none has been the rule right from the beginning and we demonstrate that ongoing commitment by: Ensuring all steel welding follows American Welding Society D1.1-2025 recommendations for structural steel welding. All aluminum welding follows American Welding society and ANSI D1.2-2014 requirements for structural welding of aluminum. All sheet metal welding follows American welding Society D1.3 2018 requirements for structural welding of sheet metal. Our flux core arc welding uses Hobart FabCO Excel-Arc 71, AWS A5.20, E71T1C/M and is performed to American Welding Society standards A5.20-E70T1. Furthermore, all employees classified as welders are tested and certified to meet the American welding Society codes upon hire.

8.c
Packet Pg. 653 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 2 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Pierce also employs an American Welding Society certified welding inspector in plant during working hours to monitor weld quality.

Pierce Manufacturing operates a Quality Management System under the requirements of ISO 9001. A copy of the certificate of compliance is included with this proposal.

In addition to the Quality Management system, we also employ a Quality Achievement Supplier program to ensure the vendors and suppliers that we utilize meet the high standards we demand. That is just part of our overall "Quality at the Source" program at Pierce.

To demonstrate the quality of our products and services, a list of at least two (2) fire departments/municipalities that have purchased vehicles for a second time is provided.

DELIVERY
The apparatus will be delivered under its own power to ensure proper break-in of all components while the apparatus is still under warranty. A qualified delivery representative shall deliver the apparatus and remain for a sufficient length of time to instruct personnel in proper operation, care and maintenance of the equipment delivered.

MANUAL AND SERVICE INFORMATION
At time of delivery, complete operation and maintenance manuals covering the apparatus will be provided. A permanent plate will be mounted in the driver's compartment specifying the quantity and type of fluids required including engine oil, engine coolant, transmission, pump transmission lubrication, pump primer and drive axle.

SAFETY VIDEO
At the time of delivery Pierce will also provide one (1) 39-minute, professionally produced apparatus safety video, in DVD format. A link to the video is also available at www.Pierceparts.com. This video will address key safety considerations for personnel to follow when they are driving, operating, and maintaining the apparatus, including the following: vehicle pre-trip inspection, chassis operation, pump operation, aerial operation, and safety during maintenance.

PERFORMANCE TESTS
A road test will be conducted with the apparatus fully loaded and a continuous run of no less than ten (10) miles. During that time the apparatus will show no loss of power nor will it overheat. The transmission drive shaft or shafts and the axles will run quietly and be free of abnormal vibration or noise. The apparatus when fully loaded will not have less than 25 percent nor more than 50 percent on the front axle, and not less than 50 percent nor more than 75 percent on the rear axle. The apparatus will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards acceleration and braking requirements.

SERVICE AND WARRANTY SUPPORT
Pierce dealership support will be provided by ReNewell Fleet Services operating a Pierce authorized service center. The service center will have factory-trained mechanics on staff versed in Pierce fire apparatus. The service facility will be located within fifty (50) miles of the fire department.

In addition to the dealership, Pierce has service facilities located in both, Weyauwega, Wisconsin and Bradenton, Florida. Pierce also maintains a dedicated parts facility of over 100,000 square feet in

8.c
Packet Pg. 654 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 3 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Appleton, Wisconsin. The parts facility stocks in excess of $15,000,000 in parts dedicated to service and replacement parts. The parts facility employs a staff dedicated solely for the distribution and shipment of service and replacement parts.

Service parts for the apparatus being proposed can be found via Pierceparts.com which, is an interactive online tool that delivers information regarding your specific apparatus as well as the opportunity to register for training classes.

As a Pierce customer you have the ability to view the complete bill of materials for your specific apparatus, including assembly drawings, piece part drawings, and beneficial parts notations. You will also have the ability to search the complete Pierce item master through a parts search function which offers all Pierce SKU's and descriptions offered on all Pierce apparatus. Published component catalogs, which include proprietary systems along with an extensive operator's manual library is available for easy reference.

Pierce Manufacturing maintains a dedicated service and warranty staff of over 80 personnel dedicated to customer support. Technical support is available 24/7/365 via the toll free hot line and has four (4) on staff EVTs that offer hands-on repair and maintenance training classes multiple times a year.

LIABILITY
The successful bidder will defend any and all suits and assume all liability for the use of any patented process including any device or article forming a part of the apparatus or any appliance furnished under the contract.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY BIDDER
Commercial General Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial general liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000
Personal and Advertising Injury: $1,000,000
General Aggregate: $2,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form and will include Contractual Liability coverage for bodily injury and property damage subject to the terms and conditions of the policy. The policy will include Owner as an additional insured when required by written contract.

Commercial Automobile Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of commercial automobile liability insurance and coverage will be written on a Commercial Automobile liability form:

8.c
Packet Pg. 655 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 4 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Each Accident Combined Single Limit: $1,000,000
Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The successful bidder will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

Aggregate: $3,000,000
Each Occurrence: $3,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and at a minimum provide excess to the bidder's General Liability and Automobile Liability policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

All policies will provide a 30-day notice of cancellation to the named insured. The Certificate of Insurance will provide the following cancellation clause: Should any of the above described polices be cancelled before the expiration date thereof, notice will be delivered in accordance with the policy provisions.

Bidder agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as certificate holder.

INSURANCE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER
Product Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of Product Liability insurance:

Each Occurrence: $1,000,000
Products/Completed Operations Aggregate: $1,000,000
Coverage will be written on a Commercial General Liability form. The policy will be written on an occurrence form. The manufacturer's policy will include the owner as additional insured when required by written contract between the Owner and a Pierce authorized dealer.

Umbrella/Excess Liability Insurance
The manufacturer will, during the performance of the contract and for three (3) years following acceptance of the product, keep in force at least the following minimum limits of umbrella liability insurance:

8.c
Packet Pg. 656 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 5 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Each Occurrence: $25,000,000
Aggregate: $25,000,000
The umbrella policy will be written on an occurrence basis and provide excess to the manufacturer's General Liability/Products policies.

The required limits can be provided by one (1) or more policies provided all other insurance requirements are met.

Coverage will be provided by a carrier(s) rated A- or better by A.M. Best.

Manufacturer agrees to furnish owner with a current Certificate of Insurance with the coverages listed above along with the bid. The certificate will show the purchaser as the certificate holder.

SINGLE SOURCE MANUFACTURER
Pierce Manufacturing, Inc. provides an integrated approach to the design and manufacture of our products that delivers superior apparatus and a dedicated support team. From our facilities, the chassis, cab weldment, cab, pump house (including the sheet metal enclosure, valve controls, piping and operators panel) body and aerial device will be entirely designed, tested, and hand assembled to the customer's exact specifications. The electrical system either hardwired or multiplexed, will be both designed and integrated by Pierce Manufacturing. The warranties relative to these major components (excluding component warranties such as engine, transmission, axles, pump, etc.) will be provided by Pierce as a single source manufacturer. Pierce's single source solution adds value by providing a fully engineered product that offers durability, reliability, maintainability, performance, and a high level of quality.

Your apparatus will be manufactured in Appleton, Wisconsin.

NFPA 2024 STANDARDS
This unit will comply with the NFPA standards effective January 1, 2024, except for fire department directed exceptions. These exceptions will be set forth in the Statement of Exceptions.

Certification of slip resistance of all stepping, standing and walking surfaces will be supplied with delivery of the apparatus.

All horizontal surfaces designated as a standing or walking surface that are greater than 48.00" above the ground must be defined by a 1.00" wide line along its outside perimeter. Perimeter markings and designated access paths to destination points will be identified on the customer approval print and are shown as approximate. Actual location(s) will be determined based on materials used and actual conditions at final build. Access paths may pass through hose storage areas and opening or removal

8.c
Packet Pg. 657 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 6 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
of covers or restraints may be required. Access paths may require the operation of devices and equipment such as the aerial device or ladder rack.

A plate that is highly visible to the driver while seated will be provided. This plate will show the overall height, length, and gross vehicle weight rating.

The manufacturer will have programs in place for training, proficiency testing and performance for any staff involved with certifications.

An official of the company will designate, in writing, who is qualified to witness and certify test results.

NFPA COMPLIANCY
Apparatus proposed by the bidder will meet the applicable requirements of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) as stated in current edition at time of contract execution. Fire department's specifications that differ from NFPA specifications will be indicated in the proposal as "non-NFPA".

INSPECTION CERTIFICATE
A third party inspection certificate for the aerial device will be furnished upon delivery of the aerial device. The certificate will be Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Type 1 and will indicate that the aerial device has been inspected on the production line and after final assembly.

Visual structural inspections will be performed on all welds on both aluminum and steel ladders.

On critical weld areas, or on any suspected defective area, the following tests will be conducted:
• Magnetic particle inspection will be conducted on steel aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. Magnets will be placed on each side of the weld while iron powder is placed on the weld itself. The powder will detect any crack that may exist. This test will conform to ASTM E709 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.
• A liquid penetrant test will be conducted on aluminum aerials to assure the integrity of the weldments and to detect any flaws or weaknesses. This test will conform to ASTM E165 and be performed prior to assembly of the aerial device.
• Ultrasonic inspection will be conducted on all aerials to detect any flaws in pins, bolts and other critical mounting components.

In addition to the tests above, functional tests, load tests, and stability tests will be performed on all aerials. These tests will determine any unusual deflection, noise, vibration, or instability characteristics of the unit.

PUMP TEST
The pump will be tested, approved and certified by Underwriter's Laboratory at the manufacturer's expense. The test results and the pump manufacturer's certification of hydrostatic test; the engine manufacturer's certified brake horsepower curve; and the manufacturer's record of pump construction details will be forwarded to the Fire Department.

8.c
Packet Pg. 658 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 7 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

GENERATOR TEST
If the unit has a generator, the generator will be tested, approved, and certified by Underwriters Laboratories at the manufacturer's expense. The test results will be provided to the Fire Department at the time of delivery.

BREATHING AIR TEST
If the unit has breathing air, Pierce Manufacturing will draw an air sample from the air system and certify that the air quality meets the requirements of NFPA 1989, Standard on Breathing Air Quality for Fire and Emergency Services Respiratory Protection.

VEHICLE INSPECTION PROGRAM CERTIFICATION
To assure the vehicle is built to current NFPA 1900 standards, the apparatus, in its entirety, will be third-party, independent, audit-certified through Underwriters Laboratory (UL) that it is built and complies to all applicable standards in the current edition. The certification includes: all design, production, operational, and performance testing of not only the apparatus, but those components that are installed on the apparatus.

A placard will be affixed in the driver's side area stating the third party agency, the date, the standard and the certificate number of the whole vehicle audit.

INSPECTION TRIP(S)
The bidder will provide three (3) factory inspection trip(s) for Ten (10) Total customer representative(s).

The inspection trip(s) will be scheduled at times mutually agreed upon between the manufacturer's representative and the customer. All costs such as travel, lodging and meals will be the responsibility of the bidder.

AFTERMARKET SUPPORT WEBSITE
Pierceparts.com will provide Pierce authorized dealer access to comprehensive information pertaining to the maintenance and service of their customer's apparatus. This tool will provide the Pierce authorized dealer the ability to service and support their customers to the best of their ability with factory support at their fingertips.

Pierceparts.com is also accessible to the end user through the guest login. Limited access is available and vehicle specific parts information accessible by entering a specific VIN number. All end users should see their local authorized Pierce dealer for additional support and service.

The website will consist of the following screens at the dealer level:

My Fleet Screen
The My Fleet screen will provide access to truck detail information on the major components of the vehicle, warranty information, available vehicle photographs, vehicle drawings, sales options, applicable vehicle software downloads, etc.

Parts Screens
The Parts screens will provide parts look-up capability of Pierce Manufacturing sourced items, with the aid of digital photographs, part drawings and assembly drawings. The parts search application will

8.c
Packet Pg. 659 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 8 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
permit the searching of parts by item description or function group (major system category). The parts application will provide the ability to submit electronically a parts order, parts quote, or parts return request directly to Pierce Manufacturing for processing.

Warranty Screen
The Warranty screens will provide dealers the ability to submit electronically warranty claims directly to Pierce Manufacturing for reimbursement.

My Reports Screens
The My Reports screens will provide access to multiple dealer reports to allow the dealership to maintain communication with the customer on the status of orders, claims, and phone contacts.

Technical Support Screens
The Technical Support screens will provide access to all currently published Operation and Maintenance and Service Publications. Access to Pierce Manufacturing Service Bulletins and Work Instructions, containing information on current service topics and recommendations will be provided.

Training
The Training screens will provide access to upcoming training classes offered by Pierce Manufacturing along with interactive electronic learning modules (Operators Guides) covering the operation of major vehicle components will be provided. Access to training manuals used in Pierce Manufacturing training classes will be provided.

About Pierce
Access to customer service articles, corporate news, quarterly newsletters, and key contacts within the Customer Service Department will be provided. The current Customer Service Policy and Procedure Manual, detailing the operation of the Customer Service group will also be accessible.

BID BOND
A bid bond as security for the bid in the form of a 10 percent bid bond will be provided with the proposal. This bid bond will be issued by a Surety Company who is listed on the U.S. Treasury Departments list of acceptable sureties as published in Department Circular 570. The bid bond will be issued by an authorized representative of the Surety Company and will be accompanied by a certified power of attorney dated on or before the date of bid. The bid bond will include language which assures that the bidder/principal will give a bond or bonds, as may be specified in the bidding or contract documents, with good and sufficient surety for the faithful performance of the contract, including the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty, and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the prosecution of the contract.

Notwithstanding any document or assertion to the contrary, any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will apply only to the Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty for such vehicle. Any surety bond related to the sale of a vehicle will not apply to any other warranties that are included within this bid (OEM or otherwise) or to the warranties (if any) of any third party of any part, component, attachment or

8.c
Packet Pg. 660 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 9 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
accessory that is incorporated into or attached to the vehicle. In the event of any contradiction or inconsistency between this provision and any other document or assertion, this provision will prevail.

PERFORMANCE BOND, 1 YEAR
The successful bidder will furnish a Performance and Payment bond (Bond) equal to 100 percent of the total contract amount within 30 days of the notice of award. Such Bond will be in a form acceptable to the Owner and issued by a surety company included within the Department of Treasury's Listing of Approved Sureties (Department Circular 570) with a minimum A.M. Best Financial Strength Rating of A and Size Category of XV. In the event of a bond issued by a surety of a lesser Size Category, a minimum Financial Strength rating of A+ is required.

Bidder and Bidder's surety agree that the Bond issued hereunder, whether expressly stated or not, also includes the surety's guarantee of the vehicle manufacturer's Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period included within this proposal. Owner agrees that the penal amount of this bond will be simultaneously amended to 25 percent of the total contract amount upon satisfactory acceptance and delivery of the vehicle(s) included herein. Notwithstanding anything contained within this contract to the contrary, the surety's liability for any warranties of any type will not exceed one (1) year from the date of such satisfactory acceptance and delivery, or the actual Basic One (1) Year Limited Warranty period, whichever is shorter.

If the Producer Price Index of Components for Manufacturing [www.bls.gov Series ID: WPUID6112] ("PPI") has increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 5.0% or more between the month Pierce accepts the order ("Order Month") and a month 14 months prior to the then predicted Ready For Pickup date ("Evaluation Month"), then pricing may be updated in an amount equal to the increase in PPI over

5.0% for each year or fractional year between the Order Month and the Evaluation Month.

The seller will document any such updated price for the customer's approval before proceeding and provide an option to cancel the order.

APPROVAL DRAWING
A drawing of the proposed apparatus will be prepared and provided to the purchaser for approval before construction begins. The Pierce sales representative will also be provided with a copy of the same drawing. The finalized and approved drawing will become part of the contract documents. This drawing will indicate the chassis make and model, location of the lights, siren, horns, compartments, major components, etc.

A "revised" approval drawing of the apparatus will be prepared and submitted by Pierce to the purchaser showing any changes made to the approval drawing.

DRAWING, COMPARTMENT LAYOUT
A basic drawing will be provided for the interior body compartments. This drawing will be provided for graphic representation only and will include such things as shelves, trays, reels, dividers, air control panels, air bottle storage bins, poly boxes, etc.

8.c
Packet Pg. 661 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 10 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ELECTRICAL WIRING DIAGRAMS
Two (2) electrical wiring diagrams, prepared for the model of chassis and body, will be provided.

8.c
Packet Pg. 662 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 11 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ENFORCER CHASSIS
The Pierce Enforcer™ is the custom chassis developed exclusively for the fire service. Chassis provided will be a new, tilt-type custom fire apparatus. The chassis will be manufactured in the apparatus body builder's facility eliminating any split responsibility. The chassis will be designed and manufactured for heavy-duty service, with adequate strength, capacity for the intended load to be sustained, and the type of service required. The chassis will be the manufacturer's first line tilt cab.

ANGLE OF DEPARTURE
The angle of departure will be 12 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.

ANGLE OF APPROACH
The angle of approach will be 13.5 degrees. This will be effective with the truck in a loaded state.

WHEELBASE
The wheelbase of the vehicle will be 188".

GVW RATING
The gross vehicle weight rating will be 76,600.

FRAME
The chassis frame will be built with two (2) steel channels bolted to five (5) cross members or more, depending on other options of the apparatus. The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the chassis, with a continuous smooth taper to 10.75" over the rear axle. Each rail will have a section modulus of 25.992 cubic inches and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 3,119,040 in-lb over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cubic inches with an rbm of 2,275,200 in-lb over the rear axle. The frame rails will be constructed of 120,000 psi yield strength heat-treated 0.38" thick steel with 3.50" wide flanges.

FRAME REINFORCEMENT
In addition, a mainframe internal liner will be provided. The liner will be an internal "C" design that steps to an internal "L" design over the rear axle. It will be heat-treated steel measuring 12.50" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the front portion of the liner, stepping to 9.38" x 3.00" x 0.25" through the rear portion of the liner. Each liner will have a section modulus of 13.58 cubic inches, yield strength of 110,000 psi, and rbm of 1,494,042 in-lb. Total rbm at wheelbase center will be 4,391,869 in-lb.

The frame liner will be mounted inside of the chassis frame rail and extend the full length of the frame.

FRONT NON DRIVE AXLE
The Oshkosh TAK-4® front axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 663 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 12 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

There will be nine (9) grease fittings supplied, one (1) on each control arm pivot and one (1) on the steering gear extension.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative camber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The ball joint bearing will be of low friction design and be maintenance free.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the chassis will be provided.

The wheel ends will have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The axle will have a turning angle of up to 45 degrees.

FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Oshkosh TAK-4™ independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each front wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of

3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar anchor lock system allows for simple lean adjustments, without the use of shims. One can adjust for a lean within 15 minutes per side. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows for ride height adjustment on each side.

The independent suspension was put through a durability test that simulated 140,000 miles of inner city driving.

FRONT SHOCK ABSORBERS
KONI heavy-duty telescoping shock absorbers will be provided on the front suspension.

FRONT OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the front axle.

8.c
Packet Pg. 664 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 13 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

FRONT TIRES
Front tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor MAX, rated for 24,400 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10) stud, 11.25" bolt circle.

TURNING RADIUS REPORT
A turning radius analysis of the custom Pierce chassis that we are proposing will be included with this proposal. This analysis will provide information on the inside turning radius, the outside turning radius, the curb to curb turning radius, and the wall to wall turning radius.

REAR AXLE
The rear axle will be a Meritor™, Model RS-30-185, with a capacity of 31,000 lb.

TOP SPEED OF VEHICLE
A rear axle ratio will be furnished to allow the vehicle to reach a top speed of 60 mph/96KPH.

REAR SUSPENSION
Rear suspension will be a Reyco Model 102AR-HD, air ride with a ground rating of 31,000 lb. The suspension will have the following features:
- Outboard vertical mounted heavy-duty shock absorbers
- Adjustable torque and track rods
- Heavy duty extra strength trailing beam for excellent roll stability - Low rate air spring for excellent ride
- Weight control valves to compensate for weight difference

REAR OIL SEALS
Oil seals will be provided on the rear axle(s).

REAR TIRES
Rear tires will be four (4) Goodyear 315/80R22.50 radials with 20 ply G289 WHA tread, rated for 36,360 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.

The tires will be mounted on Alcoa 22.50" x 9.00" polished aluminum disc wheels with a ten (10) stud

11.25" bolt circle.

TIRE BALANCE
All tires will be balanced with Counteract balancing beads. The beads will be inserted into the tire and eliminate the need for wheel weights.

8.c
Packet Pg. 665 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 14 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

TIRE PRESSURE MANAGEMENT
There will be a RealWheels LED AirSecure™ tire alert pressure management system provided, that will monitor each tire's pressure. A sensor will be provided on the valve stem of each tire for a total of eight (8) tires.

The sensor will calibrate to the tire pressure when installed on the valve stem for pressures between 10 and 200 psi. The sensor will activate an integral battery operated LED when the pressure of that tire drops 5 to 8 psi.

Removing the cap from the sensor will indicate the functionality of the sensor and battery. If the sensor and battery are in working condition, the LED will immediately start to flash.

LUG NUT COVERS
Stainless steel lug nut covers will be installed on all lug nuts.

FRONT HUB COVERS
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the front axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.

HUB COVERS (TILLER AXLE)
Stainless steel hub covers will be provided on the tiller trailer axle. An oil level viewing window will be provided.

HUB COVERS (REAR)
A pair of stainless steel high hat hub covers will be provided on rear axle hubs. The covers will be manufactured by Real Wheels, Inc, and will come with the standard warranty.

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps with a Pierce logo will be installed behind the front and rear wheels.

MUD FLAPS
Mud flaps will be installed behind the tiller trailer wheels of the apparatus.

WHEEL CHOCKS
There will be two (2) pairs of folding Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, aluminum alloy, Quick-Choc wheel blocks, with easy-grip handle provided.

Wheel Chock Brackets
There will be two (2) pairs of Zico, Model SQCH-44-H, horizontal mounting wheel chock brackets provided for the Ziamatic, Model SAC-44-E, folding wheel chocks. The brackets will be made of aluminum and consist of a quick release spring loaded rod to hold the wheel chocks in place. The brackets will be mounted below compartment LS5 and below compartment RS5.

ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
The vehicle will be equipped with a Wabco tractor 4S4M and tiller tractor 2S2M anti-lock braking system.

8.c
Packet Pg. 666 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 15 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The chassis ABS will provide four (4) channel anti-lock braking control on the front and rear axle. The trailer ABS will provide two (2) channel anti-lock braking control on the tiller axle.

A digitally controlled system that utilizes microprocessor technology will control the anti-lock braking system. Each wheel will be monitored by the system. When any particular wheel begins to lockup, a signal will be sent to the control unit. This control unit then will reduce the braking of that wheel for a fraction of a second and then reapply the brake. This anti-lock brake system will eliminate the lockup of any wheel thus helping to prevent the apparatus from skidding out of control.

A tiller trailer ABS fault lamp will be provided in the tiller cab and the chassis cab.

Two (2) connectors are provided to read the diagnostics for each ABS system. The two (2) diagnostic systems communicate on different protocols requiring different diagnostics - SAEJ1587 versus J1939.

BRAKES
The service brake system will be full air type.

The front brakes will be Knorr/Bendix disc type with a 17.00" ventilated rotor for improved stopping distance.

The brake system will be certified, third party inspected, for improved stopping distance.

The rear brakes will be Meritor™ 16.50" x 8.63" cam operated with automatic slack adjusters. Dust shields cannot be provided.

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR COMPRESSOR
The air compressor will be a Cummins/WABCO with 18.7 cubic feet per minute output.

BRAKE SYSTEM
The brake system will include:
• Brake treadle valve
• Heated automatic moisture ejector on air dryer
• Total air system minimum capacity of 5,376 cubic inches • Two (2) air pressure gauges with a red warning light and an audible alarm, that activates when air pressure falls below 60 psi
• Spring set parking brake system
• Parking brake operated by a push-pull style control valve • A parking "brake on" indicator light on instrument panel • Park brake relay/inversion and anti-compounding valve, in conjunction with a double check valve system, with an automatic spring brake application at 40 psi • A pressure protection valve to prevent all air operated accessories from drawing air from the air system when the system pressure drops below 80 psi (550 kPa) • 1/4 turn drain valves on each air tank

8.c
Packet Pg. 667 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 16 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test.

The air tanks will be painted job color (lower).

To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

BRAKE SYSTEM AIR DRYER
The air dryer will be a WABCO System Saver 1200 IWT, with internal wet tank, spin-on coalescing filter cartridge and 100 watt heater.

BRAKE LINES
Color-coded nylon brake lines will be provided. The lines will be wrapped in a heat protective loom in the chassis areas that are subject to excessive heat.

AIR INLET/OUTLET
One (1) air inlet/outlet will be installed with the female coupling located on the driver's side pump panel.

This system will tie into the "wet" tank of the brake system and include a check valve in the inlet line and an 85 psi pressure protection valve in the outlet line. The air outlet will be controlled by a needle valve.

A mating male fitting will be provided with the loose equipment.

The air inlet will allow a shoreline air hose to be connected to the vehicle. This will allow station air to be supplied to the brake system of the vehicle to insure constant air pressure.

ALL WHEEL LOCK-UP
An additional all wheel lock-up system will be installed which applies air to the front brakes only. The standard spring brake control valve system will be used for the rear.

ADDITIONAL AIR TANK FOR AIR HORN
An additional air tank with 1,454 cubic inch displacement will be provided to increase the capacity of the air system. This tank will be dedicated for air horn use.

The air tank will be primed and painted to meet a minimum 750 hour salt spray test. To reduce the effects of corrosion, the air tank will be mounted with stainless steel brackets.

The air tank(s) will be painted job color (lower).

The output flow of the engine air compressor varies with engine rpm. Full compressor output is only achieved at governed engine speed. Engine speed may be limited by generators, pumps and other PTO driven options.

AIR TANKS LABEL
There will be a stick-on style label provided on all of the chassis air tanks to identify the function a particular tank provided to the chassis (i.e. quick build up, isolated, chassis air supply, etc.).

ENGINE
The chassis will be powered by an electronically controlled engine as described below:

8.c
Packet Pg. 668 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 17 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Make: Cummins®
Model: X15
Power: 605 hp at 1800 rpm
Torque: 1850 lb-ft at 1000 rpm
Governed Speed: 2100 rpm
Emissions Level: EPA 2027
Fuel: Diesel
Cylinders: Six (6)
Displacement: 912 cubic inches (14.9L)
Starter: Delco 39MT™
Fuel Filters: Spin-on style filter from Cummins®.

The engine will include On-board diagnostics (OBD), which provides self diagnostic and reporting. The system will give the owner or repair technician access to state of health information for various vehicle sub systems. The system will monitor vehicle systems, engine and after treatment. The system will illuminate a malfunction indicator light on the dash console if a problem is detected.

The engine will be filled with FA-4 10W30 oil as required by Cummins.

REMOTE MOUNTED ENGINE FILTERS
The engine fuel and oil filters will be remote mounted for ease of maintenance.

HIGH IDLE
A high idle switch will be provided, inside the cab, on the instrument panel, that will automatically maintain a preset engine rpm. A switch will be installed, at the cab instrument panel, for activation/deactivation.

The high idle will be operational only when the parking brake is on and the truck transmission is in neutral. A green indicator light will be provided, adjacent to the switch. The light will illuminate when the above conditions are met. The light will be labeled "OK to Engage High Idle."

ENGINE BRAKE
A Jacobs® engine brake is to be installed with the controls located on the instrument panel within easy reach of the driver.

The driver will be able to turn the engine brake system on/off and have a high, medium and low setting.

The engine brake will activate when the system is on and the throttle is released.

The high setting of the brake application will activate and work simultaneously with the variable geometry turbo (VGT) provided on the engine.

The engine brake will be installed in such a manner that when the engine brake is slowing the vehicle the brake lights are activated.

The ABS system will automatically disengage the auxiliary braking device, when required.

8.c
Packet Pg. 669 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 18 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

CLUTCH FAN
A fan clutch will be provided. The fan clutch will be automatic when the pump transmission is in "Road" position, and constantly engaged when in "Pump" position.

ENGINE STARTER
The engine starter will be interlocked so that the starter cannot be engaged when the engine is running.

ENGINE AIR INTAKE
The engine air intake will be located above the engine cooling package. It will draw fresh air from the front of the apparatus through the radiator grille.

The ember separator is designed to prevent road dirt and recirculating hot air from entering the engine.

The ember separator will be easily accessible by tilting the cab.

EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system will be stainless steel from the turbo to the engine's aftertreatment device. The exhaust system will include an aftertreatment device to meet current EPA standards. An insulation wrap will be provided on all exhaust pipe between the turbo and the aftertreatment device to minimize the transfer of heat to the cab.

The exhaust will terminate horizontally ahead of the right side rear wheels and will be flush with the body rub rail. The exhaust pipes will be aluminized steel.

There will be an aluminized steel exhaust diffuser reduced to 5.00" in the center to accommodate the fire department's air recovery system with a standard straight tip on the end provided to reduce the temperature of the exhaust as it exits. Heat deflector shields will be provided to isolate chassis and body components from the heat of the tailpipe diffuser.

RADIATOR
The radiator and the complete cooling system will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and engine manufacturer cooling system standards.

For maximum corrosion resistance and cooling performance, the entire radiator core will be constructed using long life aluminum alloy. The radiator core will consist of aluminum fins, having a serpentine design, brazed to aluminum tubes.

The radiator core will have a minimum front area of 1060 square inches.

The radiator will be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

The radiator assembly will be isolated from the chassis frame rails with rubber isolators to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining when the apparatus operates over uneven terrain.

The radiator will include a de-aeration/expansion tank. For visual coolant level inspection, the radiator will have a built-in sight glass. The radiator will be equipped with a 15 psi pressure relief cap.

A drain port will be located at the lowest point of the cooling system and/or the bottom of the radiator to permit complete flushing of the coolant from the system.

8.c
Packet Pg. 670 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 19 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Shields or baffles will be provided to prevent recirculation of hot air to the inlet side of the radiator.

COOLANT LINES
Gates, or Goodyear, rubber hose will be used for all engine coolant lines installed by Pierce Manufacturing.

Hose clamps will be stainless steel constant torque type to prevent coolant leakage. They will expand and contract according to coolant system temperature thereby keeping a constant clamping pressure on the hose.

RADIATOR SKID PLATE
A lower radiator skid plate will be supplied for protection. The skid plate will be constructed of 0.25" steel plate.

FUEL TANK
A 50 gallon fuel tank will be provided and mounted at rear of chassis. The tank will be constructed of 12-gauge, hot rolled steel. It will be equipped with swash partitions and a vent. To eliminate the effects of corrosion, the fuel tank will be mounted with stainless steel straps.

A .75" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the left hand side rear of the chassis on the vertical portion of the fender skirting area. The inlet will be covered with a hinged, spring loaded, stainless steel door that is marked "Ultra Low Sulfur - Diesel Fuel Only".

A .50" diameter vent will be provided running from top of tank to just below fuel fill inlet.

The tank will meet all FHWA 393.67 requirements, including a fill capacity of 95 percent of tank volume.

All fuel lines will be provided as recommended by the engine manufacturer.

DIESEL EXHAUST FLUID TANK
A 4.5 gallon diesel exhaust fluid (DEF) tank will be provided and mounted in the driver's side body forward of the rear axle.

A 0.50" drain plug will be provided in a low point of the tank for drainage.

A fill inlet will be located on the driver's side of the body and be covered with a hinged brushed stainless steel door that is marked "Diesel Exhaust Fluid Only".

The tank will meet the engine manufacturers requirement for 10 percent expansion space in the event of tank freezing.

The tank will include an integrated heater unit that utilizes engine coolant to thaw the DEF in the event of freezing.

FUEL PRIMING PUMP
A Cummins automatic electronic fuel priming pump will be integrated as part of the engine.

8.c
Packet Pg. 671 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 20 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The fuel filler cap will have a retaining chain and holder provided on the fuel fill door.

FUEL FILL DOOR
A brushed stainless steel fuel fill door(s) will be installed.

FUEL SEPARATOR
The engine will be equipped with a Racor in-line spin-on fuel and water separator in addition to the engine fuel filters.

TRANSMISSION
An Allison 6th generation, Model EVS 4500P, electronic, torque converting, automatic transmission will be provided.

The transmission will be equipped with prognostics to monitor oil life, filter life, and transmission health.

A wrench icon on the shift selector's digital display will indicate when service is due.

Two (2) PTO openings will be located on left side and top of converter housing (positions 8 o'clock and 1 o'clock).

A transmission temperature gauge with amber light and buzzer will be installed on the cab instrument panel.

TRANSMISSION SHIFTER
A six (6)-speed push button shift module will be mounted to right of driver on console. Shift position indicator will be indirectly lit for after dark operation.

The transmission ratio will be: 1st - 4.70 to 1.00, 2nd - 2.21 to 1.00, 3rd - 1.53 to 1.00, 4th - 1.00 to

1.00, 5th - 0.76 to 1.00, 6th - 0.67 to 1.00, R - 5.55 to 1.00.

TRANSMISSION COOLER
A Modine plate and fin transmission oil cooler will be provided using engine coolant to control the transmission oil temperature.

TRANSMISSION PROGRAMMING
The transmission will be programmed to automatically shift the transmission to neutral when the parking brake is set to simplify operation and increase operational safety.

TRANSMISSION FLUID
The transmission will be provided with TranSynd, or other Allison approved TES-668 heavy duty synthetic transmission fluid.

DRIVELINE
Drivelines will be a heavy-duty metal tube and be equipped with Spicer® 1810 universal joints.

The shafts will be dynamically balanced before installation.

A splined slip joint will be provided in each driveshaft where the driveline design requires it. The slip joint will be coated with Glidecoat® or equivalent.

8.c
Packet Pg. 672 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 21 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

STEERING
Dual Sheppard, Model M110, steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.

For reduced system temperatures, the power steering will incorporate an air to oil cooler and an Eaton, Model VN20, hydraulic pump with integral pressure and flow control. All power steering lines will have wire braded lines with crimped fittings.

A tilt and telescopic steering column will be provided to improve fit for a broader range of driver configurations.

STEERING WHEEL
The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, have tilting and telescoping capabilities, and a 4-spoke design.

LOGO AND CUSTOMER DESIGNATION ON DASH
The dash panel will have an emblem containing the Pierce logo and customer name. The emblem will have three (3) rows of text for the customer's department name. There will be a maximum of eight (8) characters in the first row, 11 characters in the second row and 11 characters in the third row.

The first row of text will be: BARSTOW
The second row of text will be: FIRE
The third row of text will be: DEPARTMENT
BUMPER
A one (1) piece, stainless steel bumper, minimum of 10.00" high, will be attached to the front of the frame. The bumper will be 10.00" high with a 1.50" top and bottom flange.

The bumper will be bright polished finish.

The bumper will be extended 10.00" from front face of cab.

Gravel Pan
A gravel pan, constructed of bright aluminum treadplate, will be furnished between the bumper and cab face. The gravel pan will be properly supported from the underside to prevent flexing and vibration of the aluminum treadplate.

TOW ANCHORS
Two (2) fabricated steel tow anchors will be installed under the front of the chassis, attached to the front frame members. The tow anchors will not be used for lifting of the apparatus.

CAB
The Enforcer cab will be designed specifically for the fire service and manufactured by the chassis builder.

The cab will be built by the apparatus manufacturer in a facility located on the manufacturer's premises.

For reasons of structural integrity and enhanced occupant protection, the cab will be a heavy duty design, constructed to the following minimal standards.

8.c
Packet Pg. 673 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 22 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The cab will have 12 main vertical structural members located in the A-pillar (front cab corner posts), Bpillar (side center posts), C-pillar (rear corner posts), and rear wall areas. The A-pillar will be constructed of solid A356-T5 aluminum castings. The B-pillar and C-pillar will be constructed from

0.13" wall extrusions. The rear wall will be constructed of two (2) 2.00" x 2.00" outer aluminum extrusions and two (2) 2.00" x 1.00" inner aluminum extrusions. All main vertical structural members will run from the floor to 4.625" x 3.864" x 0.090" thick roof extrusions to provide a cage-like structure with the A-pillar and roof extrusions being welded into a 0.25" thick corner casting at each of the front corners of the roof assembly.

The front of the cab will be constructed of a 0.13" firewall plate, covered with a minimum 0.090" front skin thickness, and reinforced with a full width x 0.50" thick cross-cab support located just below the windshield and fully welded to the engine tunnel. The cross-cab support will run the full width of the cab and weld to each A-pillar, the 0.13" firewall plate, and the front skin.

The cab floors will be constructed of 0.125" thick aluminum plate and reinforced at the firewall with an additional 0.375" thick cross-floor support providing a total thickness of 0.50" of structural material at the front floor area. The front floor area will also be supported with two (2) triangular 0.30" wall extrusions that also provides the mounting point for the cab lift. This tubing will run from the floor wireway of the cab to the engine tunnel side plates, creating the structure to support the forces created when lifting the cab.

The cab will be 96.00" wide (outside door skin to outside door skin) to maintain maximum maneuverability.

The centerline of front axle to the rear of the cab will be 70.00" long.

The forward cab section will have an overall height (from the cab roof to the ground) of approximately

99.00". The crew cab section will have a 10.00" raised roof, with an overall cab height of approximately 109.00". The overall height listed will be calculated based on a truck configuration with the lowest suspension weight rating, the smallest diameter tires for the suspension, no water weight, no loose equipment weight, and no personnel weight. Larger tires, wheels, and suspension will increase the overall height listed.

The floor to ceiling height inside the crew cab will be 64.50" in the center and outboard positions.

The crew cab floor will measure 46.00" from the rear wall to the back side of the rear facing seat risers.

The medium block engine tunnel, at the rearward highest point (knee level), will measure 61.50" to the rear wall. The big block engine tunnel will measure between 45.00" and 51.50" to the rear wall.

The crew cab will be a totally enclosed design with the interior area completely open to improve visibility and verbal communication between the occupants.

The cab will be a full tilt cab style.

A 3-point cab mount system with rubber isolators will improve ride quality by isolating chassis vibrations from the cab.

8.c
Packet Pg. 674 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 23 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

CAB ROOF DRIP RAIL
For enhanced protection from inclement weather, a drip rail will be furnished on the sides of the cab.

The drip rail will be painted to match the cab roof, and bonded to the sides of the cab. The drip rail will extend the full length of the cab roof.

FENDER LINERS
Full circular inner fender liners in the wheel wells will be provided.

PANORAMIC WINDSHIELD
A one (1)-piece safety glass windshield will be provided with over 2,775 square inches of clear viewing area. The windshield will be full width and will provide the occupants with a panoramic view. The windshield will consist of three (3) layers: outer light, middle safety laminate, and inner light. The outer light layer will provide superior chip resistance. The middle safety laminate layer will prevent the windshield glass pieces from detaching in the event of breakage. The inner light will provide yet another chip resistant layer. The cab windshield will be bonded to the aluminum windshield frame using a urethane adhesive. A custom frit pattern will be applied on the outside perimeter of the windshield for a finished automotive appearance.

WINDSHIELD WIPERS
Three (3) electric windshield wipers with washer will be provided that meet FMVSS and SAE requirements.

The washer reservoir will be able to be filled without raising the cab.

ENGINE TUNNEL
Engine tunnel side walls will be constructed of 0.375" aluminum. The top will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be tapered at the top to allow for more driver and passenger elbow room.

The engine tunnel will be insulated for protection from heat and sound. Perforated foil faced insulation will be over a 1.00" thick closed cell foam affixed with pressure sensitive adhesive and further secured with mechanical fasteners. Thermal rating for this insulation will be -40 degrees Fahrenheit to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. The noise insulation keeps the dBA level within the limits stated in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The engine tunnel will be no higher than 18.00" off the crew cab floor.

INTERIOR CAB INSULATION
The cab will include 1.00" insulation in the ceiling, 1.50" insulation in the side walls, a minimum of 1.00" insulation in the crew cab floor, and 2.00" insulation in the rear wall to maximize acoustic absorption and thermal insulation.

CAB REAR WALL EXTERIOR COVERING
The exterior surface of the rear wall of the cab will be overlaid with bright aluminum treadplate except for areas that are not typically visible when the cab is lowered.

8.c
Packet Pg. 675 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 24 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

CAB LIFT
A hydraulic cab lift system will be provided consisting of an electric powered hydraulic pump, dual lift cylinders, and necessary hoses and valves.

Hydraulic pump will have a manual override for backup in the event of electrical failure.

Lift controls will be located on the right side pump panel or front area of the body in a convenient location. A "cab unlocked" indicator light will be located at the controls that will indicate when the cab is not in the locked position for safe road travel.

The cab will be capable of tilting 43 degrees to accommodate engine maintenance and removal.

The cab will be locked down by a 2-point normally closed spring loaded hook type latch that fully engages after the cab has been lowered. The system will be hydraulically actuated to release the normally closed locks when the cab lift control is in the raised position and cab lift system is under pressure. When the cab is completely lowered and system pressure has been relieved, the spring loaded latch mechanisms will return to the normally closed and locked position.

The hydraulic cylinders will be equipped with a velocity fuse that protects the cab from accidentally descending when the control is located in the tilt position.

For increased safety, a redundant mechanical stay arm will be provided that must be manually put in place on the left side between the chassis and cab frame when the cab is in the raised position. This device will be manually stowed to its original position before the cab can be lowered.

Cab Lift Interlock
The cab lift system will be interlocked to the parking brake. The cab tilt mechanism will be active only when the parking brake is set and the ignition switch is in the on position. If the parking brake is released, the cab tilt mechanism will be disabled.

GRILLE
A bright finished aluminum mesh grille screen, inserted behind a bright finished grille surround, will be provided on the front center of the cab.

DOOR JAMB SCUFFPLATES
All cab door jambs will be furnished with a 1.00" polished stainless steel scuffplate, mounted on the striker side of the jamb.

SCUFFPLATE
A brushed stainless steel scuffplate will be installed on the top edge of both rear facing seat risers. The scuffplate will be flanged to the front to protect the painted edge of the seat riser.

SIDE OF CAB MOLDING
Chrome molding will be provided on both sides of cab.

8.c
Packet Pg. 676 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 25 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

MIRRORS
A Retrac, Model 613423, dual vision, motorized, west coast style mirror, with chrome finish, will be mounted on each side of the front cab door with spring loaded retractable arms. The flat glass and convex glass will be heated and adjustable with remote control within reach of the driver.

DOORS
To enhance entry and egress to the cab, the forward cab door openings will be a minimum of 37.50" wide x 63.37" high. The crew cab doors will be located on the sides of the cab and will be constructed in the same manner as the forward cab doors. The crew cab door openings will be a minimum of

34.30" wide x 73.25" high.

The forward cab and crew cab doors will be constructed of extruded aluminum with a nominal material thickness of 0.093". The exterior door skins will be constructed from 0.090" aluminum.

A customized, vertical, pull-down type door handle will be provided on the exterior of each cab door.

The finish of the door handle will be chrome/black. The exterior handle will be designed specifically for the fire service to prevent accidental activation, and will provide 4.00" wide x 2.00" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

Each door will also be provided with an interior flush, open style paddle handle that will be readily operable from fore and aft positions, and be designed to prevent accidental activation. The interior handles will provide 4.00" wide x 1.25" deep hand clearance for ease of use with heavy gloved hands.

The cab doors will be provided with both interior (rotary knob) and exterior (keyed) locks exceeding FMVSS standards. The keys will be Model 751. The locks will be capable of activating when the doors are open or closed. The doors will remain locked if locks are activated when the doors are opened, then closed.

A full length, heavy duty, stainless steel, piano-type hinge with a 0.38" pin and 11 gauge leaf will be provided on all cab doors. There will be double automotive-type rubber seals around the perimeter of the door framing and door edges to ensure a weather-tight fit.

The door hinges will have a notch on the inboard side at the wire pass location.

A chrome grab handle will be provided on the inside of each cab door for ease of entry.

A red webbed grab handle will be installed on the crew cab door stop strap. The grab handles will be securely mounted.

The bottom cab step at each cab door location will be located below the cab doors and will be exposed to the exterior of the cab.

Door Panels
The inner cab door panels will be constructed out of brushed stainless steel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 677 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 26 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ELECTRIC OPERATED CAB DOOR WINDOWS
All four (4) cab doors will be equipped with electric operated windows with one (1) flush mounted automotive style switch on each door. The driver's door will have four (4) switches, one (1) to control each door window.

Each switch will allow intermittent or auto down operation for ease of use. Auto down operation will be actuated by holding the window down switch for approximately 1 second.

ELECTRIC CAB DOOR LOCKS
The front driver and officer doors will have a door lock master switch that will control all front and rear crew cab door locks. Each rear crew cab door will have its own lock control.

There will be one (1) concealed switch located Under driver's door.

KEY PAD FOR ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
For improved convenience, the cab door locks will include a Trimark keypad entry system to provide complete keyless entry to the cab. There will be two (2) keypads provided, located one (1) each side of the cab behind the front cab doors. The keypads will include visual and audio feedback to confirm activation and acknowledge correct entry code. For enhanced night time use, the keypads will be lighted. For increased security, the system will allow over 3,000 possible code combinations.

CAB STEPS
The forward cab and crew cab access steps will be a full size two (2) step design to provide largest possible stepping surfaces for safe ingress and egress. The bottom steps will be designed with a grip pattern punched into bright aluminum treadplate material to provide support, slip resistance, and drainage. The bottom steps will be a bolt-in design to minimize repair costs should they need to be replaced. The forward cab steps will be a minimum 25.00" wide, and the crew cab steps will be 21.65" wide with a 10.00" minimum depth. The inside cab steps will not exceed 16.50" in height.

The vertical surfaces of the step well will be aluminum treadplate.

CAB EXTERIOR HANDRAILS
A 1.25" diameter slip-resistant, knurled aluminum handrail will be provided adjacent to each cab and crew cab door opening to assist during cab ingress and egress.

STEP LIGHTS
There will be six (6) white LED step lights with chrome housing installed for cab and crew cab access steps.
• One (1) light for the left side cab access steps.
• Two (2) lights for the left side crew cab access steps. • Two (2) lights for the right side crew cab access steps. • One (1) light for the right side cab access step.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

8.c
Packet Pg. 678 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 27 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the adjacent door is opened.

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be installed at the cab wheel openings.

FIFTH WHEEL
The fifth wheel will be designed to allow the tiller trailer to pivot fore and aft and be rotated. The fifth wheel will also be capable of full operation up to a 14 degree break over angle.

A fill and a gauge port will be provided on the top of the trailer goose neck for maintenance.

LOCKOUT
A fifth wheel lockout system will be provided to limit motion during aerial operations.

The fifth wheel lockout system, when activated, will prevent movement between the upper and lower plates of the fifth wheel assembly.

In the normal road travel condition, the cylinder mounted solenoid valves will be open and will allow transfer of oil between the front and rear pair of cylinders.

When the stabilizers are in their proper supporting position and as the aerial leaves the boom support, the solenoid valves will close.

The closed valves will allow no oil to be transferred and the fifth wheel assembly will become rigid.

There will be a cylinder lockout indicator located in the cab.

FENDER PANELS
The chassis behind the cab will be assembled with fender panels over the wheels.

The fender panels will be fabricated of 0.125"-5052 aluminum with a 38,000 psi tensile strength.

Fender design will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be provided between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

WALKWAY
The area over the frame rails between the cab and fifth wheel will be covered with aluminum treadplate to serve as a walkway area.

The walkway area will be properly reinforced with a steel substructure attached to the frame rails.

8.c
Packet Pg. 679 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 28 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

RUNNING BOARDS
Running boards will be installed on each side directly behind the cab for access to the walkway area behind the cab and the turntable.

The running boards will be covered with aluminum treadplate.

HANDRAILS BELOW CAB WINDSHIELD
A 7.00" long x 1.25" diameter handrail will be mounted below the front cab windshield, one (1) on each side. The handrails will be extruded aluminum with a ribbed design to provide a positive gripping surface.

INTERIOR CREW CAB DOOR HANDRAIL
A handrail will be provided on each interior crew cab door pan. The handrails will be mounted at a 45 degree angle. These are in addition to the standard crew cab door handle.

CREW CAB WINDOWS
One (1) fixed window with tinted glass will be provided on each side of the cab, to the rear of the front cab door. The windows will be sized to enhance light penetration into the cab interior. The windows will measure 18.70" wide x 23.75" high with chrome window trim.

BEHIND LEFT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the left side front cab door will be tinted medium gray.

BEHIND RIGHT SIDE CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The window behind the right side front cab door will be tinted medium gray.

LEFT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.

RIGHT SIDE UPPER CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The upper window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.

RIGHT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the right side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.

LEFT SIDE ROLLUP CREW CAB DOOR WINDOW TINT
The rollup window in the left side crew cab door will be tinted medium gray.

STORAGE COMPARTMENT
Provided on the right side of the cab, to the rear of the crew cab access door, will be a storage compartment.

The compartment will be 16.50" wide x 25.50" high x 15.00" deep.

There will be one (1) double pan door painted to match the cab exterior with a non-locking D-ring latch.

A rubber bumper will be used as a doorstop. The clear door opening will be 10.25" wide x 22.50" high.

The compartment interior will be painted spatter gray.

8.c
Packet Pg. 680 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 29 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Compartment Light
There will be one (1) white LED strip light provided on the hinged side of the compartment door opening.

CUP HOLDER
There will be two (2) cup holder(s) provided. Each cup holder will be 4.00" in diameter x 4.00" high. An approximate 1.00" wide recess in the cup holder will allow it to hold beverage containers with handles.

Black rubber matting will be provided on the bottom of each cup holder.

The cup holder(s) will be painted to match the cab interior and located one each side rear cab .

CAB DASH
The driver side dash, switch panel located to the right of the driver, and center console will be constructed of metal and painted fire smoke gray.

The officer side dash will be a flat top design with an upper beveled edge to provide easy maintenance and will be constructed out of aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

The instrument gauge cluster will be surrounded with a high impact ABS plastic contoured to the same shape of the instrument gauge cluster.

EQUIPMENT MOUNTING SHELF
There will be a shelf provided in the crew cab for permanent mounting of equipment.

The shelf will extend across the crew cab from the left side cab wall to the right side cab wall.

The shelf will be 19.00" deep on the left and right side and the center will be set back 9.00" so that it is only 10.00" deep. The top of the shelf will be 13.00" above the rear facing seat risers. The area under the shelf will be open. There will be a wall provided below the rear of the shelf to stop any items from the cab rolling into the crew cab.

The shelf will have a 1.50" lip around edge.

The shelf will be fabricated from 0.188" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.

MOUNTING PLATE ON ENGINE TUNNEL
Equipment installation provisions will be installed on the engine tunnel.

A 0.25" smooth aluminum plate will be bolted to the top surface of the engine tunnel. The plate will follow the contour of the engine tunnel and will run the entire length of the engine tunnel. The plate will be spaced off the engine tunnel .50" to allow for wire routing below the plate.

The mounting surface will be painted to match the cab interior.

CAB INTERIOR
The cab interior will be constructed of primarily metal (painted aluminum) to withstand the severe duty cycles of the fire service.

8.c
Packet Pg. 681 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 30 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The engine tunnel will be padded and covered, on the top and sides, with black Turnout Tuff fabric.

For durability and ease of maintenance, the cab interior side walls will be painted aluminum. The rear wall will be painted aluminum.

The headliner will be installed in both forward and rear cab sections. Headliner material will be vinyl. A sound barrier will be part of its composition. Material will be installed on an aluminum sheet and securely fastened to interior cab ceiling.

The forward portion of the cab headliner will permit easy access for service of electrical wiring or other maintenance needs.

All wiring will be placed in metal raceways.

CAB INTERIOR UPHOLSTERY
The cab interior upholstery will be 36 oz dark silver gray vinyl.

CAB INTERIOR PAINT
The cab interior metal surfaces, excluding the rear heater panels, will be painted fire smoke gray, vinyl texture paint.

The rear heater panels will be painted black, vinyl textured paint.

CAB FLOOR
The cab and crew cab floor areas will be covered with Polydamp™ acoustical floor mat consisting of a black pyramid rubber facing and closed cell foam decoupler.

The top surface of the material has a series of raised pyramid shapes evenly spaced, which offer a superior grip surface. Additionally, the material has a 0.25" thick closed cell foam (no water absorption) which offers a sound dampening material for reducing sound levels.

DEFROST/AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
A ceiling mounted combination heater, defroster and air conditioning system will be installed in the cab above the engine tunnel area.

Cab Defroster
A 54,000 BTU heater-defroster unit with 690 SCFM of air flow will be provided inside the cab. The heater-defrost will be installed in the forward portion of the cab ceiling. Air outlets will be strategically located in the cab header extrusion per the following:
• One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the left side cab window. • One (1) adjustable outlet directed towards the right side cab window. • Six (6) fixed outlets directed at the windshield.

The defroster will be capable of clearing 98 percent of the windshield and side glass when tested under conditions where the cab has been cold soaked at 0 degrees Fahrenheit for 10 hours, and a 2 ounce per square inch layer of frost/ice has been able to build up on the exterior windshield. The defroster system will meet or exceed SAE J382 requirements.

8.c
Packet Pg. 682 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 31 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Cab/Crew Auxiliary Heater
There will be one (1) 31,000 BTU auxiliary heater with 560 SCFM of air flow provided in each outboard rear facing seat riser with a dual scroll blower. An aluminum plenum incorporated into the cab structure to be used to transfer heat to the forward positions.

Air Conditioning
A 19.10 cubic inch compressor will be installed on the engine.

A roof-mounted condenser with a 78,000 BTU output at 2,400 SCFM that meets and exceeds the performance specification will be installed on the cab roof. The condenser cover to be painted to match the cab roof.

The air conditioning system will be capable of cooling the average cab temperature from 100 degrees Fahrenheit to 75 degrees Fahrenheit at 50 percent relative humidity within 30 minutes. The cooling performance test will be run only after the cab has been heat soaked at 100 degrees Fahrenheit for a minimum of 4 hours.

The evaporator unit will be installed in the rear portion of the cab ceiling over the engine tunnel. The evaporator will include one (1) high performance heating core, one (1) high performance cooling core with (1) plenum directed to the front and one (1) plenum directed to the rear of the cab. The rear plenum will be covered with a metal cover painted to match the cab interior.

The evaporator unit will have a 52,000 BTU at 690 SCFM rating that meets and exceeds the performance specifications.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the forward plenum cover per the following:
• Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the left side of the cab. • Four (4) outlets directed towards the seating position on the right side of the cab.

Adjustable air outlets will be strategically located on the evaporator cover per the following:
• Minimum of five (5) outlets directed towards crew cab area.

A high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter will be included for the system. Access to the filter cover will be secured with four (4) screws.

The air conditioner refrigerant will be R-134A and will be installed by a certified technician.

Climate Control
An automotive style controller will be provided to control the heat and air conditioning system within the cab. The controller will have three (3) functional knobs for fan speed, temperature, and air flow distribution (front to rear) control.

The system will control the temperature of the cab and crew cab automatically by pushing the center of the fan speed control knob. Rotate the center temperature control knob to set the cab and crew cab temperature.

8.c
Packet Pg. 683 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 32 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The AC system will be manually activated by pushing the center of the temperature control knob.

Pushing the center of the air flow distribution knob will engage the AC for max defrost, setting the fan speeds to 100 percent and directing all air flow to the overhead forward position.

The system controller will be located within panel position #12.

Gravity Drain Tubes
Two (2) condensate drain tubes will be provided for the air conditioning evaporator. The drip pan will have two (2) drain tubes plumbed separately to allow for the condensate to exit the drip pan. No pumps will be provided.

SUN VISORS
Two (2) smoked Lexan™ sun visors will be provided. The sun visors will be located above the windshield with one (1) mounted on each side of the cab.

There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure each sun visor in the stowed position.

GRAB HANDLES
A black rubber covered grab handle will be mounted on the door post of the driver and officer's side cab door to assist in entering the cab. The grab handles will be securely mounted to the post area between the door and windshield.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT LIGHT
An engine compartment light will be installed under the engine tunnel, of which the switch is an integral part. Light will have a 0.125" diameter hole in its lens to prevent moisture retention.

ACCESS TO ENGINE DIPSTICKS
For access to the engine oil and transmission fluid dipsticks, there will be a door on the engine tunnel, inside the crew cab. The door will be on the rear wall of the engine tunnel, on the vertical surface.

The engine oil dipstick will allow for checking only. The transmission dipstick will allow for both checking and filling.

The door will have a rubber seal for thermal and acoustic insulation. One (1) flush lift and turn latch will be provided on the access door.

MAP BOX
A special map box with nine (9) bins, open from top, will be supplied and installed top of engine tunnel exact location at final inspection. The map box will be 20.25" wide x 8.00" high (tapered down at sides and rear) and 23.25" front to back. The map box will be constructed of 0.125" aluminum and will be painted to match the cab interior.

CAB SAFETY SYSTEM
The cab will be provided with a safety system designed to protect occupants in the event of a side roll or frontal impact, and will include the following:
• A supplemental restraint system (SRS) sensor will be installed on a structural cab member behind the instrument panel. The SRS sensor will perform real time diagnostics of all critical

8.c
Packet Pg. 684 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 33 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
subsystems and will record sensory inputs immediately before and during a side roll or frontal impact event.
• A fault-indicating light will be provided on the vehicle's instrument panel allowing the driver to monitor the operational status of the SRS system.
• A driver side front air bag will be mounted in the steering wheel and will be designed to protect the head and upper torso of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt. • A passenger side knee bolster air bag will be mounted in the modesty panel below the dash panel and will be designed to protect the legs of the occupant, when used in combination with the 3-point seat belt.
• Air curtains will be provided in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs to provide a cushion between occupant and the cab wall.
• Suspension seats will be provided with devices to retract them to the lowest travel position during a side roll or frontal impact event.
• Seat belts will be provided with pre-tensioners to remove slack from the seat belt during a side roll or frontal impact event (with the exception of command chairs located in the command cab).

Frontal Impact Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a frontal or oblique impact event. The system will activate when the vehicle decelerates at a predetermined G force known to cause injury to the occupants. The cab and chassis will have been subjected, via third party test facility, to a crash impact during frontal and oblique impact testing. Testing included all major chassis and cab components such as mounting straps for fuel and air tanks, suspension mounts, front suspension components, rear suspensions components, frame rail cross members, engine and transmission and their mounts, pump house and mounts, frame extensions and body mounts. The testing provided configuration specific information used to optimize the timing for firing the safety restraint system. The sensor will activate the pyrotechnic devices when the correct crash algorithm, wave form, is detected.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a frontal or oblique impact event:
• Driver side front air bag
• Passenger side knee bolster air bag
• Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs • Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position • Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place Side Roll Protection
The SRS system will provide protection during a fast or slow 90 degree roll to the side, in which the vehicle comes to rest on its side. The system will analyze the vehicle's angle and rate of roll to determine the optimal activation of the advanced occupant restraints.

The SRS system will deploy the following components in the event of a side roll:
• Air curtains mounted in the outboard bolster of outboard seat backs • Suspension seats will be retracted to the lowest travel position • Seat belts will be pre-tensioned to firmly hold the occupant in place

8.c
Packet Pg. 685 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 34 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

SEATING CAPACITY
The seating capacity of the vehicle (including tiller cab and belted seat positions in the rescue body) will be seven (7).

DRIVER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the driver. The seat design will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. To provide flexibility for multiple driver configurations, the seat will have an adjustable reclining back. The seat back will be a high back style with side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
• Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated in the event of a side roll, this system will pretension the seat belt and retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

OFFICER SEAT
A seat will be provided in the cab for the passenger. The seat design will be a cam action type with air suspension. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle and side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
• Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A suspension seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt and then retract the seat to its lowest travel position.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

FORWARD FACING DRIVER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing, foldup seat provided at the driver side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

8.c
Packet Pg. 686 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 35 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

FORWARD FACING CENTER SEATS
There will be two (2) forward facing seats provided at the center position in the crew cab. For optimal comfort, the seats will be provided with 15.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat backs will be an SCBA style with 90 degree back. The SCBA cavity will be adjustable from front to rear in 1.00" increments to accommodate different sized SCBA cylinders. Moving the SCBA cavity will be accomplished by unbolting, relocating, and re-bolting it in the desired location.

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
• A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt.

The seats will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

FORWARD FACING PASSENGER SIDE OUTBOARD SEAT
There will be one (1) forward facing foldup seat provided at the passenger side outboard position in the crew cab. The seat back will be a high back style with 9 degree fixed recline angle. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control).

The seat will include the following features incorporated into the side roll protection system:
• Side air curtain will be mounted integral to the outboard bolster of the seat back. The air curtain will be covered by a decorative panel when in the stowed position. • A seat safety system will be included. When activated, this system will pretension the seat belt around the occupant to firmly hold them in place in the event of a side roll.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt.

REAR FACING OVERHEAD STORAGE COMPARTMENT
There will be two (2) overhead rear facing storage compartments installed at the raised roof within the crew cab, on each side of the air conditioner. The compartments will be approximately 21.00" wide x

10.00" high x 20.00" deep at the bottom.

Each compartment will include one (1) lift up compartment door. Non-locking latch, paddle handle, and gas operated stay arms will be provided.

The compartment will be constructed of smooth aluminum and painted to match the cab interior.

Compartment Light
The storage compartment lighting will consist of one (1) white LED strip light installed horizontally above each compartment door opening.

8.c
Packet Pg. 687 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 36 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

BRACKETS/CLAMPS FOR COMPARTMENT LIGHTS
Metal clamps will be used to retain the strip lighting in all cab compartments.

SEAT UPHOLSTERY
All seat upholstery will be leather grain 36 oz black vinyl resistant to oil, grease and mildew. The cab and tiller cab (if applicable) will have seven (7) seating positions.

AIR BOTTLE HOLDERS
All SCBA type seats in the cab will have a "Hands-Free" auto clamp style bracket in its backrest. For efficiency and convenience, the bracket will include an automatic spring clamp that allows the occupant to store the SCBA bottle by simply pushing it into the seat back. For protection of all occupants in the cab, in the event of an accident, the inertial components within the clamp will constrain the SCBA bottle in the seat and will exceed the NFPA standard of 9G.

There will be a quantity of two (2) SCBA brackets.

FOOT REST ANGLE
A knurled handrail type will be provided for the officers position. The handrail will be mounted to the engine housing with a flat stanchion and a U shaped bracket. The handrail will extend the width of the officers seat area. The foot rest will be positioned approximately 3.50" from the forward wall.

SEAT BELTS
All cab and tiller cab (if applicable) seating positions will have red seat belts. To provide quick, easy use for occupants wearing bunker gear, the female buckle and seat belt webbing length will meet or exceed the current edition of applicable NFPA and CAN/ULC - S515 standards.

The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will include height adjustment. This adjustment will optimize the belts effectiveness and comfort for the seated firefighter. The 3-point shoulder type seat belts will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

The 3-point shoulder type belts will also include the ReadyReach® D-loop assembly to the shoulder belt system. The ReadyReach feature adds an extender arm to the D-loop location placing the D-loop in a closer, easier to reach location.

Any flip up seats will include a 3-point shoulder type belts only.

To ensure safe operation, the seats will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

HELMET STORAGE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, section 11.1.8.4.1 and CAN/ULC 515:2024 edition, section 5.2, requires a location for helmet storage be provided.

There is no helmet storage on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide a location for storage of helmets.

8.c
Packet Pg. 688 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 37 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

CAB DOME LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Weldon, 808* series, dual LED dome lights with black bezels provided. Two (2) lights will be mounted above the inside shoulder of the driver and officer and two (2) lights will be installed and located, one (1) on each side of the crew cab.

The color of the LED's will be red and white.

The white LED's will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED's will be controlled by the lens switch.

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR CAB AND CREW CAB DOME LIGHTS
The cab and crew cab dome lights will remain on for 10 seconds for improved visibility after the doors are closed.

The dome lights will dim after 10 seconds or immediately if the vehicle's transmission is put into gear.

ADDITIONAL MAP LIGHT
There will be one (1) Sunnex Model SL9-200B25L LED additional map light(s) installed in the cab and located to left of the of the officer seat.

The light will be controlled by the switch on the base. The light switch(es) will be connected directly to the ignition switched power.

HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be four (4) Streamlight, Vulcan, Model #44315, hand lights provided with a vehicle mount with 12VDC direct wire charging rack and quick release buckle strap mounted one DS cab dash per IP layout, one officer's side of the cab per IP layout, one officers and driver's side in shelf in rear facing crew area. These will be mounted one on each side of the cab over the outboard shelves. Exact location at final inspection..

Each light housing will be orange in color.

ADDITIONAL HAND HELD LIGHT
There will be one (1) light additional 12v Streamlight, Model #44315, Vulcan 180 LED light(s) will be provided and mounted Tiller cab exact location at final Inspection. Each light will be provided with a 12 volt direct wire vehicle mounting rack and quick release shoulder strap.

Each light housing will be orange in color.

CAB INSTRUMENTATION
The cab instrument panel include gauges, an LCD display, telltale indicator lamps, control switches, alarms, and a diagnostic panel. The function of the instrument panel controls and switches will be identified by a label adjacent to each item. Actuation of the headlight switch will illuminate the labels in low light conditions. Telltale indicator lamps will not be illuminated unless necessary. The cab instruments and controls will be conveniently located within the forward cab section, forward of the driver. The gauge assembly and switch panels are designed to be removable for ease of service and low cost of ownership.

8.c
Packet Pg. 689 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 38 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Gauges
The gauge panel will include the following ten (10) black faced gauges with black bezels to monitor vehicle performance:
• Voltmeter gauge (volts):
o Low volts (11.8 VDC)
 Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o High volts (15.5 VDC)
 Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o Very low volts (11.3 VDC)
 Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o Very high volts (16.0 VDC)
 Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Engine Tachometer (RPM)
• Speedometer MPH (Major Scale), KM/H (Minor Scale)
• Fuel level gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
o Low fuel (1/8 full)
 Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
o Very low fuel (1/32 full)
 Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Engine Oil pressure Gauge (PSI):
o Low oil pressure to activate engine warning lights and alarms  Red caution indicator on the information center with steady alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Front Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm  Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Rear Air Pressure Gauges (PSI):
o Low air pressure to activate warning lights and alarm  Red warning indicator on the information center with a steady alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Transmission Oil Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
o High transmission oil temperature activates warning lights and alarm  Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge (Fahrenheit):
o High engine temperature activates an engine warning light and alarms

8.c
Packet Pg. 690 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 39 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
 Amber caution indicator on the information center with intermittent alarm  Amber caution light on gauge assembly
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Level Gauge (Empty - Full in fractions):
o Low fluid (1/8 full)
 Amber indicator light in gauge dial
All gauges will perform prove out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Indicator Lamps
To promote safety, the following telltale indicator lamps will be located on the instrument panel in clear view of the driver. The indicator lamps will be "dead-front" design that is only visible when active. The colored indicator lights will have descriptive text or symbols.

The following amber telltale lamps will be present:
• Low coolant
• Trac cntl (traction control) (where applicable)
• Check engine
• Check trans (check transmission
• Aux brake overheat (Auxiliary brake overheat
• Air rest (air restriction)
• Caution (triangle symbol)
• Water in fuel
• DPF (engine diesel particulate filter regeneration)
• Trailer ABS (where applicable)
• Wait to start (where applicable)
• HET (engine high exhaust temperature) (where applicable) • ABS (antilock brake system)
• MIL (engine emissions system malfunction indicator lamp) (where applicable) • Side roll fault (where applicable)
• Front air bag fault (where applicable)
The following red telltale lamps will be present:
• Warning (stop sign symbol)
• Seat belt
• Parking brake
• Stop engine
• Rack down
The following green telltale lamps will be provided:
• Left turn
• Right turn
• Battery on

8.c
Packet Pg. 691 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 40 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The following blue telltale lamp will be provided:
• High beam
Alarms
Audible steady tone warning alarm: A steady audible tone alarm will be provided whenever a warning message is present.

Audible pulsing tone caution alarm: A pulsing audible tone alarm (chime/chirp) will be provided whenever a caution message is present without a warning message being present.

Alarm silence: Any active audible alarm will be able to be silenced by holding the ignition switch at the top position for three (3) to five (5) seconds. For improved safety, silenced audible alarms will intermittently chirp every 30 seconds until the alarm condition no longer exists. The intermittent chirp will act as a reminder to the operator that a caution or warning condition still exists. Any new warning or caution condition will enable the steady or pulsing tones respectively.

Indicator Lamp and Alarm Prove-Out
A system will be provided which automatically tests telltale indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel. Telltale indicators and alarms will perform prove-out at initial power-up to ensure proper performance.

Control Switches
For ease of use, the following controls will be provided immediately adjacent to the cab instrument panel within easy reach of the driver. All switches will have backlit labels for low light applications.

Headlight/Parking light switch: A three (3)-position maintained rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will deactivate all parking and headlights. The second switch position will activate the parking lights. The third switch will activate the headlights.

Panel back lighting intensity control switch: A three (3)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. Pressing the top half of the switch, "Panel Up" increases the panel back lighting intensity and pressing the bottom half of the switch, "Panel Down" decreases the panel back lighting intensity.

Pressing the half or bottom half of the switch several times will allow back lighting intensity to be gradually varied from minimum to maximum intensity level for ease of use.

Ignition switch: A three (3)-position maintained/momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position will turn off and deactivate vehicle ignition. The second switch position will activate vehicle ignition and will perform prove-out on the telltale indicators and alarms for 3 to 5 seconds after the switch is turned on. A green indicator lamp is activated with vehicle ignition. The third momentary position will temporarily silence all active cab alarms. An alarm "chirp" may continue as long as alarm condition exists. Switching ignition to off position will terminate the alarm silence feature and reset function of cab alarm system.

Engine start switch: A two (2)-position momentary rocker switch will be provided. The first switch position is the default switch position. The second switch position will activate the vehicle's engine.

The switch actuator is designed to prevent accidental activation.

8.c
Packet Pg. 692 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 41 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Hazard switch will be provided on the instrument panel or on the steering column.

Heater, defroster, and air conditioning control panel.

Turn signal arm: A self-canceling turn signal with high beam headlight controls will be provided.

Windshield wiper control will have high, low and intermittent modes.

Parking brake control: An air actuated push/pull park brake control valve will be provided.

Chassis horn control: Activation of the chassis horn control will be provided through the center of the steering wheel.

High idle engagement switch: A momentary rocker switch with integral indicator lamp will be provided.

The switch will activate and deactivate the high idle function. The "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp must be active for the high idle function to engage. A green indicator lamp integral to the high idle engagement switch will indicate when the high idle function is engaged. "OK To Engage High Idle" indicator lamp: A green indicator light will be provided next to the high idle activation switch to indicate that the interlocks have been met to allow high idle engagement.

Emergency switching will be controlled by multiple individual warning light switches for various groups or areas of emergency warning lights. An Emergency Master switch provided on the instrument panel that enables or disables all individual warning light switches is included.

An additional "Emergency Master" button will be provided on the lower left hand corner of the gauge panel to allow convenient control of the "Emergency Master" system from inside the driver's door when standing on the ground.

Custom Switch Panels
The design of cab instrumentation will allow for emergency lighting and other switches to be placed within easy reach of the operator thus improving safety. There will be positions for up to four (4) switch panels in the lower instrument console and up to six (6) switch panels in the overhead visor console.

All switches have backlit labels for low light conditions.

Diagnostic Panel
A diagnostic panel will be accessible while standing on the ground and located inside the driver's side door left of the steering column. The diagnostic panel will allow diagnostic tools such as computers to connect to various vehicle systems for improved troubleshooting providing a lower cost of ownership.

Diagnostic switches will allow ABS systems to provide blink codes should a problem exist.

The diagnostic panel will include the following:
• Engine diagnostic port
• Transmission diagnostic port
• ABS diagnostic port
• Roll sensor diagnostic port
• Command Zone USB diagnostic port

8.c
Packet Pg. 693 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 42 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• ABS diagnostic switch (blink codes flashed on ABS telltale indicator) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration switch (where applicable) • Diesel particulate filter regeneration inhibit switch (where applicable) Cab LCD Display
A digital four (4)-row by 20-character dot matrix display will be integral to the gauge panel. The display will be capable of showing simple graphical images as well as text. The display will be split into three (3) sections. Each section will have a dedicated function. The upper left section will display the outside ambient temperature.

The upper right section will display the following, along with other configuration specific information:
• Odometer
• Trip mileage
• PTO hours
• Fuel consumption
• Engine hours
The bottom section will display INFO, CAUTION, and WARNING messages. Text messages will automatically activate to describe the cause of an audible caution or warning alarm. The LCD will be capable of displaying multiple text messages should more than one caution or warning condition exist.

AIR RESTRICTION INDICATOR
A high air restriction warning indicator light LCD message with amber warning indicator and audible alarm will be provided.
"DO NOT MOVE APPARATUS" INDICATOR
A flashing red indicator light, located in the driving compartment, will be illuminated automatically per the current NFPA requirements. The light will be labeled "Do Not Move Apparatus If Light Is On." The same circuit that activates the Do Not Move Apparatus indicator will activate a pulsing alarm when the parking brake is released.

DO NOT MOVE TRUCK MESSAGES
Messages will be displayed on the Command Zone™, color display located within sight of the driver whenever the Do Not Move Truck light is active. The messages will designate the item or items not in the stowed for vehicle travel position (parking brake disengaged).

The following messages will be displayed (where applicable):
• Do Not Move Truck
• DS Cab Door Open (Driver Side Cab Door Open)
• PS Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Cab Door Open)
• DS Crew Cab Door Open (Driver Side Crew Cab Door Open) • PS Crew Cab Door Open (Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door Open) • DS Body Door Open (Driver Side Body Door Open)
• PS Body Door Open (Passenger's Side Body Door Open)

8.c
Packet Pg. 694 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 43 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Rear Body Door Open
• DS Ladder Rack Down (Driver Side Ladder Rack Down)
• PS Ladder Rack Down (Passenger Side Ladder Rack Down) • Deck Gun Not Stowed
• Lt Tower Not Stowed (Light Tower Not Stowed)
• Fold Tank Not Stowed (Fold-A-Tank Not Stowed)
• Aerial Not Stowed (Aerial Device Not Stowed)
• Stabilizer Not Stowed
• Steps Not Stowed
• Handrail Not Stowed
Any other device that is opened, extended, or deployed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause major damage to the apparatus if the apparatus is moved will be displayed as a caution message after the parking brake is disengaged.

SWITCH PANELS
The emergency light switch panel will have a master switch for ease of use plus individual switches for selective control. Each switch panel will contain eight (8) membrane-type switches each rated for one million (1,000,000) cycles. Panels containing less than eight (8) switch assignments will include nonfunctioning black appliqués. The built-in switch panels will be located in the lower console or overhead console of the cab.

Additional switch panel(s) will be located in the overhead position(s) above the windshield or in designated locations on the lower instrument panel layout.

The switches will be membrane-type and also act as an integral indicator light. For quick, visual indication the entire surface of the switch will be illuminated white whenever back lighting is activated and illuminated green whenever the switch is active. An active illuminated switch will flash when interlock requirements are not met or device is actively being load managed. For ease of use, a two (2)-ply, scratch resistant laser engraved Gravoply label indicating the use of each switch will be placed in the center of the switch. The label will allow light to pass through the letters for ease of use in low light conditions.

WIPER CONTROL
Wiper control will consist of a two (2)-speed windshield wiper control with intermittent feature and windshield washer controls. The control will be located on the left side of the center instrument panel.

HOURMETER - AERIAL DEVICE
The following aerial hour meter messages will be included in the information centers:
• Aerial Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial device is in motion. • Aerial PTO Hours, that keeps track of the time the aerial master switch is on and the aerial PTO is engaged.

8.c
Packet Pg. 695 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 44 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

AERIAL MASTER
There will be a master switch for the aerial operating electrical system provided.

CAB USB
There will be four (4) USB terminations with a dual USB type C, wired to battery direct power, and provided per the following:
• One (1) within reach of the driver
• One (1) within reach of the passenger
• Two (2) on the rear of the engine tunnel, one (1) each side.

Battery direct loads cannot be load managed.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power • The negative wire will be connected to ground
• Wires will be capable of carrying 20 amps
• Power and ground will terminate RS3 front wall lower area • Termination will be with heat shrinkable butt splicing • Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be two (2) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power. • The negative wire will be connected to ground.
• Wires will be capable of carrying 15 amps.
• Power and ground will terminate 2 power points: LS1 back wall forward corner. • Termination will be with 15 amp, power point plug with rubber cover. • Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

SPARE CIRCUIT
There will be one (1) pair of wires, including a positive and a negative, installed on the apparatus.

The wires will have the following features:
• The positive wire will be connected directly to the battery switched power

8.c
Packet Pg. 696 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 45 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• The negative wire will be connected to ground
• Wires will be capable of carrying 20 amps
• Power and ground will terminate RS5 Front wall
• Termination will be with a 10-place bus bar with screws and removable cover • Wires will be protected to meet the NFPA Automotive Fire Apparatus standard.

The circuit(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is set.

INFORMATION CENTER
An information center employing a 7.00" diagonal touch screen color LCD display will be encased in an ABS plastic housing.

The information center will have the following specifications:
• Operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit • LCD optically bonded to hardened AR glass lens
• Five weather resistant user interface switches
• Grey with black accents
• Sunlight Readable
• Linux operating system
• Minimum of 1000nits rated display
• Display can be changed to an available foreign language • A LCD display integral to the cab gauge panel will be included as outlined in the cab instrumentation area.
• Programmed to read US Customary
General Screen Design
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide "At a Glance" vehicle information. If information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background will be used.

If a caution or warning situation arises the following will occur:
• An amber background/text color will indicate a caution condition • A red background/text color will indicate a warning condition • The information center will utilize an "Alert Center" to display text messages for audible alarm tones. The text messages will be written to identify the item(s) causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) text message occurs, the messages will cycle every second until the problem(s) have been resolved. The background color for the "Alert Center" will change to indicate the severity of the "warning" message. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all alert center messages. • A label for each button will exist. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. Buttons that are not utilized on specific screens will have a button label with no text or symbol.

Home/Transit Screen
This screen will display the following:

8.c
Packet Pg. 697 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 46 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Vehicle Mitigation (if equipped)
• Water Level (if the water level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
• Foam Level (if the foam level system includes compatible communications to the information center)
• Seat Belt Monitoring Screen
• Tire Pressure Monitoring (if equipped)
• Digital Speedometer
• Active Alarms
On Scene Screen
This screen will display the following and will be auto activated with pump engaged (if equipped):
• Battery Voltage
• Fuel
• Oil Pressure
• Coolant Temperature
• RPM
• Water Level (if equipped)
• Foam Level (if equipped)
• Foam Concentration (if equipped)
• Water Flow Rate (if equipped)
• Water Used (if equipped)
• Active Alarms
Virtual Buttons
There will be four (4) virtual switch panel screens that match the overhead and lower lighting and HVAC switch panels.

Page Screen
The page screen will display the following and allow the user to progress into other screens for further functionality:
• Diagnostics
o Faults
 Listed by order of occurrence
 Allows to sort by system
o Interlock
 Throttle Interlocks
 Pump Interlocks (if equipped)
 Aerial Interlocks (if equipped)
 PTO Interlocks (if equipped)
o Load Manager
 A list of items to be load managed will be provided. The list will provide a description of the load.

8.c
Packet Pg. 698 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 47 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
 The lower the priority numbers the earlier the device will be shed should a low voltage condition occur.
 The screen will indicate if a load has been shed (disabled) or not shed.  "At a glance" color features are utilized on this screen. o Systems
 Command Zone
• Module type and ID number
• Module Version
• Input or output number
• Circuit number connected to that input or output
• Status of the input or output
• Power and Constant Current module diagnostic information  Foam (if equipped)
 Pressure Controller (if equipped)
 Generator Frequency (if equipped)
o Live Data
 General Truck Data
• Maintenance
o Engine oil and filter
o Transmission oil and filter
o Pump oil (if equipped)
o Foam (if equipped)
o Aerial (if equipped)
• Setup
o Clock Setup
o Date & Time
 12 or 24 hour format
 Set time and date
o Backlight
 Daytime
 Night time
 Sensitivity
o Unit Selection
o Home Screen
o Virtual Button Setup
o On Scene Screen Setup
o Configure Video Mode
 Set Video Contrast
 Set Video Color
 Set Video Tint
• Do Not Move
o The screen will indicate the approximate location and type of item that is open or is not stowed for travel. The actual status of the following devices will be indicated  Driver Side Cab Door

8.c
Packet Pg. 699 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 48 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
 Passenger's Side Cab Door
 Driver Side Crew Cab Door
 Passenger's Side Crew Cab Door
 Driver Side Body Doors
 Passenger's Side Body Doors
 Rear Body Door(s)
 Ladder Rack (if applicable)
 Deck Gun (if applicable)
 Light Tower (if applicable)
 Hatch Door (if applicable)
 Stabilizers (if applicable)
 Steps (if applicable)
• Notifications
o View Active Alarms
 Shows a list of all active alarms including date and time of the occurrence is shown with each alarm
 Silence Alarms - All alarms are silenced
• Timer Screen
• HVAC (if equipped)
• Tire Information (if equipped)
• Ascendant Set Up Confirmation (if equipped)
Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

VEHICLE DATA RECORDER
There will be a vehicle data recorder (VDR) capable of reading and storing vehicle information provided.

The information stored on the VDR can be downloaded through a USB port mounted in a convenient location determined by cab model. A USB cable can be used to connect the VDR to a laptop to retrieve required information. The program to download the information from the VDR will be available to download on-line.

The vehicle data recorder will be capable of recording the following data via hardwired and/or CAN inputs:
• Vehicle Speed - MPH
• Acceleration - MPH/sec
• Deceleration - MPH/sec
• Engine Speed - RPM
• Engine Throttle Position - % of Full Throttle
• ABS Event - On/Off
• Seat Occupied Status - Yes/No by Position
• Seat Belt Buckled Status - Yes/No by Position
• Master Optical Warning Device Switch - On/Off

8.c
Packet Pg. 700 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 49 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Internal clock syncs the time and date when a laptop is connected.

Seat Belt Monitoring System
A seat belt monitoring system (SBMS) will be provided on the Command Zone™ color display. The SBMS will be capable of monitoring up to 10 seating positions indicating the status of each seat position per the following:
• Seat Occupied & Buckled = Green LED indicator illuminated • Seat Occupied & Unbuckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Buckled = Red LED indicator with audible alarm • No Occupant & Unbuckled = No indicator and no alarm
• FAULT = Blue LED indicator illuminated
The seat belt monitoring screen will become active on the Command Zone color display when:
• The home screen is active:
o and there is any occupant seated but not buckled or any belt buckled with an occupant. o and there are no other Do Not Move Apparatus conditions present. As soon as all Do Not Move Apparatus conditions are cleared, the SBMS will be activated.

The SBMS will include an audible alarm that will warn that an unbuckled occupant condition exists and the parking brake is released, or the transmission is not in park.

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color video camera system with two (2) cameras located as follows:
• One (1) Analog High Definition (AHD) The camera housing shall be black color side view camera on the right side of the cab, facing rearward, automatically displayed with the right turn signal.
• One (1) AHD color camera at the rear of the vehicle, facing rearward, as close to center as possible and automatically displayed when the vehicle is put into reverse The camera images will be displayed in the cab on the left side vehicle information center display.

Audio from the rear camera will be emitted by an amplified speaker with volume control located behind the driver seat.

The following Safety Vision components will be provided:
• One (1) SV-650FHD-KIT (Black) Rear Camera
• One (1) SV-EXTCAM-1080B Side Camera
• All necessary cables
Camera Switcher
There will be one (1), Safety Vision SV-4CCB-AHD, 4 channel camera video switcher with remote control provided to allow automatic, quad, or manual display on the vehicle information center display provided. The switcher will have one (1) CVBS, Composite Video Blanking and Sync, standard

8.c
Packet Pg. 701 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 50 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Definition video output and one (1) AHD, Analog High Definition video output for High Definition cameras.

VEHICLE CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be a color vehicle camera system provided with the following:
• One (1) Analog High Definition (AHD) camera located on the right side behind the rear wheels on a bracket to clear the fender crowns of the tiller trailer, pointing forward, displayed automatically with ignition.
• One (1) AHD camera located on the left side behind the rear wheels on a bracket to clear the fender crowns of the tiller trailer, pointing forward, displayed automatically with ignition.

There will be two (2) 7.00" High Definition (HD) displays, one (1) each side of the tiller cab dash to view the respective side cameras.

The following components will be included:
• Two (2) HD700136DC Displays
• Two (2) 1080p AHD Side Cameras
• All necessary cables

ELECTRICAL POWER CONTROL SYSTEM
The primary power distribution will be located forward of the officer's seating position and be easily accessible while standing on the ground for simplified maintenance and troubleshooting. Additional electrical distribution centers will be provided throughout the vehicle to house the vehicle's electrical power, circuit protection, and control components. The electrical distribution centers will be located strategically throughout the vehicle to minimize wire length. For ease of maintenance, all electrical distribution centers will be easily accessible. All distribution centers containing fuses, circuit breakers and/or relays will be easily accessible.

Distribution centers located throughout the vehicle will contain battery powered studs for supplying customer installed equipment thus providing a lower cost of ownership.

Circuit protection devices, which conform to SAE standards, will be utilized to protect electrical circuits.

All circuit protection devices will be rated per NFPA requirements to prevent wire and component damage when subjected to extreme current overload. General protection circuit breakers will be Type-I automatic reset (continuously resetting). When required, automotive type fuses will be utilized to

8.c
Packet Pg. 702 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 51 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
protect electronic equipment. Control relays and solenoid will have a direct current rating of 125 percent of the maximum current for which the circuit is protected per NFPA.

Solid-State Control System
A solid-state electronics based control system will be utilized to achieve advanced operation and control of the vehicle components. A fully computerized vehicle network will consist of electronic modules, electronic control modules to include black housings, a power indicator and status indicator located near their point of use to reduce harness lengths and improve reliability. The control system will comply with SAE J1939-11 recommended practices.

The control system will operate as a master-slave system whereas the main control module instructs all other system components. The system will contain patented Mission Critical software that maintains critical vehicle operations in the unlikely event of a main controller error. The system will utilize a Real Time Operating System (RTOS) fully compliant with OSEK/VDX™ specifications providing a lower cost of ownership.

For increased reliability and simplified use the control system modules will include the following attributes:
• Green LED indicator light for module power
• Red LED indicator light for network communication stability status • Control system self test at activation and continually throughout vehicle operation • No moving parts due to transistor logic
• Software logic control for NFPA mandated safety interlocks and indicators • Integrated electrical system load management without additional components • Integrated electrical load sequencing system without additional components • Customized control software to the vehicle's configuration • Factory and field programmable to accommodate changes to the vehicle's operating parameters To assure long life and operation in a broad range of environmental conditions, the solid-state control system modules will meet the following specifications:
• Module circuit board will meet SAE J771 specifications • Operating temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius (-40 degrees Fahrenheit to +158 degrees Fahrenheit)
• Storage temperature from -40 degrees Celsius to +70 degrees Celsius (-40 degrees Fahrenheit to +158 degrees Fahrenheit)
• Vibration to 50g
• IP67 rated enclosure (Totally protected against dust and also protected against the effect of temporary immersion between 15 centimeters and one (1) meter) • Operating voltage from eight (8) volts to 32 volts DC The main controller will activate status indicators and audible alarms designed to provide warning of problems before they become critical.

8.c
Packet Pg. 703 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 52 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Circuit Protection and Control Diagram
Copies of all job-specific, computer network input and output (I/O) connections will be provided with each chassis. The sheets will indicate the function of each module connection point, circuit protection information (where applicable), wire numbers, wire colors and load management information.

On-Board Electrical System Diagnostics
The on-board information center will include the following diagnostic information:
• Text description of active warning or caution alarms
• Simplified warning indicators
• Amber caution indication with intermittent alarm
• Red warning indication with steady tone alarm
Advanced diagnostic feature will be provided in this control system. From the Command Zone display or connected wireless device, these features allow the user to monitor the real-time status of every input or output on the vehicle. It also allows users logged in as an administrator to force on inputs or outputs to assist the troubleshooting process.

TCU Module with WiFi
An in cab module will provide WiFi wireless interface and data logging capability. The WiFi interface will comply with IEEE 802.11 b/g/n capabilities while communicating at 2.4 Gigahertz. The module will communicate through a black WiFi antenna allowing a line of site communication range of up to 300 feet with a roof mounted antenna.

The module will transmit a password protected web page to a WiFi enabled device (i.e. most smart phones, tablets or laptops) allowing two levels of user interaction. The firefighter level will allow vehicle monitoring of the vehicle and firefighting systems on the apparatus. The technician level will allow diagnostic access to inputs and outputs installed on the Command Zone™, control and information system.

The TCU capability will record faults from the engine, transmission, ABS and Command Zone™, control and information systems as they occur. No other data will be recorded at the time the fault occurs. The data TCU will provide up to 2 Gigabytes of data storage.

The TCU will provide a means to download the TCU information and update software in the device.

Indicator Light and Alarm Prove-Out System
A system will be provided which automatically tests basic indicator lights and alarms located on the cab instrument panel.

Voltage Monitor System
A voltage monitoring system will be provided to indicate the status of the battery system connected to the vehicle's electrical load. The system will provide visual and audible warning when the system voltage is below or above optimum levels.

The alarm will activate if the system falls below 11.8 volts DC for more than two (2) minutes.

8.c
Packet Pg. 704 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 53 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Dedicated Radio Equipment Connection Points
There will be three (3) studs provided in the primary power distribution center located in front of the officer for two-way radio equipment. The studs will consist of the following:
• 12-volt 40-amp battery switched power
• 12-volt 60-amp ignition switched power
• 12-volt 60-amp direct battery power
There will also be a 12-volt 100-amp ground stud located in or adjacent to the power distribution center.

EMI/RFI Protection
To prevent erroneous signals from crosstalk contamination and interference, the electrical system will meet, at a minimum, SAE J551/2, thus reducing undesired electromagnetic and radio frequency emissions. An advanced electrical system will be used to ensure radiated and conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI) or radio frequency interference (RFI) emissions are suppressed at their source.

The apparatus will have the ability to operate in the electromagnetic environment typically found in fire ground operations to ensure clean operations. The electrical system will meet, without exceptions, electromagnetic susceptibility conforming to SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter. The vehicle OEM, upon request, will provide EMC testing reports from testing conducted on an entire apparatus and will certify that the vehicle meets SAE J551/2 and SAE J1113/25 Region 1, Class C EMR for 10KHz-1GHz to 100 Volts/Meter requirements. Component and partial (incomplete) vehicle testing is not adequate as overall vehicle design can impact test results and thus is not acceptable by itself.

EMI/RFI susceptibility will be controlled by applying appropriate circuit designs and shielding. The electrical system will be designed for full compatibility with low-level control signals and high-powered two-way radio communication systems. Harness and cable routing will be given careful attention to minimize the potential for conducting and radiated EMI/RFI susceptibility.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM PROGNOSTICS
There will be a software based vehicle tool provided to predict remaining life of the vehicles critical fluid and events.

The system will send automatic indications to the Command Zone™ information center and/or wireless enabled devices to proactively alert of upcoming service intervals.

Prognostics will include the following:
• Engine oil and filter
• Transmission oil and filter

8.c
Packet Pg. 705 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 54 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

TELEMATICS SYSTEM
Your vehicle will include a cellular-based vehicle telematics system including a telematic control unit with external cellular Wi-Fi and GPS antenna. Pierce will provide access to a web-based user interface portal that will allow users to access vehicle data collected as part of the system, allow users to configure monitoring tools, provide a global view of the location of each vehicle that has the system, provide a summary of fleet data, etc. The web-based user interface portal or certain features thereof may be provided on a subscription basis.

The telematic control unit will be fully integrated into the electrical system of the vehicle, will monitor the vehicle through the CAN data bus, and will transmit data through a secure AT&T 4G LTE cellular connection, and be provided with a 3 year subscription.

The web-based user interface portal will provide, among other features:
• User defined interval notifications
• User defined fault alerts
• Remote access to Command Zone™ diagnostics
• Vehicle analytics and activity monitoring
• Vehicle system status
The system is activated while building your vehicle and thereafter remains active for a 60-day grace period starting when your vehicle ships from the factory. This means that the system is active at the time of factory acceptance and during the 60-day grace period. By selecting this option, it is agreed that use of the system and the web-based user interface portal will be subject to the terms set forth in the Data Systems Agreement referenced at https://www.piercemfg.com/privacy-statement. Customers will be provided with an initial login at the time of factory acceptance to verify performance of the system and the web-based user interface portal. The term of the subscription, if any, will begin when the vehicle ships from the factory. If customers do not log into the web-based user interface portal and confirm acceptance of the terms before the 60-day grace period ends, the system will be deactivated, and no new data will be collected or retained Pierce. Reactivation can be coordinated through the customer's authorized Pierce Dealer.

ELECTRICAL
All 12-volt electrical equipment installed by the apparatus manufacturer will conform to modern automotive practices. All wiring will be high temperature crosslink type. Wiring will be run, in loom or conduit, where exposed and have grommets where wire passes through sheet metal. Automatic reset circuit breakers will be provided which conform to SAE Standards. Wiring will be color, function and number coded. Function and number codes will be continuously imprinted on all wiring harness conductors at 2.00" intervals. Exterior exposed wire connectors will be positive locking, and environmentally sealed to withstand elements such as temperature extremes, moisture and automotive fluids.

Electrical wiring and equipment will be installed utilizing the following guidelines:

1. All holes made in the roof will be caulked with silicon. Large fender washers, liberally caulked, will be used when fastening equipment to the underside of the cab roof.

8.c
Packet Pg. 706 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 55 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

2. Any electrical component that is installed in an exposed area will be mounted in a manner that will not allow moisture to accumulate in it. Exposed area will be defined as any location outside of the cab or body.

3. Electrical components designed to be removed for maintenance will not be fastened with nuts and bolts. Metal screws will be used in mounting these devices. Also a coil of wire will be provided behind the appliance to allow them to be pulled away from mounting area for inspection and service work.

4. Corrosion preventative compound will be applied to all terminal plugs located outside of the cab or body. All non-waterproof connections will require this compound in the plug to prevent corrosion and for easy separation (of the plug).

5. All lights that have their sockets in a weather exposed area will have corrosion preventative compound added to the socket terminal area.

6. All electrical terminals in exposed areas will have silicon applied completely over the metal portion of the terminal.

All lights and reflectors, required to comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard #108, will be furnished. Rear identification lights will be recessed mounted for protection. Lights and wiring mounted in the rear bulkheads will be protected from damage by installing a false bulkhead inside the rear compartments.

An operational test will be conducted to ensure that any equipment that is permanently attached to the electrical system is properly connected and in working order.

The results of the tests will be recorded and provided to the purchaser at time of delivery.

BATTERY SYSTEM
Six (6) 12 volt, Deka, Model 1231PMF, maintenance free group 31 batteries that include the following features, each, will be provided:
• 1000 CCA (cold cranking amps)
• 185 reserve capacity
• High cycle
• Ref CA 1190 at 0 degrees Fahrenheit
• 185 minutes of reserve capacity
• SAE posts

BATTERY SYSTEM
There will be a single starting system with an ignition switch and starter button provided and located on the cab instrument panel.

MASTER BATTERY SWITCH
There will be a Kissling, red master battery switch provided within the cab within easy reach of the driver to activate the battery system.

An indicator light will be provided on the instrument panel to notify the driver of the status of the battery system.

8.c
Packet Pg. 707 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 56 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

BATTERY COMPARTMENTS
Batteries will be placed on non-corrosive mats and be stored in well ventilated compartments located under the cab and bolted directly to the chassis frame. The battery boxes will have reinforced sides.

The battery compartments will be constructed of 0.188" steel plate and be designed to accommodate a maximum of three (3) group 31 batteries in each compartment. The battery hold-downs will be of a non-corrosive material. All bolts and nuts will be stainless steel.

Heavy-duty, 2/0 gauge, color coded battery cables will be provided. Battery terminal connections will be coated with anti-corrosion compound.

Battery solenoid terminal connections will be encapsulated with semi-permanent rubberized compound.

JUMPER STUDS
One (1) set of battery jumper studs with plastic color-coded covers will be included on the battery compartments.

BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger 4012, product code 091-266-12-40, 40 amp battery charger with build-in touch screen display provided.

The battery charger will be wired to the AC shoreline inlet through a junction box located near the battery charger.

The battery charger will be located in the cab behind the driver seat.

REMOTE CONTROL PANEL - BATTERY CHARGER
There will be a Kussmaul™, Chief Series Smart Charger remote control panel, product code 091-266- RCP included.

The battery charger indicator will be located on the driver's seat riser.

AUTO EJECT FOR SHORELINE
There will be one (1) Kussmaul™, Model 091-55-20-120, 20 amp 120 volt AC shoreline inlet(s) provided to operate the dedicated 120 volt AC circuits on the apparatus.

The shoreline inlet(s) will include red weatherproof flip up cover(s).

There will be a release solenoid wired to the vehicle's starter to eject the AC connector when the engine is starting.

The shoreline(s) will be connected to the battery charger.

There will be a mating connector body supplied with the loose equipment.

There will be a label installed near the inlet(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage

8.c
Packet Pg. 708 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 57 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency
The shoreline receptacle will be located on the driver side of cab, above wheel.

BATTERY TRAYS
Formed fit heavy-duty roto-molded polyethylene battery trays with drain tubes will be provided for the batteries to sit in.

ALTERNATOR
There will be a Leece-Neville, Model BLP4003, alternator provided. It will have a rated output current of 420 amp as measured by SAE method J56. The alternator will feature an integral, self diagnostic regulator and rectifier. The alternator will be connected to the power and ground distribution system with heavy-duty cables sized to carry the full rated alternator output.

ELECTRONIC LOAD MANAGER
An electronic load management (ELM) system will be provided that monitors the vehicles 12-volt electrical system, automatically reducing the electrical load in the event of a low voltage condition, and automatically restoring the shed electrical loads when a low voltage condition expires. This ensures the integrity of the electrical system.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load manager system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load management tasks. Load management systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

The system will include the following features:
• System voltage monitoring.
• A shed load will remain inactive for a minimum of five minutes to prevent the load from cycling on and off.
• Sixteen available electronic load shedding levels.
• Priority levels can be set for individual outputs.
• High Idle to activate before any electric loads are shed and deactivate with the service brake. o If enabled:
 "Load Man Hi-Idle On" will display on the information center.  Hi-Idle will not activate until 30 seconds after engine start up. • Individual switch "on" indicator to flash when the particular load has been shed. • The information center indicates system voltage.

The information center, where applicable, includes a "Load Manager" screen indicating the following:
• Load managed items list, with priority levels and item condition. • Individual load managed item condition:
o ON = not shed
o SHED = shed

8.c
Packet Pg. 709 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 58 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

SEQUENCER
A sequencer will be provided that automatically activates and deactivates vehicle loads in a preset sequence thereby protecting the alternator from power surges. This sequencer operation will allow a gradual increase or decrease in alternator output, rather than loading or dumping the entire 12 volt load to prolong the life of the alternator.

For improved reliability and ease of use, the load sequencing system will be an integral part of the vehicle's solid state control system requiring no additional components to perform load sequencing tasks. Load sequencing systems which require additional components will not be allowed.

Emergency light sequencing will operate in conjunction with the emergency master light switch. When the emergency master switch is activated, the emergency lights will be activated one by one at halfsecond intervals. Sequenced emergency light switch indicators will flash while waiting for activation.

When the emergency master switch is deactivated, the sequencer will deactivate the warning light loads in the reverse order.

Sequencing of the following items will also occur, in conjunction with the ignition switch, at half-second intervals:
• Cab Heater and Air Conditioning
• Crew Cab Heater (if applicable)
• Crew Cab Air Conditioning (if applicable)
• Exhaust Fans (if applicable)
• Third Evaporator (if applicable)

HEADLIGHTS
There will be a HiViz, P/N FT-4X6-4KIT, that includes four (4) 4.00" high x 6.00" long rectangular LED lights with parking lamp illumination around the outside of the lamps mounted in the front quad style, chrome housing on each side of the cab grille:
• The outside lamp on each side will contain P/N FT-4X6-HL with low beam LEDs. • The inside lamp on each side will contain P/N FT-4X6-H with high beam LEDs. • The lights will be controlled through the headlight switch.

DIRECTIONAL LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen 600 series, LED combination directional/marker lights provided. The lights will be located on the outside cab corners, next to the headlights.

The color of the lenses will be clear.

INTERMEDIATE LIGHT
There will be two (2) Weldon, Model 9186-8580-29, amber LED turn signal marker lights furnished, one (1) each side, in the rear fender panel. The light will double as a turn signal and marker light.

8.c
Packet Pg. 710 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 59 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

CAB CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) amber LED lights provided per the following:
• Three (3) amber LED identification lights will be installed in the center of the cab above the windshield.
• Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each outboard side of the cab above the windshield as close to the outside of the apparatus as practical. • Two (2) amber LED clearance lights will be installed, one (1) on each side of the cab as high and far forward as practical.

The lights will be installed without guards.

FRONT CAB SIDE DIRECTIONAL/MARKER LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite®, Model 19036Y, amber LED lights installed to the outside of the chrome wrap around bezel, one (1) on each side of the cab.

The lights will activate as marker lights with the headlight switch and directional lights with the corresponding directional circuit.

REAR CLEARANCE/MARKER/ID LIGHTING
There will be three (3) LED identification lights located at the rear installed per the following:
• As close as practical to the vertical centerline
• Centers spaced not less than 6.00" or more than 12.00" apart • Red in color
• All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed at the rear of the apparatus used as clearance lights located at the rear of the apparatus per the following:
• To indicate the overall width of the vehicle
• One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
• As near the top as practical
• Red in color
• To be visible from the rear
• All at the same height
There will be two (2) LED lights installed on the side of the apparatus used as marker lights as close to the rear as practical per the following:
• To indicate the overall length of the vehicle
• One (1) each side of the vertical centerline
• As near the top as practical
• Red in color
• To be visible from the side
• All at the same height

8.c
Packet Pg. 711 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 60 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The lights will be mounted with no guard.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the rear of the truck facing to the rear. One (1) each side, as far to the outside as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

There will be two (2) red reflectors located on the side of the truck facing to the side. One (1) each side, as far to the rear as practical, at a minimum of 15.00", but no more than 60.00", above the ground.

Per FMVSS 108 and CMVSS 108 requirements.

MARKER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) pair of amber and red LED marker lights with rubber arm, located Rear side corners of the trailer. The amber lens will face the front and the red lens will face the rear of the truck.

These lights will be activated with the running lights of the vehicle.

REAR FMVSS LIGHTING
The rear stop/tail and directional lighting included in the rear tail light housing will include the following:
• Two (2) Whelen®, Model M62BTT, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep brake/tail lights with red LEDs
• Two (2) Whelen, Model M62T, 4.30" high x 6.70" wide x 1.40" deep directional lights with amber LEDs. The directional lights will be set to Steady On (Arrow) flash pattern. • The lens color(s) to be the same as the LEDs.

There will be two (2) Whelen Model M62BU, LED backup lights provided in the tail light housing.

LICENSE PLATE BRACKET
One (1) license plate bracket constructed of stainless steel will be provided at the rear of the apparatus.

One (1) white LED light with chrome housing will be provided to illuminate the license plate. A stainless steel light shield will be provided over the light that will direct illumination downward, preventing white light to the rear.

LIGHTING BEZEL
There will be two (2) Whelen, Model M6FCV4P, four (4) place chromed ABS housings with Pierce logos provided for the rear M6 series stop/tail, directional, back up, scene lights or warning lights.

ADDITIONAL BRAKE/TAIL LIGHT
There will be one (1) TecNiq, Model T11-RR00-1, 15.52" x 1.28" LED brake/tail light(s) with red lens(es) at the rear of the body, Rear trailer bulkhead centered.

BACK-UP ALARM
A PRECO, Model 1040, solid-state electronic audible back-up alarm that actuates when the truck is shifted into reverse will be provided. The device will sound at 60 pulses per minute and automatically adjust its volume to maintain a minimum ten (10) dBA above surrounding environmental noise levels.

8.c
Packet Pg. 712 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 61 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ACCENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HR012, 190 lumen, 12" long, red 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) installed as accent light(s) provided. The accent light(s) will be located on pump panel facing down.

The LED accent light(s) will be activated with the handrail lights.

ACCENT LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HR020, 43 lumen, 20" long, red 12 volt DC LED strip light(s) installed as accent light(s) provided. The accent light(s) will be located under the PS pump panel light shield on the apparatus.

The LED accent light(s) will be activated by with the headlights.

AXLE LOCTION LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Truck-Lite Model 33060G, 1.09" round green LED lights with grommet mounts installed through the top body flange directly above the rear axle. This light is intended to show the tiller man where the rear axle pivot will be to aid in steering the tiller trailer.

The lights will be activated when the battery switch is on and the head light switch is on.

TILLER CORNERING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model MP**, 4,100 lumens 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs installed with bail style mounts per the following:
• one (1) light will be installed on the left side in front of the trailer axle • one (1) light will be installed on the right side in front of the trailer axle • The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The lights will be activated by the high beam function of the directional switch on the tiller cab steering column and the chassis directional light circuit.

CAB PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW0**, white LED strip lights provided, one (1) for each cab door that will meet NFPA ground lighting requirements.

These lights will be activated automatically when the battery switch is on and the exit doors are opened or by the same means as the body perimeter scene lights.

PUMP HOUSE PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Amdor, Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" LED weatherproof strip light with bracket provided under the passenger's side pump panel running board.

If the combination of options in the vehicle does not permit clearance for a 20.00" light, a 12.00" version of the Amdor light will be installed.

The light will be activated when the battery switch is on, and controlled by the same means as the body perimeter lights.

8.c
Packet Pg. 713 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 62 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

PERIMETER SCENE LIGHTS, BODY
There will be four (4) Amdor LED lights with brackets provided.

The lights will be mounted in the following locations:
• One (1) Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long light will be provided under the driver's side turntable access steps.
• One (1) Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long light will be provided under the driver's side tiller cab access steps.
• One (1) Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long light will be provided under the passenger's side tiller cab access steps.
• One (1) Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumens, 12.00" long light will be provided under the passenger's side turntable access steps.

The perimeter scene lights will be activated when the battery switch is on, and a switch within reach of the driver is activated and the parking brake is applied.

ADDITIONAL PERIMETER LIGHTS
There will be seven (7) Amdor® Model AY-LB-12HW020, 350 lumens, 20.00" long, with white LED's installed with one (1) light under rear of trailer, one (1) light under compartment LS1, one (1) light under compartment LS3, one (1) light under compartment RS1, one (1) light under compartment RS3, one (1) light under the compartment RS4 and RS5 door jamb and one (1) light under the compartment LS4 and LS5 door jamb.

With the chassis battery switch energized, the lights will be activated by the same means as the body perimeter lights.

ENHANCED SOFTWARE FOR PERIMETER LIGHTS
All perimeter lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is released unless alternate control is selected.

The cab and crew cab perimeter lights will remain on for ten (10) seconds for improved visibility after the doors closed.

STEP LIGHTS
There will be a total of sixteen (16) white LED step lights provided for access to the tiller cab and turntable.

In order to ensure exceptional illumination, each light will provide a minimum of 25 foot-candles (fc) covering an entire 15" x trim shall be chrome 15" square placed ten (10) inches below the light and a minimum of 1.5 fc covering an entire 30" x 30" square at the same ten (10) inch distance below the light.

The step lights will be activated when parking brake is applied.

The trim shall be chrome.

8.c
Packet Pg. 714 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 63 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
All other steps on the apparatus will be illuminated per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

SCENE LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6ZC scene light(s) with white LEDs and chrome trim installed on the rear exterior wall of the water tank.

The light(s) will be controlled when the aerial master switch is activated.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

CENTERING LIGHT
There will be a bracket painted job color mounted on the back of the tractor roof, as high as practical, facing the rear that will include four (4) Whelen®, Model 0S*00MCR, 1.00" H x 1.50" W x 0.05" D 12 volt DC LED lights with chrome flanges installed for the following applications:
• One (1) Model 0SR00MCR, red LED light as an additional brake light • Two (2) Model 0SA00MCR, amber LED lights as additional directional lights that activate with the corresponding directional circuit
• One (1) Model 0S*00MCR, green LED light to be used by the tiller man to center the tiller trailer with the tractor and will be activated when the battery switch is on and the parking brake is released.

CENTERING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 0S*00MCR, 1.00" high x 1.50" long x 0.50" deep 12 volt DC light(s) with blue LEDs and chrome trim installed on a collapsible bracket. The bracket(s) will be 6.00" tall depending on the over all height restrictions. The light(s) will be mounted at the rear of the crew cab on the cab roof and will be used by the tillerman to center the tiller trailer to the tractor.

The light(s) will be activated with the headlights.
12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be a HiViz Model FT-B-72-*-*, 2.56" high x 72.69" long x 3.31" deep 21,067 effective lumens 12 volt DC light with white LEDs provided on brackets in front of the cab roof.

The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black.

The light will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, officer's side of the cab in forward raised roof area.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a chrome cover.

8.c
Packet Pg. 715 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 64 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT DC SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM1*, 10,444 lumens 12 volt DC powered light(s) with white LEDs installed on the cab located, Driver's side of the cab in forward raised roof area.

The surface mount housing(s) will be provided with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be activated by a switch at the driver's side switch panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will two (2) HiViz Model FT-MB-27-*-*, 9,979 effective lumens 2.06" high x 34.89" long x 2.45" deep 12 volt DC light(s) with white LEDs and a combination of flood and spot optics provided on the apparatus located, Officer's side over RS3 and RS6.

The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied. 12 VOLT LIGHTING
There will be one (1) Whelen® Model PCPSM2*, 16,000 lumens 12 volt DC surface mount light(s) installed on the body of the apparatus located, rear of tiller cab.

The light(s) will include housing(s) with a chrome cover.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch in the tiller cab.

The painted parts of the light housing and brackets to be black.

The light(s) will be controlled by a switch at the driver's side switch panel and by a switch at the left side pump panel.

The light(s) may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

8.c
Packet Pg. 716 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 65 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

WALKING SURFACE LIGHT
There will be Model FRP, 4.00" round black 12 volt DC LED floodlight(s) with bolt mount provided to illuminate the entire designated walking surface on top of the body.

The light(s) will be activated when the body step lights are on.

8.c
Packet Pg. 717 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 66 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

WATER TANK
It will have a capacity of 300 gallons and will be constructed of polypropylene plastic in a rectangular shape.

The water tank will be mounted directly above the water pump.

The joints and seams will be nitrogen welded inside and out.

The tank will be baffled in accordance with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The baffles will have vent openings at both the top and bottom of each baffle to permit movement of air and water between compartments.

The longitudinal partitions will be constructed of .38" polypropylene plastic and extend from the bottom of the tank through the top cover to allow positive welding.

The transverse partitions extend from 4" off the bottom to the underside of the top cover.

All partitions interlock and will be welded to the tank bottom and sides.

The tank top will be constructed of .50" polypropylene.

It will be supported to keep it rigid during fast filling conditions.

Construction will include 2.00" polypropylene dowels spaced no more than 30.00" apart and welded to the transverse partitions.

Two of the dowels will be drilled and tapped (.50" diameter, 13.00" deep) to accommodate lifting eyes.

A sump will be provided at the bottom of the water tank. The sump will include a drain plug and the tank outlet.

Tank will be installed in a fabricated "cradle" assembly constructed of structural steel.

A heavy duty water tank restraint will be provided.

Sufficient crossmembers are provided to properly support bottom of tank.

Crossmembers are constructed of steel bar channel or rectangular tubing.

Tank "floats" in cradle to avoid torsional stress caused by chassis frame flexing.

Rubber cushions, .50" thick x 3.00" wide, will be placed on all horizontal surfaces that the tank rests on.

Stops are provided to prevent an empty tank from bouncing excessively while moving vehicle.

Tank mounting system is approved by the manufacturer.

Fill tower will be constructed of 0.50" polypropylene and will be a minimum of 8.00" wide x 14.00" long.

Fill tower will be furnished with a 0.25" thick polypropylene screen and a hinged cover.

8.c
Packet Pg. 718 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 67 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
An overflow pipe, constructed of 4.00" schedule 40 polypropylene, will be installed approximately halfway down the fill tower and extend through the water tank and exit to the rear of the rear axle.

RUNNING BOARDS
The running boards will be fabricated of 0.125" bright aluminum treadplate and supported by structural steel angle assemblies bolted to the chassis frame rails.

Running boards will be 13.00" deep and are spaced away from the body 0.50".

A splash guard will be provided to keep road dirt or water from splashing up onto the pump panels.

The running boards will have a riser on the body to protect the painted surface from damage by stepping on the running boards.

The entire surface of the running boards will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate.

TURNTABLE STEPS
Steps to access the turntable from the left and right side will be provided just behind the reservoir compartment. The bottom step will have a step height not exceeding 24.00" from the ground to the top surface of the step at any time. All steps will have a height no greater than 14.00" from top surface to top surface.

The steps will be welded in place with the stepping area made of Morton Tread-Grip® channel.

The stepwell will be lined with bright aluminum treadplate to act as scuffplates.

A knurled aluminum handrail handrail will be provided on the forward side of the access steps.

SMOOTH ALUMINUM REAR WALL
The rear wall will be smooth aluminum.

TOW EYES
Two (2) rear painted tow eyes will be located at the rear of the apparatus and will be mounted directly to the torque box. The inner and outer edges of the tow eyes will be radiused. Each tow eye will be rated for 9000lb and painted to match the lower job color.

COMPARTMENTATION
Body and compartments will be fabricated of .125", 5052-H32 aluminum.

Side compartments will be an integral assembly with the rear fenders.

Circular fender liners will be provided for prevention of rust pockets and ease of maintenance.

Compartment flooring will be of the sweep out design with the floor higher than the compartment door lip.

The compartment door opening will be framed by flanging the edges in 1.75" and bending out again .75" to form an angle.

8.c
Packet Pg. 719 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 68 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Drip protection will be provided above the doors by means of bright aluminum extrusion or formed bright aluminum treadplate.

The top of the compartment will be covered with bright aluminum treadplate rolled over the edges on the front, rear and outward side. These covers will have the corners welded.

Side compartment covers will be separate from the compartment tops.

All screws and bolts which protrude into a compartment will have acorn nuts on the ends to prevent injury.

A support system will be used which will incorporate a floating substructure by using Neoprene Elastomer isolators to allow the body to remain rigid while the chassis goes through its natural flex.

The isolators will have a broad range of proven viability in vehicular applications, be of a fail safe design, and allow for all necessary movement in three (3) transitional and rotational modes. This will result in a 500 lb equipment rating for each lower compartment of the body.

The compartmentation will include a 3.00" steel support assemblies which are bolted to the chassis frame rails. A steel framework will be mounted to the body above these support assemblies connected to the support assemblies with isolators. There will be one (1) support assembly mounted to each chassis frame rail.

AGGRESSIVE WALKING SURFACE
All exterior surfaces designated as stepping, standing, and walking areas will comply with the required average slip resistance of the current NFPA standards.

LOUVERS
All body compartments will have a minimum of one (1) set of louvers stamped into a wall to provide the proper airflow inside the compartment and to prevent water from dripping into the compartment. These louvers will be formed into the metal and not added to the compartment as a separate plate.

TRACTOR RESERVOIR COMPARTMENT
A lap door compartment will be provided ahead of the tractor fifth wheel.

The left side compartment will be 17.88" wide x 37.88" high x 8.00" deep with a clear door opening of

12.00" wide x 29.75" high. The right side will be 17.88" wide x 36.88" high x 8.00" deep with a clear door opening of 12.00" wide x 31.12" high.

LEFT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Left side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

8.c
Packet Pg. 720 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 69 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the left side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the right side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a door opening of approximately 39.00" wide x 53.75" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the left side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 26.63" high x 24.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 62.00" wide x 21.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 49.00" wide x 21.00" high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 42.00" wide x 16.37" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised approximately 3.00" to increase the rear angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels.

Both compartments will have double doors.

A hose storage area will be provided above the compartmentation. Three (3) lift-up doors will be provided for access to the hose bed.

RIGHT SIDE COMPARTMENTATION
Right side compartmentation will consist of the following:

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the front body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

8.c
Packet Pg. 721 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 70 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The upper 44.75" of each compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Two (2) compartments will be provided in the center body section on the right side. Each compartment will be full-height.

The forward compartment will be approximately 47.13" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

The upper 44.75" of the forward compartment will be transverse to the left side front compartmentation.

The rear compartment will be approximately 44.50" wide x 61.63" high x 24.50" deep with a minimum clear door opening of approximately 38.75" wide x 51.87" high.

Both compartments will have roll-up doors.

Three (3) compartments will be provided in the rear body section on the right side.

The forward compartment will be approximately 69.00" wide x 49.63" high x 24.50" deep in the lower

24.13" of the compartment with the remaining upper portion being approximately 22.50" deep. The minimum clear door opening will be approximately 63.25" wide x 39.87" high. This compartment will be located ahead of the rear wheels and will have a roll-up door.

The compartment directly above the rear wheels will be approximately 59.88" wide x 19.63" high x

13.50" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 53.75" wide x 13.75" high. This compartment will be provided with a lift-up door. This lift-up door will be provided with a cylinder that allows it to open approximately 120 degrees.

The rearward compartment will be approximately 49.00" wide x 46.63" high x 12.00" deep with a clear door opening of approximately 42.00" wide x 36.87" high. The floor of this compartment will be raised approximately 3.00" from standard to increase the rear angle of departure. This compartment will be located behind the rear wheels and will have a double door.

SIDE COMPARTMENT DOORS
Hinged compartment doors will be lap style with double panel construction and fabricated of 0.09" 5052H32 aluminum. Doors will be a minimum of 1.50" thick. To provide additional door strength, a "C" section reinforcement will be installed between the outer and interior panels.

Doors will be provided with a closed cell rubber gasket around the surface that laps onto the body. A second heavy-duty automotive rubber molding with a hollow core will be installed on the door framing that seals onto the interior panel, to ensure a weather resisting compartment.

All compartment doors will have polished stainless steel continuous hinge with a pin diameter of 0.25", that is bolted or screwed on with stainless steel fasteners. A dielectric substance will be applied to each hinge fastener.

All door lock mechanisms will be fully enclosed within the door panels to prevent fouling of the lock in the event equipment inside shifts into the lock area.

8.c
Packet Pg. 722 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 71 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Doors will be latched with recessed, polished stainless steel D-ring handles and Eberhard 106 locks.

To prevent corrosion caused by dissimilar metals, compartment door handles will not be attached to outer door panel with screws. A rubber gasket will be provided between the D-ring handle and the door.

SIDE COMPARTMENT ROLL-UP DOORS
There will be nine (9) compartment doors installed on the side compartments, double faced, aluminum construction, painted one (1) color to match the lower portion of the body and manufactured by AMDOR™ brand rollup doors.

Door(s) will be constructed using 1.00" extruded double wall aluminum slats which will feature a flat smooth interior surface to provide maximum protection against equipment hang-up. The slats will be connected with a structural driven ball and socket hinge designed to provide maximum curtain diaphragm strength. Mounting and adjusting the curtain will be done with a clip system that connects the curtain to the balancer drum allowing for easy tension adjustment without tools. The slats will be mounted in reusable slat shoes with positive snap-lock securement.

Each slat will incorporate weather tight recessed dual durometer seals. One (1) fin will be designed to locate the seal within the extrusion. The second will serve as a wiping seal which will also allow for compression to prevent water ingression.

The doors will be mounted in a one (1)-piece aluminum side frame with recessed side seals to minimize seal damage during equipment deployment. All seals including side frames, top gutters and bottom panel are to be manufactured utilizing non-marring materials.

Bottom panel flange of rollup door will be equipped with two (2) cut-outs to allow for easier access with gloved hands.

A polished stainless steel lift bar with locking key latches to be provided for each roll-up door. The keys to be Model 751 to match all compartment and cab doors. The lift bar will be located at the bottom of door with striker latches installed at the base of the side frames. Side frame mounted door strikers will include support beneath the stainless steel lift bar to prevent door curtain bounce, improve bottom seal life expectancy and to avoid false door ajar signals.

All injection molded rollup door wear components will be constructed of Type 6 nylon.

Each roll-up door will have a 3.00 inch diameter balancer/tensioner drum to assist in lifting the door.

The header for the rollup door assembly will not exceed 4.00".

A heavy-duty magnetic switch will be used for control of open compartment door warning lights.

REAR BUMPER
An aluminum rub rail will be provided at the rear of the unit. It will extend the full width of the compartments.

8.c
Packet Pg. 723 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 72 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

SCUFFPLATE
A brushed stainless steel scuffplate will be installed on both the left and right sides of the inner hose bed area. This scuffplate will cover from the top flange of the hose bed area down to the hose bed grating. The scuffplate will be fastened with self tapping screws.

DOOR GUARD
The nine (9) compartment doors will include an L-shaped guard designed to protect the bottom and interior side of the roll-up door from damage when in the retracted position and contain any water spray while the door is being opened. The guard will be fabricated from stainless steel and installed LS3, LS4, LS5, LS6, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6, RS7.

KEYED LOCK(S)
There will be six (6) compartment doors that require a keyed lock. The compartments to have a keyed lock will be LS1, LS2, LS7, RS1, RS2, RS8.

ELECTRIC DOOR LOCKS
There will be one (1) door(s) located RS3 equipped with electric locks. The locks will be wired battery direct. The switch for control will be located low on the right (inward) side of the PS FF EMS box at the floor height transition so it's reachable from the ground when standing at the PS crew cab location same as #34545. The back of the switch inside the cabinet need to be boxed in to protect wires.. In the event of loss of power, a manual override is available.

REVERSE HINGED DOOR
The two (2) compartment doors, located on the LS7 and RS8 compartment(s), will have the hinge located opposite of the standard location.

COMPARTMENT LIGHTING
There will be fifteen (15) compartment(s) with two (2) white 12 volt DC LED compartment light strips.

The dual light strips will be centered vertically along each side of the door framing. There will be two (2) light strips per compartment. The dual light strips will be in all body compartment(s).

Any remaining compartments without light strips will have a 6.00" diameter Truck-Lite, Model 79384, light. Each light will have a number 1076 one filament, two wire bulb.

Opening the compartment door will automatically turn the compartment lighting on.

MOUNTING TRACKS
There will be 14 sets of tracks for mounting shelf(s) in LS1, LS3, LS4, LS5, LS6, LS7, RS1, RS2, RS3, RS4, RS5, RS6, RS7 and RS8. These tracks will be installed vertically to support the adjustable shelf(s) and will be full height of the compartment. The tracks will be painted to match the compartment interior.

ADJUSTABLE SHELVES
There will be eight (8) shelves with a capacity of 500 lb provided. The shelf construction will consist of .188" aluminum with 2.00" sides. Each shelf will be painted spatter gray. Each shelf will be infinitely adjustable by means of a threaded fastener, which slides in a track.

8.c
Packet Pg. 724 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 73 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The shelves will be held in place by 0.12" thick stamped plated brackets and bolts.

The location will be one in LS2, two in LS3 (one at transition point, one lower third right of partition, two in LS4, one in RS3, two in RS4.

PERMANENTLY MOUNTED SHELF
A permanently mounted, painted spatter gray compartment shelf with 1.00" sides will be provided. A total of two (2) shelves will be installed RS1/LS1 at blister.

SLIDE-OUT/TILT-DOWN TRAY
There will be four (4) slide-out trays provided.

The bottom of each tray will be constructed of 0.188" thick aluminum while special aluminum extrusions will be utilized for the tray sides, ends, and tracks. The corners will be welded to form a rigid unit.

The tray will be half depth of the transverse compartment.

A spring-loaded lock will be provided on each side at the front of the tray. Releasing the locks will allow the tray to slide out approximately two-thirds (2/3) of its length from the stowed position and tip 30 degrees down from horizontal. The tray will be equipped with ball bearing rollers for smooth operation.

Rubber padded stops will be provided for the tray in the extended positions.

The capacity rating of the tray will be a minimum of 215 lb in the extended position.

The vertical position of the tray within the compartment will be adjustable.

The tray(s) will be located (2) LS5 and (2) RS5.

ONE WAY HOSE TRAY IN TORQUE BOX
There will be one (1) 120.00" long slide-out hose tray provided on the Torque Box side in the torque box. The inside tray dimensions will be 17.00" wide x 16.00" deep.

The capacity rating will be 500 lb in the extended position.

Tray will slide out in one (1) direction only; 120.00" of its length.

The construction will consist of .188" thick aluminum for the sides and inboard end of the tray. The outboard end of the tray will be left open for hose deployment.

One side of the tray will be hinged and flip down when the tray is fully extended. This will aid in the repacking of the hose.

Tray will be supported by a 130.00" Innovative Industries SlideMaster SM3-HD slide system.

Locks will be provided for both the in and out tray positions.

ONE WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided RS5/LS5. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray

8.c
Packet Pg. 725 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 74 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded. The finish will be painted to match compartment interior.

The tray will be 4.00" high x half the depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length in one direction.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

TWO (2) WAY UTILITY SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be two (2) floor mounted utility slide-out tray(s) provided LS6/RS6. Each tray will be rated for up to 500lb in the extended position. The tray(s) will be constructed of .19" thick aluminum for the tray bottom and special aluminum extrusions for the tray sides, ends and tracks. The corners will be welded. The finish will be painted spatter gray.

The tray will be 4.00" high x full depth of the transverse compartment x as wide as possible for the compartment.

The tray will be supported with a minimum of six (6) ball bearing rollers. The tray will slide out two thirds (2/3) of its length to either side of the apparatus.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

SLIDE-OUT FLOOR MOUNTED TRAY
There will be one (1) floor mounted slide-out tray(s) provided.

Each tray will have 2.00" high sides and a minimum capacity rating of 500 lb in the extended position.

Each tray will be constructed of aluminum painted spatter gray.

There will be two undermount-roller bearing type slides rated at 250 lb each provided. The pair of slides will have a safety factor rating of 2.

To ensure years of dependable service, the slides will be coated with a finish that is tested to withstand a minimum of 1,000 hours of salt spray per ASTM B117.

To ensure years of easy operation, the slides will require no more than a 50lb force for push-in or pullout movement when fully loaded after having been subjected to a 40 hour vibration (shaker) test under full load. The vibration drive file will have been generated from accelerometer data collected from a heavy truck chassis driven over rough gravel roads in an unloaded condition. Proof of compliance will be provided upon request.

Automatic locks will be provided for both the "in" and "out" positions. The trip mechanism for the locks will be located at the front of the tray for ease of use with a gloved hand.

8.c
Packet Pg. 726 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 75 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The location(s) will be LS3 to the left of the partition.

DRAWER ASSEMBLY
A slide-out drawer assembly will be installed LS4.

The clear dimensions starting at the top of the cabinet with the first drawer will be 3.00" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the second drawer will be 3.75" with a face plate that is 4.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the third drawer will be 5.75" with a face plate that is 6.00" high x 21.00" deep. The clear dimensions of the fourth drawer will be 6.75" with a face plate that is 7.00" high x 21.00" deep. Each drawer will be the same width and not exceed

48.00".

The drawers will have a capacity of 250 pounds.

The drawers will be mounted in a cabinet housing constructed of light gray powder coated aluminum with anodized aluminum frames. The housing will be 24.00" deep, and completely enclose the drawer.

A full-length aluminum extruded rail will be provided at the top edge of each drawer. This rail will act as the latching mechanism as well as the handle for each drawer.

There will be a total of one (1) provided.

TOOLBOARD ADDED TO TRANSVERSE SLIDE-OUT TRAY
An aluminum toolboard will be provided and mounted in a two (2)-way slide-out tray that spans the full depth of a transverse compartment (tray not included). The toolboard will be constructed of 0.19" thick aluminum that is painted spatter gray to match compartment interior. The toolboard will be provided with no holes and have a 1.00" x 1.00" aluminum tube frame welded around the edge for rigidity.

The toolboard will span the full depth of the slide-out tray and will be as tall as possible for the specified mounting location.

The toolboard will be mounted on aluminum tracks to allow for side to side adjustment within the tray.

The total capacity rating of the toolboard will vary depending on the tray it is mounted in (capacity rating for the toolboard will match the capacity rating of the tray it is mounted in).

A total of Two (2) toolboard(s) will be provided and mounted in the slide-out tray(s) located LS6/RS6.

VERTICAL COMPARTMENT PARTITION
One (1) partition will be bolted in LS3. Each partition will be LS3 centered from compt floor to transition point vertical height of the compartment. Each partition will be painted spatter gray.

COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
A compartment will be supplied at the rear of the unit, above the rear bumper. It will be 8.50" high x

25.75" wide x 27.00" deep. The compartment will have a single-pan smooth aluminum drop-down door with a D-ring latch.

8.c
Packet Pg. 727 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 76 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

INSERT FOR REAR COMPARTMENT BETWEEN TOW EYES
There will be a specially designed "w" shaped insert for air bottle storage in the rear compartment between the tow eyes.

The insert will be designed to fit with three (3) 6.75" diameter air bottles.

FLOOR EXTENSION
There will be a compartment floor extension provided. The floor extension will extend from the area over the frame rails to within an inch of the compartment door. The floor extension will have a 1.00" vertical downturned lip and no return flange.

A total of four (4) will be provided and located LS6/RS6, RS5, LS5.

TOOL MOUNTING BRACKET
There will be two (2) PAC #1004 Handelok tool mounting bracket(s) provided. The bracket(s) will be installed on the body (1) one each on the DS and PS on Cord Reel Enclosure forward of the roller guides.

RUB RAIL
Bottom edge of the side compartments will be trimmed with a bright aluminum extruded rub rail.

Trim will be 2.12" high with 1.38" flanges turned outward for rigidity.

The rub rails will not be an integral part of the body construction, which allows replacement in the event of damage.

BODY FENDER CROWNS
Stainless steel fender crowns will be provided around the rear wheel openings.

A rubber welting will be installed between the body and the crown to seal the seam and restrict moisture from entering.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the fender crown fasteners (screws) and the fender sheet metal to prevent corrosion.

HANDRAILS
The handrails will be 1.25" diameter knurled aluminum to provide a positive gripping surface.

Chrome plated end stanchions will support the handrail. Plastic gaskets will be used between end stanchions and any painted surfaces.

Drain holes will be provided in the bottom of all vertically mounted handrails.

Handrails will be provided to meet current edition of applicable NFPA standards. The handrails will be installed as noted on the sales drawing.

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE (SINGLE)
A quantity of two (2) air bottle compartments, 7.75" in diameter x 26.00" deep, will be provided on the left side forward of the rear wheels and on the right side forward of the rear wheels. A painted stainless

8.c
Packet Pg. 728 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 77 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
steel door with a Southco raised trigger C2 chrome lever latch will be provided to contain the air bottle.

A dielectric barrier will be provided between the door hinge, hinge fasteners and the body sheet metal.

Inside the compartment, black rubber matting will be provided.

AIR BOTTLE STORAGE BIN
A storage bin will be provided for storage of six (6) air bottles. This storage bin will be installed RS3 forward on the compt floor, 2x3 vertically . Each separate air bottle storage compartment will be 7.50" square x 23.00" deep. The storage bin will be formed out of aluminum and the flooring lined with Durasurf.

EXTENSION LADDER
There will be two (2) 35' two (2) section aluminum Duo-Safety Series 1200-A extension ladder(s) provided.

ADDED EXTENSION LADDER
There will be one (1) 28', two (2) section, aluminum, Duo-Safety Series 1200A extension ladder provided.

AERIAL EXTENSION LADDER
There will be one (1) 24' two (2) section aluminum Series 900-A extension ladder(s) provided and located in the aerial torque box.

ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 16' aluminum, Duo-Safety, Series 875-DR roof ladder(s) provided. The ladder(s) will have hooks on both ends.

ADDED ROOF LADDER
There will be one (1) 14' roof, aluminum Series 775-DR with roof hooks on both ends provided and located in the aerial torque box..

WALL LADDER
There will be one (1) 18' aluminum wall ladder, Duo-Safety Series 850-A provided.

AERIAL FOLDING LADDER
There will be two (2) 10' aluminum Duo-Safety Series 585-A folding ladder(s) provided and located in the aerial torque box.

GROUND LADDER STORAGE
The ground ladders will be removable from the center rear of the apparatus.

The ladders will be individually stored in stainless steel slides and will be arranged in such a manner that any one (1) ladder can be removed without having to move or remove any other ladder. Black Dura-Surf friction reducing material will be added to the stainless steel slides, on the bottom horizontal surfaces, of the ladder storage rack.

Vertically hinged double lap doors will be provided at the rear to close the ladder compartment.

8.c
Packet Pg. 729 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 78 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Doors will be of double pan aluminum construction. Single sheet aluminum doors will not be considered.

The lock door will be latched with Eberhard latches with D-ring handles. The free floating door will be provided with a locking mechanism on the top of the door to allow it to be secured to the door frame.

There will be no stay arm device provided on either door. Door grabbers will be provided on the outside of each door and the rear body surface to hold each door open.

LADDER STORAGE LIGHTING
There will be 21.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip lights in the torque box ladder storage compartment.

One (1) light will be provided on each side of the ladder storage area.

The lights will be activated when the ladder storage compartment door is opened.

ADDITIONAL FOLDING LADDER
One (1) 12' aluminum, Series 585-A Duo-Safety folding ladder will be installed on the aerial fly section.

HORIZONTAL LADDER MOUNTING FROM TORQUE BOX CEILING
There will be special horizontal mounting provided for a total of one (1)Duo-Safety 28' 1200-A 2 section ladder in the torque box. The ladder will be hung from the ceiling and include special angles, braces, and/or spacers as needed for support.

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the left side of the ladder storage compartment. The ladders will be nested so that one ladder can be removed without removing the adjoining ladder.

NESTED LADDER STORAGE
There will be nested ladders on the right side of the ladder storage compartment.

NARROWED LADDER TROUGH(S)
There will be a total of one (1) narrowed trough(s) provided for the following ladders in the ladder storage area: Per ER Layout

COMPARTMENT FOR STOKES & LADDER STORAGE
A treadplate compartment assembly will be provided for the storage of a stokes basket and a ladder.

The box will be divided in the center to provide two (2) separate storage areas. The compartment will be located on top of the rear body, forward of the boom support. The box will be 96.00" long.

The forward area will store a stokes basket that is 83.00" long x 25.00" wide x 8.00" high. The stokes will be stored toward the left side. There will be a vertical partition in this area to allow miscellaneous storage opposite of the stokes, if applicable (depending on stokes basket length).

The rearward area will store a Little Giant Classic Model 17 - 10102. The ladder will be stored toward the left side. There will be a vertical partition in this area to allow miscellaneous storage opposite of the ladder, if applicable (depending on ladder length).

There will be two (2) lift up doors on each side with a D-handle latch on each door and pneumatic cylinders that allow the doors to lift up past 90 degrees.

8.c
Packet Pg. 730 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 79 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The compartment will be reinforced so it can withstand the weight of a person.

PIKE POLE, 10'
One (1) pike pole 10' long DUO Safety with a fiberglass handle, will be provided and located in the ladder compartment.

PIKE POLES
There will be one (1) 12' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handles provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 8' PIKE POLE
There will be two (2) 8' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment. 6' PIKE POLE
There will be two (2) 6' Duo Safety pike pole(s) with fiberglass handle provided. The pike pole(s) will be stored in tubular holders located in the ground ladder storage compartment.

ADDITIONAL PIKE POLE(S)
There will be two (2) 6' long trash hook(s), Fire Hooks Unlimited TRH-6, with fiberglass shaft and "D" handle provided. The D-handle will be turned 90 degrees from standard.

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be a total of two (2) stainless steel trough(s) provided in the torque box/ladder storage area.

The trough(s) will accommodate a two (2) Nupla fiberglass 6' SPD pike poles with D handles.

PIKE POLE STORAGE IN TORQUE BOX/LADDER STORAGE
There will be aluminum tubing provided in the torque box/ladder storage area for a total of six (6) pike poles.

If the head of a pike pole can come into contact with a painted surface, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided.

8.c
Packet Pg. 731 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 80 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

PUMP COMPARTMENT
The pump compartment will be separate from the hose body and compartments so that each may flex independently of the other. It will be a fabricated assembly of steel tubing, angles and channels which supports both the fire pump and the side running boards.

The pump compartment will be mounted on the chassis frame rails with rubber biscuits in a four point pattern to allow for chassis frame twist.

Pump compartment, pump, plumbing and gauge panels will be removable from the chassis in a single assembly.

On both sides, the pump compartment will extend outward to the outside edge of the body. The area where the outlets and inlets are located will be recessed. The area above the pump inlets and outlets will be full width to support the water tank.

The reservoir compartment will be attached to the pumphouse.

PUMP MOUNTING
Pump will be mounted to a substructure which will be mounted to the chassis frame rail using rubber isolators. The mounting will allow chassis frame rails to flex independently without damage to the fire pump.

PUMP CONTROL PANELS (SIDE CONTROL)
All pump controls and gauges will be located at the left (driver's) side of the apparatus and properly marked.

The pump panel on the right (passenger's) side will be removable with lift and turn type fasteners. The left (driver's) side will be fastened with screws.

The gauge and control panels will be two (2) separate panels for ease of maintenance.

The side gauge panel will be hinged at the bottom with a full length stainless steel hinge. The fasteners used to hold the panel in the upright position will be quarter-turn type. Vinyl covered cable or chains will be used to hold the gauge panel in the dropped position.

Polished stainless steel trim collars will be installed around all inlets and outlets.

All push/pull valve controls will have 1/4 turn locking control rods with polished chrome plated zinc tee handles. Guides for the push/pull control rods will be chrome plated zinc castings securely mounted to the pump panel. Push/pull valve controls will be capable of locking in any position. The control rods will pull straight out of the panel and will be equipped with universal joints to eliminate binding.

The identification tag for each valve control will be recessed in the face of the tee handle.

All discharge outlets will have color coded identification tags, with each discharge having its own unique color. Color coding will include the labeling of the outlet and the drain for each corresponding discharge.

8.c
Packet Pg. 732 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 81 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
All line pressure gauges will be mounted in individual chrome plated castings with the identification tag recessed in the casting below the gauge. All remaining identification tags will be mounted on the pump panel in chrome plated bezels. Mounting of the castings and identification bezels will be done with a threaded peg cast on the back side of the bezel or screws.

TILLER PUMP HOUSE AREA FINISH
The tiller pump house area components will be finished as follows:
• The floor of the area under the pump panel will be aluminum treadplate. The remaining interior surfaces, sides and top will be brushed stainless steel. • The exterior surfaces of the pump house will be painted to match lower cab. • The water tank/cargo side sheets and area above the pump house will be smooth aluminum and painted to match the lower cab color with a treadplate top. • The water tank top cover will be aluminum treadplate. • The exterior of the crosslays will be aluminum treadplate.

PUMP
Pump will be a Waterous ESU1 1500 gpm single (1) stage midship mounted centrifugal type. The pump will be end suction, single inlet type.

Pump will be the class "A" type.

Pump will deliver the percentage of rated discharge at pressure indicated below:
- 100% of rated capacity at 150 psi net pump pressure.
-70% of rated capacity at 200 psi net pump pressure.
-50% of rated capacity at 250 psi net pump pressure.

The pump body will be cast in grey iron. It will have double striping edge volute to minimize radial forces at all flow rates.

The impellers will be bronze, accurately balanced (mechanically and hydraulically), labyrinth type, wear rings that resist water bypass and loss of efficiency due to wear.

The impeller shaft will be stainless steel, accurately ground to size.

The impeller shaft will be supported at each end by oil or grease lubricated anti-friction ball bearings for rigid and precise support. Bearings will be protected from water and sediment by suitable seal housing, and oil seal. No sleeve type bearings will be used.

The seal housings will be equipped with self-adjusting, maintenance-free, mechanical shaft seal.

PUMP TRANSMISSION
Pump transmission will be made of a three (3) piece, high tensile aluminum, horizontally split casing.

Power transfer to pump will be through a passive lubricated, Morse HY-VO drive chain.

8.c
Packet Pg. 733 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 82 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Drive shafts will be a minimum of 2.35" diameter hardened and ground alloy steel. All shafts will be ball bearing supported. The case will be designed as to eliminate the need for water cooling.

PUMPING MODE
An interlock system will be provided to ensure that the pump drive system components are properly engaged so that the apparatus can be safely operated. The interlock system will be designed to allow stationary pumping only.

AIR PUMP SHIFT
Pump shift engagement will be made by a two (2) position sliding collar, actuated pneumatically (by air pressure), with a three (3) position air control switch located in the cab. A manual back-up shift control will also be located on the left side pump panel.

Two (2) indicator lights will be provided adjacent to the pump shift inside the cab. One (1) green light will indicate the pump shift has been completed and be labeled "pump engaged". The second green light will indicate when the pump has been engaged, and that the chassis transmission is in pump gear.

This indicator light will be labeled "OK to pump".

The pump shift will be interlocked to prevent the pump from being shifted out of gear when the chassis transmission is in gear to meet NFPA requirements.

The pump shift control in the cab will be illuminated to meet NFPA requirements.

TRANSMISSION LOCK-UP
The direct gear transmission lock-up for the fire pump operation will engage automatically when the pump shift control in the cab is activated.

AUXILIARY COOLING SYSTEM
A supplementary heat exchange cooling system will be provided to allow the use of water from the discharge side of the pump for cooling the engine water. The heat exchanger will be a separate unit. It will be installed in the pump or engine compartment with the control located on the pump operator's control panel. The exchanger will be plumbed to the master drain valve.

INTAKE RELIEF VALVE - PUMP
One (1) Elkhart Style 40 relief valve(s) will be installed on the suction side of the pump preset at 125 psig.

The relief valve(s) will have a working range of 75 psi to 250 psi.

The outlet will terminate below the frame rails with a 2.50" National Standard hose thread adapter and will have a "do not cap" warning tag.

The relief valve pressure control will be located behind the right side pump panel with a stainless steel access door.

PIERCE PRESSURE CONTROLLER
A Pierce electronic pressure controller will be provided.

8.c
Packet Pg. 734 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 83 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
A pressure transducer will be installed in the discharge side of the water pump. The transducer continuously monitors pump pressure sending a signal to the electronic pressure controller.

The pressure controller can be used in two (2) modes of operation, RPM mode and pressure modes.

In pump mode, the controller will be programmed to turn on/default to Pressure Setting mode.

In the RPM mode, the controller can be activated after vehicle parking brake has been set. When in this mode, the controller will maintain the set engine speed, regardless of engine load (within engine operation capabilities).

In the pressure mode, the controller can be activated after the pump is engaged. When in this mode, the controller will automatically maintain the discharge pressure set by the operator (within the discharge capabilities of the pump and water supply) regardless of flow.

A 2.00" diameter throttle control knob with no mechanical stops, a serrated grip, and a red idle push button in the center will be a integrated/part of the pressure controller. The throttle control knob will be programmed for Clockwise rotation to increase engine speed.

Individual LED indicators for ok to pump, throttle ready, pressure mode and rpm mode will be located on the pressure controller for easy viewing.

A pump cavitation protection feature will also be provided which will return the engine to idle should the pump cavitate. Cavitation is sensed by the combination of pump pressure below 30 psi and engine speed above 2000 rpm for more than five (5) seconds.

Other safety features include recognition of low water and no water conditions with an automatic programmed response and a push button to return the engine to idle.

The pressure controller LCD screen will be 4.20" in size with a minimum brightness of 750 nits. The LCD screen and LED intensity will be automatically adjust for day and nighttime operation. The LCD screen intensity can also be manually adjusted if needed.

The following information will be provided/displayed on the LCD screen - • Engine RPM
• Check engine and stop engine warning indicators
• Engine oil pressure
• Engine coolant temperature
• Water pump transmission temperature
• Fuel Level
• Water tank level
• Battery voltage
• Operating mode (RPM or pressure)
• Pressure or RPM setting

8.c
Packet Pg. 735 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 84 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
On screen messaging show diagnostic and warning messages as they occur. It will show apparatus information, stored data, and program options when selected by the operator. It will monitor inputs outputs and support audible and visual warning alarms for the following conditions - • High battery voltage
• Low battery voltage/engine off
• Low battery voltage/engine running
• High water pump temperature
• Low fuel
• Low engine oil pressure
• High engine coolant temperature
• Water tank out of water (visual alarm only)
• No engine response (visual alarm only)
The pressure controller will store the accumulated operating hours for the pump and engine. These items are to be displayed within the pressure controller menu.

The pressure controller will include a USB port on the back of the controller for easy software upgrades if needed.

PRIMING PUMP
The priming pump will be a Trident Emergency Products compressed air powered, high efficiency, multistage venturi based AirPrime System, conforming to standards outlined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

All wetted metallic parts of the priming system are to be of brass and stainless steel construction.

One (1) priming control will open the priming valve and start the pump primer.

REMOVEABLE ACCESS PANEL ON PUMP OPERATORS PANEL
A removable access panel will be provided as shown on the PP drawing to the left of the master gauges

RECIRCULATING LINE WITH CHECK VALVE
A 0.50" diameter recirculating line, from the pump to the water tank, will be furnished with a control installed at the pump operator's control panel. A check valve will be provided in this line to prevent the back flow of water from the tank to the pump if the valve is left in the open position.

THERMAL RELIEF VALVE
A Hale TRV120-L thermal protection device will be included on the pump that monitors pump water temperature and opens to relieve water to cool the pump when the temperature of the pump water exceeds 120 Degrees F (49 C).

The thermal protection device will include a red warning light and audible alarm. The warning light with a test switch will be mounted on the pump operator panel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 736 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 85 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The discharge line will be 3/8 inch diameter tubing plumbed to ground.

PUMP MANUALS
There will be a total of two (2) pump manuals provided by the pump manufacturer and furnished with the apparatus. The manuals will be provided by the pump manufacturer in the form of two (2) electronic copies. Each manual will cover pump operation, maintenance, and parts.

PLUMBING, STAINLESS STEEL AND HOSE
All inlet and outlet lines will be plumbed with either stainless steel pipe, flexible polypropylene tubing or synthetic rubber hose reinforced with hi-tensile polyester braid. All hose's will be equipped with brass or stainless steel couplings. All stainless steel hard plumbing will be a minimum of a schedule 10 wall thickness.

Where vibration or chassis flexing may damage or loosen piping or where a coupling is required for servicing, the piping will be equipped with victaulic or rubber couplings.

Plumbing manifold bodies will be ductile cast iron or stainless steel.

All piping lines are to be drained through a master drain valve or will be equipped with individual drain valves. All drain lines will be extended with a hose to drain below the chassis frame.

All water carrying gauge lines will be of flexible polypropylene tubing.

All piping, hose and fittings will have a minimum of a 500 PSI hydrodynamic pressure rating.

MAIN PUMP INLETS
A 6.00" pump manifold inlet will be provided on each side of the vehicle. The suction inlets will include removable die cast zinc screens that are designed to provide cathodic protection for the pump, thus reducing corrosion in the pump.

SHORT SUCTION TUBE(S)
The suction tube(s) on the water pump will have short suction tube(s) installed to allow for installation of adapters, elbows or intake valves without excessive overhang.

MAIN PUMP INLET CAP
The main pump inlets will have National Standard Threads with a long handle chrome cap.

The cap will be the Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

VALVES
All ball valves will be Akron® Brass. The Akron valves will be the 8000 series heavy-duty style with a stainless steel ball and a simple two-seat design. No lubrication or regular maintenance is required on the valve.

Valves will have a ten (10) year warranty.

The location of the valve for the one (1) inlet will be behind the pump panel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 737 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 86 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

INLET CONTROL
The side auxiliary inlet(s) will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the inlet valve. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

LEFT SIDE INLET
There will be one (1) auxiliary inlet with a 2.50" valve at the left side pump panel, terminating with a

2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread adapter.

The auxiliary inlet will be provided with a strainer, chrome swivel and plug.

ANODE, INLET
Four (4) sacrificial zinc anodes will be provided in the water pump, two (2) on the intake side and two (2) on the discharge side to protect the pump from corrosion.

INLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each side gated inlet.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a "T" swing style handle control extended to the outside of the panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position. The swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails.

TANK TO PUMP
The booster tank will be connected to the intake side of the pump with heavy duty 4.00" piping and a quarter turn 3.00" valve with the control remotely located at the operator's panel. A rubber coupling will be included in this line to prevent damage from vibration or chassis flexing.

A check valve will be provided in the tank to pump supply line to prevent the possibility of "back filling" the water tank.

TANK REFILL
A 1.50" combination tank refill and pump re-circulation line will be provided, using a quarter-turn full flow ball valve controlled from the pump operator's panel.

DISCHARGE OUTLET CONTROLS
The discharge outlets will incorporate a quarter-turn ball valve with the control located at the pump operator's panel. The valve operating mechanism will indicate the position of the valve.

If a handwheel control valve is used, the control will be a minimum of a 3.9" diameter stainless steel handwheel with a dial position indicator built in to the center of the handwheel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 738 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 87 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

SWING CONTROLS
There will be Eight (8) discharge outlets controlled by a vertical swing style control. These controls will be located on the following discharges One (1) Tank to Pump One (1) Tank Fill, Two (2) crosslays controls, Four (4) 2.50" pump panel discharges.

LEFT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLETS
Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve will be provided on the left side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

LEFT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the left side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

RIGHT SIDE DISCHARGE OUTLET
Two (2) discharge outlets with a 2.50" valve will be provided on the right side of the apparatus, terminating with a 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter.

RIGHT SIDE OUTLET ELBOWS
The 2.50" discharge outlets located on the right side pump panel will be furnished with a 2.50" (F) National Standard hose thread x 2.50" (M) National Standard hose thread, chrome plated, 45 degree elbow.

The elbow will be Pierce VLH, which incorporates an exclusive thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

LARGE DIAMETER DISCHARGE OUTLET
There will be an Akron 8800 4.00" flat ball valve with 4.00" plumbing terminating with a 4.00" MNST chrome adapter on the right side pump panel.

The valve will be controlled with a(n) Akron 9345 with pressure located at the pump operator's panel.

LARGE DIAMETER OUTLET ELBOWS
The 4.00" outlet will be furnished with a chrome 30 degree elbow with 4.00" (F) National Standard hose thread x 4.00" (M) National Standard hose thread adapter and a long handle cap.

DISCHARGE CAPS/ INLET PLUGS
Chrome plated, rocker lug, caps with chain will be furnished for all discharge outlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size, besides the pre-connected hose outlets.

Chrome plated, rocker lug, plugs with chain will be furnished for all auxiliary inlets 1.00" thru 3.00" in size.

The caps and plugs will incorporate a thread design to automatically relieve stored pressure in the line when disconnected.

8.c
Packet Pg. 739 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 88 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

OUTLET BLEEDER VALVE
A 0.75" bleeder valve will be provided for each outlet 1.50" or larger. Automatic drain valves are acceptable with some outlets if deemed appropriate with the application.

The valves will be located behind the panel with a T swing style handle control extended to the outside of the side pump panel.

The handles will be chrome plated and provide a visual indication of valve position.

The T swing handle will provide an ergonomic position for operating the valve without twisting the wrist and provides excellent leverage.

Bleeders will be located at the bottom of the pump panel. They will be properly labeled identifying the discharge they are plumbed in to.

The water discharged by the bleeders will be routed below the chassis frame rails.

REDUCER
There will be one (1) adapter with 2.50" FNST x 1.50" MNST threads and a 1.50" chrome plated cap installed on 2.50" aux discharge at the aerial tip.

CROSSLAY HOSE BEDS, 1.50"
Two (2) crosslays with 1.50" outlets will be provided. Each bed to be capable of carrying capable of carrying 200' of 1.75" double jacketed hose and will be plumbed with 2.00" i.d. pipe and gated with a

2.00" quarter turn ball valve.

Outlets to be equipped with a 1.50" National Standard hose thread 90 degree swivel located in the hose bed so that hose may be removed from either side of apparatus.

The crosslay controls will be at the pump operator's panel.

The center crosslay dividers will be fabricated of .25" aluminum and will provide adjustment from side to side. The divider will be unpainted with a brushed finish.

Vertical scuffplates, constructed of polished stainless steel, will be provided at the front and rear ends of the bed on each side of vehicle.

Crosslay bed flooring will consist of removable perforated brushed aluminum.

CROSSLAY/DEADLAY HOSE RESTRAINT
There will be black vinyl end flap provided across each end of two (2) crosslay/deadlay opening(s) to secure the hose during travel. Each vinyl end flap will be permanently attached at the top of the crosslay/deadlay opening(s). 1.00" web straps will loop through footman loops at the opposite end of the permanently attached vinyl. They will be attached with 1.00" side release fasteners.

CROSSLAY COVER
A hinged aluminum treadplate cover will be installed over the crosslay hose beds. It will include a latch at each end of the cover to hold it securely in place, a chrome grab handle at each end for opening and closing the cover and a foam rubber gasket where the cover comes into contact to a painted surface.

8.c
Packet Pg. 740 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 89 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
A black vinyl cover permanently attached to the aluminum treadplate cover will be provided over each end of the crosslay hose beds. The cover will have straps with spring clips attached at each lower corner. The bottom of the flaps will be weighted.

Two (2) hold open devices will be provided with the cover, one device at each end.

FOAM SYSTEM
A foam system will not be required on this apparatus.

The following drawing(s) will be provided for approval by the customer. The drawing(s) will be made for up One (01) Truck apparatus and/or similar Pierce job number.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PANEL DRAWING
A detailed drawing to scale of the pump operator's panel will be provided for the customer to review.

The drawing will include all of the gauges, controls, switching, etc.., located on the pump operator's panel. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved pump operator's panel drawing will become part of the contract documents.

Due to the way drain(s), bleeder(s), operational/maintenance tag(s) and NFPA required warning tag(s) are placed on pump panel(s), these items will NOT be shown on any pump panel approval drawing(s).

These item(s) will be placed on pump panel(s) at the fire apparatus manufacturer discretion.

COLOR CODED TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the colors used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the colors will become part of the contract documents.

SPECIAL TEXT/VERBIAGE TAGS
A detailed drawing/chart of the text/verbiage used on all of the inlet(s) and outlet(s) will be provided for the customer to review. The customer will be allowed to make changes and/or mark-ups to this approval drawing/chart. The fire apparatus manufacturer will make revisions (If needed) to the drawing per the customer changes and/or mark-ups as long as the changes are physically possible within a specific product line.

8.c
Packet Pg. 741 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 90 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The finalized and signed customer approved drawing/chart of the text/verbiage will become part of the contract documents.

PUMP PANEL CONFIGURATION
The pump panel configuration will be neat and orderly.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM
A pull out, flip down platform will be provided at the pump operator's control panel.

The front edge and the top surface of the platform will be made of DA finished aluminum with a Morton Cass insert.

The platform will be approximately 13.75" deep when in the stowed position and approximately 22.00" deep when extended. The platform stepping surface will be 35.00" wide. The platform will lock in the retracted and the extended position.

The sides, bottom and rear portions of the support assembly will be painted to match lower job color.

The platform will be wired to the "step not stowed" indicator in the cab.

PUMP OPERATOR'S PLATFORM PERIMETER LIGHT
There will be an On Scene Solutions, Model Night Stick Access, 20.00" white 12 volt DC LED strip light provided to illuminate the ground area.

PUMP AND GAUGE PANEL
The pump and gauge panels will be constructed of stainless steel with a brushed finish. A polished aluminum trim molding will be provided on both sides of the pump panel.

PUMP ACCESS
Right Side Panel
The right side upper pump panel will be removable.

Panel Fastener
The removable panels will be secured with black swell latch.

The left side pump panels will be attached with screws.

The right side lower pump panel (drain bank) will be attached with screws.

PUMP COMPARTMENT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Whelen®, Model 3SC0CDCR, 3.00" white 12 volt DC LED light(s) with Whelen, Model 3FLANGEC, flange(s) installed in the pump compartment.

Engine monitoring graduated LED indicators will be incorporated with the pressure controller.

Also provided at the pump panel will be the following:
- Master Pump Drain Control

8.c
Packet Pg. 742 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 91 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

THROTTLE READY GREEN INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light integrated with the pressure governor and/or engine throttle installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in throttle ready mode.

OK TO PUMP INDICATOR LIGHT
There will be a green indicator light installed on the pump operators panel that is activated when the pump is in Ok To Pump mode.

AIR HORN BUTTON
An air horn control button will be provided at the pump operator's control panel. This button will be red in color and properly labeled and put within easy reach of the operator.

VACUUM AND PRESSURE GAUGES
The pump vacuum and pressure gauges will be liquid filled and manufactured by Innovative Controls.

The gauges will be a minimum of 6.00" in diameter and will have white faces with black markings, with a pressure range of 30.00" 0-400 psi.

The pump pressure and vacuum gauges will be installed adjacent to each other at the pump operator's control panel.

Test port connections will be provided at the pump operator's panel. One (1) will be connected to the intake side of the pump, and the other to the discharge manifold of the pump. They will have 0.25 in. standard pipe thread connections and polished stainless steel plugs. They will be marked with a label.

PRESSURE GAUGES
The individual "line" pressure gauges for the discharges will be interlube filled and manufactured by Class 1©.

The gauges will be a minimum of 3.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#.

The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the outlet control as practical.

WATER LEVEL GAUGE
An electric water level gauge will be incorporated in the pressure controller that registers water level by means of 9 LEDs. They will be at 1/8 level increments with a tank empty LED. The LEDs will be a bright type that is readable in sunlight and have a full 180-degree of clear viewing.

To further alert the pump operator, the gauge will have a warning flash when the tank volume is less than 25 percent and will have "Down Chasing LEDs when the tank is almost empty.

The level measurement will be ascertained by sensing the head pressure of the fluid in the tank or cell.

LIGHT SHIELD
There will be a polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield installed over the pump operator's panel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 743 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 92 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the stainless steel light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch.

Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house. • One (1) pump panel light will come on when the pump is in ok to pump mode.

The switch panel will be lit when the parking brake is set. This is to afford the operator illumination when first approaching the control panel.

ADDITIONAL LIGHT SHIELD
An additional polished, 16 gauge stainless steel light shield will be provided above passenger's side pump panel.
• There will be 12 volt DC white LED lights installed under the light shield to illuminate the controls, switches, essential instructions, gauges, and instruments necessary for the operation of the apparatus. These lights will be activated by the pump panel light switch. Additional lights will be included every 18.00" depending on the size of the pump house.

AIR HORN SYSTEM
Two (2) Grover air horns will be recessed in the front bumper.

The air horns will be chrome.

The air horn system will be piped to the air brake system wet tank utilizing 0.38" tubing. A pressure protection valve will be installed to prevent the loss of air in the brake system.

Air Horn Location
The air horns will be located on each side of the bumper, just outside of the frame rails.

Air Horn Control
The air horn(s) will be activated by the following:
• Right side foot switch
• Left side foot switch

ELECTRONIC SIREN
There will be a Federal, Model PF200R, electronic siren with noise canceling microphone provided.

This siren to be energized when the battery switch is on.

Electronic siren head will be recessed in the driver side center switch panel.

The electronic siren will be controlled on the siren head only. No horn button or foot switches will be provided.

8.c
Packet Pg. 744 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 93 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

SPEAKER
A Federal, Model BP200-EF, 200 watt speaker will be provided. A chrome-plated "EF" flat grille will be installed in front of the speaker.

The speaker(s) will be recessed in the center of the front bumper.

AUXILIARY MECHANICAL SIREN
There will be a Federal Signal Model Q2B mechanical siren furnished and installed in the front of the apparatus.

The Q2B will be chrome finish.

The siren will have a 2-gauge cable connected to a power solenoid that is connected by a 2-gauge cable ran battery direct to the primary chassis batteries and will be labeled Q2B+ at the battery. The power solenoid will only be enabled when the emergency master switch is on.

The siren will have a 2-gauge ground wire connected to the chassis battery stud. The cable will be labeled Q2B- at the battery.

The mechanical siren will be recessed in the front bumper in the center. The siren will be properly supported using the bumper framework.

MECHANICAL SIREN CONTROL
The mechanical siren will be activated by the following:
• Right side foot switch
• Left side foot switch.

A momentary chrome push button switch will be included in the right side dash panel to activate the siren brake.

A momentary red switch will be included in the left side overhead switch panel to activate the siren brake.

FRONT ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be one (1) 81.00" Whelen® Freedom™ IV LED lightbar mounted on the cab roof.

The lightbar will include the following:
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side end position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side first front position. • One (1) red steady burning LED module in the left side second front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side third front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the left side fourth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side fifth front position.

8.c
Packet Pg. 745 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 94 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the left side sixth front position. • One (1) 795 LED traffic light controller set to national standard high priority in the center positions.
• One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side sixth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side fifth front position. • One (1) white flashing LED module in the right side fourth front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side third front position. • One (1) red steady burning LED module in the right side second front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side first front position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side front corner position. • One (1) red flashing LED module in the right side end position.

There will be clear lenses included on the lightbar.

The following switches may be a installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the lightbar:
• a switch to control the flashing LED modules.
• the traffic light controller with the emergency master switch only. • a driver's side momentary cab switch with no emergency master control to activate the traffic light controller.

The white flashing LED modules and the traffic light controller will be disabled when the parking brake is applied.

The eight (8) red flashing LED modules in the front positions may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

FRONT ZONE LOWER LIGHTS
There will be four (4) Whelen®, LED lights installed on the cab face above the headlights, in a common bezel matching the headlamp bezel per the following:
• One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.38" deep light installed in the outside position on the driver's side. The driver's side front outside warning light to be red. • One (1) Model 6RB**, 4.18" high x 6.56"" long x 3.43" deep light installed in the inside position on the driver's side. The driver's side front inside warning light to be red. • One (1) Model 6RB**, 4.18" high x 6.56"" long x 3.43" deep light installed in the inside position on the passenger's side. The passenger's side front inside warning light to be red. • One (1) Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.38" deep light installed in the outside position on the passenger's side. The passenger's side front outside warning light to be red.

The lens colors will be clear.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control both sets of lights.

The inside lights may be load managed if colored or disabled if white when the parking brake is applied.

8.c
Packet Pg. 746 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 95 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (HEADLIGHTS)
The low-beam headlights used as daytime running lights will be activated with the following measures:
• Ignition switch is turned on
• Parking brake is released
These lights will be deactivated with any one of the following measures:
• Headlight switch is turned on
• High-beam flash is turned on
• Parking brake is set

ROTO RAY LIGHT
There will be one (1) Roto Ray, Model 4000W rotating warning light provided on the front of the cab mounted through the top section of the front grille.

This warning light will include the following:
• Two (2) PAR46 lights with red LEDs and clear lenses
• One (1) PAR46 light with white LEDs and a clear lens
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control this light.

The rotation motor and the warning lights will be deactivated when the parking brake is applied.

HEADLIGHT FLASHER
The high beam headlights will flash alternately between the left and right side.

There will be a switch installed in the cab on the switch panel to control the high beam flash. This switch will be live when the battery switch and the emergency master switches are on.

The flashing will automatically cancel when the hi-beam headlight switch is activated or when the parking brake is set.

SIDE ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be six (6) Whelen®, Model M6**, 4.31" high x 6.75" long x 1.37" deep flashing LED warning lights with chrome trim installed per the following:
• Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side on the front custom cab corner. The driver's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side front light to include red warning LEDs.
• Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side behind the tiller turntable access steps. The driver's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side middle light to include red warning LEDs.
• Two (2) lights located, one (1) each side above rear wheels. The driver's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs and the passenger's side, side rear light to include red warning LEDs. • The warning light lens color(s) to be clear.

8.c
Packet Pg. 747 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 96 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
There will be a switch in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

REAR ZONE LOWER LIGHTING
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights will be located at the rear of the apparatus.
• The driver's side rear light to be red
• The passenger's side rear light to be red
Both lights will include a lens that is the same color as the LED's.

There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the lights.

REAR/SIDE ZONE UPPER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model L31H*FN, LED warning beacons provided at the rear of the truck, located one (1) each side. There will be a switch located in the cab on the switch panel to control the beacons.

The color of the lights will be red LEDs with both domes clear.

TRAFFIC DIRECTING LIGHT
There will be one (1) Federal Signal, Model 320886, 41.80" long x 2.70" high x 3.30" deep, LED traffic directing light modules installed at the rear of the apparatus.

A Federal Signal, Model 331105, control head will be included with this installation. The controller will be energized when the battery switch is on.

This traffic directing light will be surface mounted with a smooth aluminum box, painted to match the surface that it is being mounted on, at the rear of the apparatus as high as practical.

The traffic directing light control head will be located in the driver side overhead switch panel in the right panel position.

8.c
Packet Pg. 748 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 97 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM GENERAL DESIGN FOR ALTERNATING CURRENT The following guidelines will apply to the 120/240 VAC system installation:

General
Any fixed line voltage power source producing alternating current (ac) line voltage will produce electric power at 60 cycles plus or minus 3 cycles.

Except where superseded by the requirements of the current edition of applicable NFPA standards, all components, equipment and installation procedures will conform to NFPA 70, National Electrical Code (herein referred to as the NEC).

Line voltage electrical system equipment and materials included on the apparatus will be listed and installed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. All products will be used only in the manner for which they have been listed.

Grounding
Grounding will be in accordance with Section 250-6 "Portable and Vehicle Mounted Generators" of the NEC. Ungrounded systems will not be used. Only stranded or braided copper conductors will be used for grounding and bonding.

An equipment grounding means will be provided in accordance with Section 250-91 (Grounding Conductor Material) of the NEC.

The grounded current carrying conductor (neutral) will be insulated from the equipment grounding conductors and from the equipment enclosures and other grounded parts. The neutral conductor will be colored white or gray in accordance with Section 200-6 (Means of Identifying Grounding Conductors) of the NEC.

In addition to the bonding required for the low voltage return current, each body and driving or crew compartment enclosure will be bonded to the vehicle frame by a copper conductor. This conductor will have a minimum amperage rating of 115 percent of the nameplate current rating of the power source specification label as defined in Section 310-15 (amp capacities) of the NEC. A single conductor properly sized to meet the low voltage and line voltage requirements will be permitted to be used.

All power source system mechanical and electrical components will be sized to support the continuous duty nameplate rating of the power source.

Operation
Instructions that provide the operator with the essential power source operating instructions, including the power-up and power-down sequence, will be permanently attached to the apparatus at any point where such operations can take place.

Provisions will be made for quickly and easily placing the power source into operation. The control will be marked to indicate when it is correctly positioned for power source operation. Any control device used in the drive train will be equipped with a means to prevent the unintentional movement of the control device from its set position.

8.c
Packet Pg. 749 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 98 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
A power source specification label will be permanently attached to the apparatus near the operator's control station. The label will provide the operator with the following information:
• Rated voltage(s) and type (ac or dc)
• Phase
• Rated frequency
• Rated amperage
• Continuous rated watts
• Power source engine speed
Direct drive (PTO) and portable generator installations will comply with Article 445 (Generators) of the NEC.

Overcurrent protection
The conductors used in the power supply assembly between the output terminals of the power source and the main over current protection device will not exceed 144.00" (3658 mm) in length.

For fixed power supplies, all conductors in the power supply assembly will be type THHW, THW, or use stranded conductors enclosed in nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated for a minimum of 194 degree Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

For portable power supplies, conductors located between the power source and the line side of the main overcurrent protection device will be type SO or type SEO with suffix WA flexible cord rated for 600-volts at 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius).

Wiring Methods
Fixed wiring systems will be limited to the following:
• Metallic or nonmetallic liquid tight flexible conduit rated at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
• or
• Type SO or Type SEO cord with a WA suffix, rated at 600 volts at not less than 194 degrees Fahrenheit (90 degrees Celsius)
Electrical cord or conduit will not be attached to chassis suspension components, water or fuel lines, air or air brake lines, fire pump piping, hydraulic lines, exhaust system components, or low voltage wiring.

In addition the wiring will be run as follows.
• Separated by a minimum of 12.00" (305 mm), or properly shielded, from exhaust piping • Separated from fuel lines by a minimum of 6.00" (152 mm) distance Electrical cord or conduit will be supported within 6.00" (152 mm) of any junction box and at a minimum of every 24.00" (610 mm) of continuous run. Supports will be made of nonmetallic materials or corrosion protected metal. All supports will be of a design that does not cut or abrade the conduit or cable and will be mechanically fastened to the vehicle.

8.c
Packet Pg. 750 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 99 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Wiring Identification
All line voltage conductors located in the main panel board will be individually and permanently identified. The identification will reference the wiring schematic or indicate the final termination point.

When prewiring for future power sources or devices, the unterminated ends will be labeled showing function and wire size.

Wet Locations
All wet location receptacle outlets and inlet devices, including those on hardwired remote power distribution boxes, will be of the grounding type provided with a wet location cover and installed in accordance with Section 210-7 "Receptacles and Cord Connections" of the NEC.

All receptacles located in a wet location will be not less than 24.00" (610 mm) from the ground.

Receptacles on off-road vehicles will be a minimum of 30.00" (762 mm) from the ground.

The face of any wet location receptacle will be installed in a plane from vertical to not more than 45 degrees off vertical. No receptacle will be installed in a face up position.

Dry Locations
All receptacles located in a dry location will be of the grounding type. Receptacles will be not less than

30.00" (762 mm) above the interior floor height.

All receptacles will be marked with the type of line voltage (120-volts or 240-volts) and the current rating in amps. If the receptacles are direct current, or other than single phase, they will be so marked.

Listing
All receptacles and electrical inlet devices will be listed to UL 498, Standard for Safety Attachment Plugs and Receptacles, or other appropriate performance standards. Receptacles used for direct current voltages will be rated for the appropriate service.

Electrical System Testing
The wiring and associated equipment will be tested by the apparatus manufacturer or the installer of the line voltage system.

The wiring and permanently connected devices and equipment will be subjected to a dielectric voltage withstand test of 900-volts for one (1) minute. The test will be conducted between live parts and the neutral conductor, and between live parts and the vehicle frame with any switches in the circuit(s) closed. This test will be conducted after all body work has been completed.

Electrical polarity verification will be made of all permanently wired equipment and receptacles to determine that connections have been properly made.

Operational Test per Current Edition NFPA Standard
The apparatus manufacturer will perform the following operation test and ensure that the power source and any devices that are attached to the line voltage electrical system are properly connected and in working order. The test will be witnessed and the results certified by an independent third-party certification organization.

8.c
Packet Pg. 751 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 100 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The prime mover will be started from a cold start condition and the line voltage electrical system loaded to 100 percent of the nameplate rating.

The power source will be operated at 100 percent of its nameplate voltage for a minimum of two (2) hours unless the system meets category certification as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

Where the line voltage power is derived from the vehicle's low voltage system, the minimum continuous electrical load as defined in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards will be applied to the low voltage electrical system during the operational test.

GENERATOR
The apparatus will be equipped with a complete AC (alternating current) electrical power system. The generator will be a Harrison Model 8.0MAS-16R/D-11011/15/1, 8,000 watt hydraulic driven unit.

The generator will be driven by a transmission power take off unit, through a hydraulic pump and motor.

The hydraulic engagement supply will be operational at any time (no interlocks).

An electric/hydraulic valve will supply hydraulic fluid to the clutch engagement unit provided on the chassis PTO drive.

Generator Instruments and Controls
To properly monitor the generator performance a digital meter panel will be furnished and mounted near the circuit breaker panel.

GENERATOR LOCATION
The generator will be mounted in the area above the goose neck of the tiller trailer. The flooring in this area will be either reinforced or constructed, in such a manner, that it will handle the additional weight of the generator.

GENERATOR START
There will be a switch provided on the cab instrument panel to engage the generator.

CIRCUIT BREAKER PANEL
The circuit breaker panel will be located low on the left wall of compartment LS6.

ELECTRIC CORD REEL
Furnished with the AC electrical system will be a Hannay, Series 1600, cord reel wired for a four (4) conductor cord. The reel will be provided with a 12-volt electric rewind switch that is guarded to prevent accidental operation and labeled for its intended use. The push button switch will be protected with a fuse and installed at a height not to exceed 72.00" above the operators standing position.

The exterior finish of the reel(s) will be painted job color matching the lower body.

A captive roller assembly to be provided to aid in the payout and loading of the reel. A ball stop will be provided to prevent the cord from being wound on the reel.

8.c
Packet Pg. 752 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 101 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
A label will be provided in a readily visible location adjacent to the reel. The label will indicate current rating, current type, phase, voltage and total cable length.

A total of two (2) cord reels will be provided one (1) outboard on the driver's side gooseneck and one (1) outboard on the passenger's side gooseneck.

CORD
Provided for electric distribution will be two (2) lengths, one (1) for each reel, of 200 feet of black 10/4 electrical cord. A Hubbell L14-20, 20 amp, 120/240 volt, twist lock connector body will be installed on the end of the cord.

PORTABLE JUNCTION BOX
There shall be two (2) Akron EJBX gray, 20 Amp, 4-Wire electrical junction box(es) provided.

Each box shall be provided with the following:
• There shall be a 1.00' pigtail with wire mesh grip and apparatus manufacture installed NEMA L14-20, 20 amp, 120/240 volt twist lock plug.
• The first position shall have a NEMA 5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt straight blade Duplex junction box receptacle.
• The second position shall have a NEMA 5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt straight blade Duplex junction box receptacle.
• The third position shall have a NEMA 5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt straight blade Duplex junction box receptacle.
• The fourth position shall have a NEMA L5-20, 20 amp, 120 volt twist lock single junction box receptacle.
• Backlit face plates.

GFCI Function If Selected:

GFCI receptacles in the first position of the circuit protects the additional receptacles.

GFCI receptacles in the first and third positions of the box protects the second and fourth receptacles.

GFCI receptacles in the last position only protects that circuits receptacle.

GFCI receptacles in all four positions protects each circuits receptacle separately.

REEL ENCLOSURE
An aluminum treadplate enclosure will be installed over the reel. The enclosure will be provided with a stainless steel hinge that will allow the cover to be opened.

A ball stop will be provided on the cord to stop the cord at the roller assembly.

A total of two (2) will be installed one each side over the cord reels.

8.c
Packet Pg. 753 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 102 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

JUNCTION BOX HOLDER
There will be an aluminum junction box holder installed adjacent to the cord reel. A total of two (2) will be mounted at pick-up.
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
There will be one (1), 15/20 amp 120 volt AC three (3) wire straight blade duplex receptacle(s) with interior stainless steel wall plate(s), installed RS6 FORWARD AND HIGH IN COMPARTMENT. The NEMA configuration for the receptacle(s) will be 5-20R.

The receptacle(s) will be powered from the shoreline inlet.

There will be a label installed near the receptacle(s) that state the following:
• Line Voltage
• Current Ratting (amps)
• Phase
• Frequency

8.c
Packet Pg. 754 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 103 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
FOUR (4)-SECTION 107 FOOT TRACTOR-DRAWN AERIAL LADDER

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
The ladder will be constructed to meet all of the requirements as described in the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

The aerial device will be a true ladder type device.

These capabilities will be established in an unsupported configuration.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of a ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 50 percent of the minimum yield strength of the material based on the combination of the live load and the dead load. This 2:1 structural safety factor meets the current NFPA standard.

All structural load supporting elements of the aerial device that are made of non-ductile material will have a design stress of not more than 20 percent of the minimum ultimate strength of the material, based on the combination of the rated capacity and the dead load. This 5:1 safety factor meets the current NFPA standard.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire core for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance free type bearings and require no external lubrication.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-half times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position in which the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a firm level surface.

The aerial device will be capable of sustaining a static load one and one-third times its rated tip load capacity (live load) in every position the aerial device can be placed when the vehicle is on a slope of five degrees downward in the direction most likely to cause overturning.

With the aerial device out of the cradle and in the fully extended position at zero degrees elevation, a test load will be applied in a horizontal direction normal to the centerline of the ladder. The turntable will not rotate and the ladder will not deflect beyond what the product specification allows.

All welding of aerial components, including the aerial ladder sections, turntable, pedestal, and outriggers, will be in compliance with the American Welding Society standards. All welding personnel will be certified, as qualified under AWS welding codes.

The aerial device will be capable of operating in conditions of wind up to 50 mph and icing conditions of up to a 0.25" coating over the aerial structure.

8.c
Packet Pg. 755 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 104 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
All of the design criteria must be supported by the following test data:
• Strain gage testing of the complete aerial device
• Analysis of deflection data taken while the aerial device was under test load The following standards for materials are to be used in the design of the aerial device:
• Materials are to be certified by the mill that manufactured the material • Material testing that is performed after the mill test will be for verification only and not with the intent of changing the classification
• All welded structural components for the ladder will be traceable to their mill lots.

LADDER CONSTRUCTION
The ladder is comprised of four (4) sections.

The ladder will have the capability to support a minimum of 750 lb at the tip in the unsupported configuration, based upon 360 degree rotation, up to full extension and from -10 degrees to +77 degrees.

The ladder (handrails, baserails, trusses, K-braces and rungs) will be constructed of high strength low alloy steel, minimum 100,000 pounds per square inch yield, with full traceability on all structural members.

Each section will be trussed diagonally, vertically and horizontally using welded steel tubing.

All ladder rungs are round and welded to each section utilizing "K" bracing for lateral and torsional rigidity.

The inside width dimensions of the ladder will be:

Base Section: 41.87"
Lower Mid Section: 34.88"
Upper Mid Section: 27.87"
Fly Section: 21.63"
The height of the handrails above the centerline of the rungs will be:

Base Section: 26.28"
Lower Mid Section: 22.68"
Upper Mid Section: 20.06"
Fly Section: 17.32"
The ladder will be designed to provide continuous egress for firefighters and civilians from an elevated position to the ground.

8.c
Packet Pg. 756 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 105 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The egress section will be designed to maintain the rated load of the aerial device. It will be bolted on for easy replacement. There will be a lift eye welded on to each side of the egress.

VERTICAL HEIGHT
The ladder will extend to a minimum height of 107' above the ground at full extension and elevation.

The measurement of height will be consistent with NFPA standards.

HORIZONTAL REACH
The rated horizontal reach will be 100'. The measurement of horizontal reach will be consistent with NFPA standards.

TURNTABLE
The upper turntable assembly will connect the aerial ladder to the turntable bearing. The steel structure will have a mounting position for the aerial elevation cylinders, ladder connecting pins, and upper turntable operator's position.

The turntable will be coated with an non-skid, chemical resistant material in the walking areas. The stepping surfaces will meet the skid-resistance requirements of the current NFPA standard.

The turntable handrails will be a minimum 42.00" high and will not increase the overall travel height of the vehicle. The handrails will be constructed from aluminum and have a slip resistant knurled surface.

The turntable vertical handrail spacing will be designed with a 44.00" wide x 27.00" high opening to allow for equipment to pass through from the ground to the aerial ladder. The opening will be located at the center, rear of the turntable. A chain will be provided across this opening.

ELEVATION SYSTEM
Dual 5.50" diameter elevating cylinders will be mounted on the underside of the base section of the ladder, one (1) on each side. One (1) 2.25" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the ladder and one (1) 2.50" diameter stainless steel pin will fasten each cylinder to the turntable. The pins will have 125,000 psi minimum yield strength and will be secured with 0.50" Grade 8 bolts with castle nut and cotter pin. The bolts are to ensure that the pins do not walk out of the mounting brackets on the turntable and base section.

The elevating cylinders will be mounted utilizing maintenance-free spherical bearings on both ends of the cylinders. The aerial base pivot bearings will be maintenance-free type bearings with no external lubrication required. The cylinders will function only to elevate the ladder and not as a structural member to stabilize the ladder side movement. The elevating cylinders will be provided with pilotoperated check valves on the barrel and rod side of the piston to prevent movement of the ladder in case of a loss of hydraulic pressure.

The operation envelope will be 10 degrees below horizontal to 77 degrees above horizontal.

The elevation system will be designed following NFPA standards. The elevation hydraulic cylinders will incorporate cushions on the upper limit of travel.

The lift cylinders will be equipped with integral holding valves located in the cylinder to prevent the unit from descending should the charged lines be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system and to

8.c
Packet Pg. 757 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 106 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
maintain the ladder in the bedded position during road travel. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

The elevation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the extension of the elevation cylinder. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
• Collision avoidance of the elevation system to prevent accidental body damage • Automatic deceleration when the aerial device is lowered into the cradle • Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum raise and lower positions • Deceleration of the aerial device at the limits of travel.

EXTENSION/RETRACTION SYSTEM
A hydraulically powered, extension and retraction system will be provided through dual hydraulic cylinders and wire ropes. Each set will be capable of operating the ladder in the event of a failure, of the other. The extension cylinder rod will be chrome plated to provide smooth operation of the aerial device and reduce seal wear. The extension/retraction cylinders will be equipped, with integral holding valves, to prevent the unit from retracting should the charged line be severed, at any point within the hydraulic system. The integral holding valves will NOT be located in the transfer tubes.

Wire ropes and attaching systems used to extend and retract the fly sections will have a 5:1 safety factor based on the ultimate strength under all operating conditions. The factor of safety for the wire rope will remain above 2:1 during any extension or retraction stall. The minimum ratio of the diameter of wire rope used to the diameter of the sheave used will be 1:12. Wire ropes will be constructed of seven (7) strands over an inner wire for increased flexibility. The wire rope will be galvanized to reduce corrosion.

The extension/retraction system will be controlled by the microprocessor. Linear transducers will measure the ladder extension. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
• Automatic deceleration at the end of stroke, in maximum extend and retract positions All sheaves will require lubrication. They will have bronze bushings and grease zerks.

MANUAL OVERRIDE CONTROLS
Manual override controls will be provided for all aerial and stabilizer functions.

LADDER SLIDE MECHANISM
UHMW polyethylene wear pads will be used between the telescoping ladder sections, to provide greater bearing surface area for load transfer. Adjustable slide pads will be used to control side play between the ladder sections.

ROTATION SYSTEM
The aerial will be supplied with a powered rotation system as outlined in NFPA standards. The hydraulic rotation motor will provide continuous rotation under all rated conditions and be supplied with a brake to prevent unintentional rotation. One (1) hydraulically driven, planetary gear box with drive speed reducers will be used to provide infinite and minute rotation control throughout the entire rotational travel. One (1) spring applied, hydraulically released disc type swing brake will be furnished

8.c
Packet Pg. 758 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 107 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
to provide positive braking of the turntable assembly. Provisions will be made for emergency operation of the rotation system should complete loss of normal hydraulic power occur. The hydraulic system will be equipped with pressure relief valves which will limit the rotational torque to a nondestructive power.

The gearbox will have a minimum continuous torque rating of 80,000 in. lbs. and a minimum intermittent rating of 160,000 in. lbs. The turntable bearing, ring gear teeth, pinion gear, planetary gearbox, and output shaft will be certified by the manufacturer of the components for the application.

The rotation system will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will provide the following features:
• Collision avoidance to prevent accidental body damage • Prevent the aerial from being rotated into an unstable condition.

ROTATION INTERLOCK
The microprocessor will be used to prevent the rotation of the aerial device to the side in which the stabilizers have not been fully deployed (short-jacked). The microprocessor will allow full and unrestricted use of the aerial, in the 180 degree area, on the side(s) where the stabilizers have been fully deployed. The system will also have a manual override to comply with the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

LADDER CRADLE INTERLOCK SYSTEM
A ladder cradle interlock system will be provided through the microprocessor to prevent the lifting of the aerial device from the nested position until the operator places all the stabilizers in a load supporting configuration. A switch will be installed at the boom support to prevent operation of the stabilizers once the aerial has been elevated from the nested position.

AERIAL TORQUE BOX/PEDESTAL
The pedestal assembly will be a welded assembly made of high strength 0.25" plate. The vertical member will be a 0.375" reinforced wall cylinder with a 28.00" outside diameter and will connect the rotation bearing mounting plate to the lower substructure.

The pedestal assembly will be bolted to the chassis frame with 0.88" diameter Grade 8 bolts, and will be utilized to mount the outrigger jacks and reservoir for the aerial hydraulic system.

LOAD CAPACITIES
The following load capacities will be established with the stabilizers at full horizontal extension and placed in the down position to level the truck and to relieve the weight from the tires and axles.

Capacities will be based upon full extension and 360 degree rotation.

A load chart, visible at the operator's station, will be provided. The load chart will show the recommended safe load at any condition of the aerial device's elevation and extension. 50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY DRY
Degrees
of
Elevation
-10 to
9 10 to
19 20 to
29 30 to
39 40 to
49 50 to
59 60 to
69 70 to
77 Egress 750 750 750 750 750 750 750 750

8.c
Packet Pg. 759 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 108 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Fly - - - - - 250 500 750
Upper Mid - - - - 250 500 1000 1000
Lower Mid - - - - 500 750 1000 1000
Base - - - 500 500 1000 1000 1000
50 MPH WIND CONDITIONS/WATERWAY CHARGED
Degrees
of
Elevation
-10 to
9 10 to
19 20 to
29 30 to
39 40 to
49 50 to
59 60 to
69 70 to
77 Egress 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
Fly - - - - - 250 500 500
Upper Mid - - - - 250 500 750 1000
Lower Mid - - - 250 500 750 1000 1000
Base - - 250 500 750 1000 1000 1000
Reduced loads at the tip can be redistributed in 250 lb increments to the fly, mid, or base sections as needed.

The tip capacity will be reduced to zero when flowing water with the nozzle above the waterway centerline.

BOOM SUPPORT
A heavy-duty boom support will be provided for support of the ladder in the travel position. On the base section of the ladder, a stainless steel scuffplate will be provided where the ladder comes into contact with the boom support.

AERIAL BOOM SUPPORT LIGHT
There will be one (1) Amdor®, Model AY-LB-12HW012, 190 lumen, 12" long, white LED strip light mounted on the boom support cradle. This light will be activated when the aerial master switch is activated.

TORQUE BOX MODIFIED
The torque box will be modified for slide-out trays.

SPECIAL HEIGHT BOOM SUPPORT
A special height boom support will be provided to raise the aerial device to be level when stowed.

ROPE TIE DOWN AT GOOSENECK
There will be two (2) pairs of rope tie downs provided each side of the tiller gooseneck in the forward and rearward locations. Equal quantities will be provided on each side. The tie downs will be rated for a straight line pull of 9000 lb and will be nickel plated.

AERIAL BOOM PANEL
There will be one boom panel provided on each side of the aerial ladder base section. The boom panel will be painted #644.

8.c
Packet Pg. 760 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 109 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The boom panels will be designed so no mounting bolts are in the face of the panel. This will keep the lettering surface free of holes.

EXTENSION INDICATOR
Extension markings and corresponding numerical indicators will be provided along each inside and outside top rail of the base section of the aerial every 10'. They will indicate various positions of extension up to full. Markings and indicators will be clearly visible to the console operator. To aid in visibility during hours of darkness, the markings and numerical indicators will be red reflective material.

FOLDING STEPS
One (1) set of folding steps will be provided at the tip of the ladder. An additional set of folding steps will be provided at the base of the fly section. The steps will be bright finished with a black tread coating on the stepping surface. Each step will have no integrated light.

AERIAL DEVICE RUNG COVERS
Each rung will be covered with a secure, heavy-duty, fiberglass pultrusion that incorporates an aggressive, no-slip coating.

The rung covers will be glued to each rung and will be easily replaceable should the rung cover become damaged.

The center portion of each rung cover will be black and the outside 2.00" edge at each side will be safety yellow.

Under no circumstances will the rung covers be fastened to the rungs using screws or rivets.

The rung covers will have a 10-year, limited warranty.

LADDER STORAGE MOUNTING BRACKETS
There will be D/A finished mounting brackets provided near the end of the fly section of the aerial for mounting a 12' Duo Safety 585A folding ladder.

STABILITY TEST
An aerial stability test will be run on the apparatus using the maximum weight allowance for tip options.

SCUFFPLATES
There will be stainless steel scuffplates provided on either side of the aerial device ladder rungs that the ladder pipe mounting bracket is attached to. These will help prevent the bracket from scratching the aerial device paint.

TEMPORARY SCABBARD AT END OF AERIAL
There will be a total of two (2) vent saw scabbard(s) provided. The scabbard(s) will be mounted on each side of the aerial tip. The scabbard(s) will be DA finished.

LIGHTS FOR TURNTABLE WALKWAY
There will be white LED lights provided at the aerial turntable. The lights will be located to illuminate the entire walking surface of the turntable including the area around the turntable console. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

8.c
Packet Pg. 761 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 110 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

TURNTABLE CONSOLE LIGHTING
There will be one (1) TecNiq, Model T10, white LED light strip mounted in the turntable console cover to illuminate the controls located on both the upper and lower portion of the turntable control station.

These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.

ROTATION BEARING COVER
A cover will be fitted over the aerial rotation bearing and drive pinion gear(s). The cover will be aluminum treadplate and attached to the underside of the turntable deck.

INFORMATION CENTER
There will be an information center provided at the aerial turntable control station. The information center will operate in temperatures from -40 to 158 degrees Fahrenheit. The information center will employ a Linux operating system and a 7.00" (diagonal measurement) LCD display. The LCD will have a 1000 nits rated, color display. The LCD will be sunlight readable. The LCD display will be encased in an ABS, grey plastic housing with a Pierce decal. There will be five (5), weather-resistant user interface switches provided. The LCD display can be changed to an available foreign language.

OPERATION
The information center will be designed for easy operation in everyday use. There will be a page button to cycle from one screen to the next screen in a rotating fashion. A video button will allow an NTSC signal into the information center to be displayed on the LCD. If any button is pressed while viewing a video feed, the information center will return to the vehicle information screens. There will be a menu button to provide access to maintenance, setup, and diagnostic screens. All other button labels will be specific to the information being viewed.

GENERAL SCREEN DESIGN
Where possible, background colors will be used to provide vehicle information At A Glance. If the information provided on a screen is within acceptable limits, a green background color will be used. If the information provided on a screen is not within acceptable limits, an amber background color will indicate a caution condition and a red background color will indicate a warning condition.

Every screen in the information center will include the aerial tip temperature, the time (12- or 24-hour mode) and a text Alert Center. The time will be synchronized between all Command Zone color displays located on the vehicle. The Alert Center will display text messages for audible alarms. The text messages will identify any items causing the audible alarm to sound. If more than one (1) audible alarm is activated, the text message for each alarm will cycle every second until the problems have been resolved. The background for the Alert Center will change to indicate the severity of the warning message. Amber will indicate a caution condition and red will indicate a warning condition. If a warning and a caution condition occur simultaneously, the red background color will be shown for all Alert Center messages.

A label will be provided for each button. The label will indicate the function for each active button for each screen. If the button is not utilized on specific screens, it will have a button label with no text.

Symbols will accurately depict the aerial device type the information pertains to such as rear mount ladder, rear mount platform, mid-mount ladder or mid-mount platform.

8.c
Packet Pg. 762 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 111 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

PAGE SCREENS
The Information center will include the following pages:

The Aerial Main and Load Chart page will indicate the following information:

Rungs Aligned and Rungs Not Aligned will be indicated with text and respective green or red colored ladder symbols.

Ladder Elevation will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle with ladder symbol with the degree of elevation indicated between the vehicle and ladder.

Water Flow (if applicable) will be indicated via a water nozzle symbol and text indicating flow / time.

Breathing Air Levels will be indicated via an air bottle symbol and text indicating the percent (%) of air remaining. A green bar graphs shown inside the bottle will indicate oxygen levels above 20%. A red bar graph will indicate oxygen levels at or below 20%. When oxygen levels are at or below 10% the red bar graph will flash.

The Aerial Load Chart will indicate the load limit on each section of the ladder based on actual ladder position and water flow (if applicable).

At A Glance color features will be utilized on this screen. Caution type conditions will be indicated via a yellow background. Warning type conditions will be indicated via a red background. Conditions operating within acceptable limits will be indicated via a green background.

The Aerial Reach and Hydraulic Systems page will indicate the following information:

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Temperature will be indicated with symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

Aerial Hydraulic Oil Pressure will be indicated with a symbol and text. At a glance features will be utilized.

The following calculations will be indicated on a representative vehicle symbol:

Aerial Device Extension length.

Aerial Device Height indicating the height of the aerial device tip from the ground.

Aerial Device Reach indicating the horizontal distance the aerial reaches from the turntable.

Aerial Device Angle indicating the angle from the vehicle which the device is at.

The Level Vehicle page will indicate the following information:

8.c
Packet Pg. 763 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 112 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The grade of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of grade shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle grade.

The slope of the vehicle will be indicated via a fire apparatus vehicle symbol with the degree of slope shown in text format. The symbol will tilt dependent on the vehicle slope.

Outriggers status will be indicated via a colored symbol for each outrigger present. Each outrigger status will be defined as one of the following:

Outrigger stowed indicated with a silver pan located close to the vehicle Outrigger fully extended indicated with a fully deployed green outrigger Outrigger short-jacked indicated by a yellow outrigger partially deployed Outrigger not set indicated by a red outrigger that is not set on the ground A text box located on the vehicle symbol will be utilized to identify the overall status of the outrigger leveling system. The following status will be indicated in the text box:

Deployed status will indicate all outriggers are properly set on the ground at full extension Shortjacked status will indicate one or more outriggers are set on the ground but not fully extended.

Not Set status will indicate one or more outriggers is not properly set on the ground.

Stowed status will indicate all outriggers are stowed for vehicle travel.

A bedding assist alert will indicate that the aerial device is being aligned by the Command Zone system as the operator lowers the aerial device into the cradle with the joystick.

MENU SCREENS
The following screens will be available through the Menu button:

The View System Information screen will display aerial device hours, aerial PTO hours, ladder aligned for stowing, aerial rotation angle, total water flow (if applicable), and aerial waterway valve status (if applicable).

The Set Display Brightness screen will allow brightness increase and decrease and include a default setting button.

The Configure Video Mode screen will allow setting of video contrast, video color and video tint.

The Set Startup screen allows setting of the screen that will be active at vehicle power-up.

The Set Date and Time screen has a 12- or 24-hour format, and allows setting of the time and date.

8.c
Packet Pg. 764 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 113 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The View Active Alarms screen shows a list of all active alarms including the date and time of each alarm occurrence and shows all alarms that are silenced.

The System Diagnostics screen allows the user to view system status for each module and it's respective inputs and outputs. Viewable data will include the module type and ID number; the module version; and module diagnostics information including input or output number, the circuit number connected to that input or output, the circuit name (item connected to the circuit), status of the input or output, and other module diagnostic information.

Aerial calibrations screen indicates items that may be calibrated by the user and instructions to follow for proper calibration of the aerial device.

Button functions and button labels may change with each screen.

STABILIZER CONTROL STATION
There will be an easily accessible control station located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus. The following controls and indicator lights will be clearly identified and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing at each control station. • Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control switches
• Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control switches
• Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights • Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights • Stabilizer Emergency Power control switch
• Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
• Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded switch
• Aerial system Emergency Stop switch
• Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light

TURNTABLE CONTROL STATION
There will be one (1) device control station located on the right side of the turntable so the operator may easily observe the ladder tip while operating the controls. All elevation, extension and rotation controls will operate from this location. The controls will permit the operator to regulate the speed of the aerial functions, within the safe limits, as determined by the manufacturer and NFPA standards. Each control will be equipped, with a positive lock to hold the control in a neutral position, preventing accidental activation. In addition to the neutral lock, a console cover will be provided at the turntable control station.

The following items will also be provided at the turntable control station, clearly identified and lighted for nighttime operation and conveniently located for ease of operation and viewing:
• Intercom controls
• Tip tracking light switch
• Emergency stop switch
• Emergency power unit switch
• Operator's load chart

8.c
Packet Pg. 765 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 114 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Two (2) position switch for selecting aerial operational speed

HIGH IDLE
The high idle will be controlled by the microprocessor. The microprocessor will automatically adjust the engine rpm to compensate for the amount of load placed upon the system. The system will include a safety device that allows activation of the high idle, only when the parking brake is set and the transmission is placed in neutral.

STABILIZERS
The vehicle will come equipped with a stabilization system consisting of two (2) hydraulically operated out and down style stabilizers. This system will meet or exceed all requirements of the NFPA specifications related to stabilization and setup on sloped surfaces.

The stabilizer/leveling jacks will have a maximum spread of 17' measured from the centerline of the jack footpads when the beams are fully extended. The beams will be 6.81" wide x 8.88" high with 0.75" thick top and bottom plates and 0.50" thick sides of 100,000-PSI minimum yield strength steel. The cylinders will have pilot-operated check valves with thermal relief designed to ensure that the beams will not drift out of the stowed position during travel. Wear pads will guide the stabilizers.

The horizontal extension cylinders will be totally enclosed within the beams and will incorporate telescoping hydraulic tubing to supply the jack cylinder hydraulic power. Stabilizer hydraulic hoses will remain stationary during operation of the stabilizers to prevent hose wear and potential failure. The cylinders will be equipped with decelerators to reduce the speed of extension and retraction when the beams are near the fully retracted and extended positions. The stabilizer extension hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 2.25" bore, 1.38" rod, and 57.25" stroke.

The vertical jack cylinders will be capable of 12.00" ground penetration. The cylinders will be supplied with pilot operated check valves on each jack cylinder to hold the cylinder in the stowed or working position, should a charged line be severed at any point in the hydraulic system. For safety, the integral holding valves will be located in the cylinder base end, NOT in the transfer tube. Vertical jack cylinder rods will be fully enclosed by a telescoping inner box to protect the cylinder rods from damage. The stabilizer jack hydraulic cylinders will have the following dimensions: 4.25" bore, 3.00" rod, and 28.88" stroke.

Each stabilizer jack will have a pan that will be of the split-pan design and will be a maximum 12.50" wide so as to allow the extension of the stabilizer between parked cars or other obstacles. This pan will serve as a protective guard and a mounting surface for warning lights. The top, forward, and rear edges will be flanged back 90 degrees for added strength.

STABILIZER PADS
The stabilizer footpad will be 12.00" in diameter. The footpad will be attached to the jack cylinder rod by means of a machined ball at the end of the jack cylinder rod which mates to a socket machined into the footpad. The footpad will have the ability to pivot 20 degrees from horizontal in any direction to allow setup on uneven terrain.

8.c
Packet Pg. 766 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 115 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

AUXILIARY STABILIZER PADS
An auxiliary ground pad will be supplied for each stabilizer to provide additional load distribution on soft surfaces. The pads will be 24.00" square and made from aluminum. The ground pressure will not exceed 75 lb per square inch when the ground pads are used and the apparatus is fully loaded and the aerial device is carrying its rated capacity in any position. There will be one (1) pad located on each side of the apparatus, behind the stabilizers.

STABILIZER CONTROLS
An electrically controlled hydraulic valve will power stabilizer movement. The valve can also be manually controlled in the event of electrical malfunction. Hydraulic power override controls will be incorporated into the valve. The manual override mechanism will be completely sealed within the valve assembly to prevent any possibility of corrosion.

The stabilizer controls will be located on the trailer gooseneck, one (1) each side of the apparatus, to provide the operator with a full view of each stabilizer being positioned. Each stabilizer control panel will include the following:
• Driver Side/Passenger Side In/Out control toggle switches • Driver Side/Passenger Side Up/Down control toggle switches • Driver Side/Passenger Side Fully Extended indicator lights • Driver Side/Passenger Side Firm On Ground indicator lights • Stabilizer Emergency Power control toggle switch
• Trailer Level Assist control toggle switch
• Global Safety Interlock Override red guarded toggle switch • Aerial system Emergency Stop mushroom switch
• Aerial system Emergency Stop Activated indicator light As a safety device, an electrically actuated diverter valve will be provided. The hydraulic power will be diverted to the aerial ladder controls automatically the instant all stabilizer jacks are firmly planted on the ground. Once the aerial ladder is raised from the bedded position, the stabilizer hydraulic power is cut off so the stabilizers will not accidentally be moved while the aerial is being operated.

To aid in leveling the unit, two (2) bubble type angle indicators will be located near the stabilizer controls. One (1) indicator will show the angle of the truck from the front to rear and the other will show the side to side angle of the truck. The indicators will be color coded green to show when the truck has been properly leveled allowing the aerial device to be operated at full capacity.

A stabilizer deployment audible warning alarm will be provided at each side of the body, activated by the stabilizer movement.

A "Stabilizers Not Stowed" indicator light will be provided in the cab within view of the driver. It will illuminate automatically whenever the stabilizers are not fully stowed to prevent damage to the vehicle if it is moved. The stabilizer system will also be wired to the "Do Not Move Truck" indicator light. This light will flash whenever the apparatus parking brake is not engaged and the stabilizers are not fully stowed.

8.c
Packet Pg. 767 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 116 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

STABILIZER PAN MATERIAL
The aerial stabilizer pans will be polished stainless steel.

STABILIZER PINS
The stabilizer jacks will not have holes for the stabilizer pins.

STABILIZER CONTROL BOX DOORS
There will be aluminum treadplate doors hinged on the bottom with a flush lift and turn latch provided over each stabilizer control box.

VALVE/POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX ACCESS DOOR
There will be aluminum treadplate doors with a flush lift and turn latch provided over the valve and power distribution box doors. These doors will be bottom hinged.

STABILIZER PADS, MODIFIED LOCATION
The auxiliary stabilizer pads will be relocated to rear of outrigger so the jack pads can be slide onto the outrigger with out deploying outrigger.

STABILIZER PADS, MODIFIED
The two (2) auxiliary stabilizer pads will be modified so they can be installed on the bottom of the stabilizer. The auxiliary stabilizer pad holders on the truck will also be modified.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
All hose assemblies will be assembled and crimped by the hose manufacturers certified technician.

All manufacturing employees responsible for the installation of hydraulic components will be properly trained. Training will include: proper handling, installation, torque requirements, cleanliness and quality control procedures for hydraulic components.

Hoses used in the aerial hydraulic system will be of a premium quality hose with a high abrasion resistant cover. All pressure hoses will have a working pressure of 4000 psi and a burst pressure rating of 16,000 psi.

All hydraulic fittings and tubing will be plated to minimize corrosion.

The fitting will use an O-ring seal where possible to minimize hydraulic leaks.

An interlock will be provided that prevents activation of the hydraulic pump until the transmission is placed in neutral and the parking brake is set as outlined in the current NFPA standard.

The system will meet the performance requirement of the current NFPA standard, which requires adequate cooling less than 2.5 hours of operations.

All hydraulic components that are non-sealing whose failure could result in the movement of the aerial will comply with current NFPA standards and have burst strength of 4:1.

Dynamic sealing components whose failure could cause aerial movement will have a margin of 2:1 on maximum operating pressure per the current NFPA standard.

8.c
Packet Pg. 768 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 117 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
All hydraulic hoses, tubes, and connections will have a minimum burst strength of 4:1 per the current NFPA standard.

A chassis mounted positive displacement piston pump for consistent pressure and rapid responses will supply hydraulic power for all aerial operations. The positive displacement pump will provide 3,150psi.

The hydraulic pump will be solely dedicated to aerial operations.

The hydraulic oil will be a premium Multi-Vis product having a leading edge additive package, provide oxidation stability, be extremely shear stable and maximum anti-wear properties. All oil delivered to the manufacturing site will have a minimum ISO cleanliness level of 18/15/13.

Each aerial will be evaluated as to the region and climate where it will be used to determine the optimum viscosity and proper oil grade. Oil viscosity will be based on an optimum range of 80 to 1000 SUS during normal aerial use. Before shipment of the unit, an oil sample will be taken and analyzed to confirm the oil is within the allowable ISO grade tolerance.

The aerial hydraulic system will have a minimum oil cleanliness level of ISO 18/15/13 based on the ISO 4406:1999 cleanliness standard. Each customer will receive a certificate of actual cleanliness test results and an explanation of the rating system.

Each aerial will include an oil sample port, identified with a yellow dust cap and a label, for subsequent customer testing.

Ball valves will be provided in the hydraulic suction lines to permit component servicing without draining the oil reservoir.

The aerial will incorporate the use of trombone steel tubes inside the stabilizer beams to eliminate hydraulic hose wear and leaks.

Hydraulic power to the ladder will be transferred from the pedestal by a hydraulic swivel.

The system hydraulic pressure will be displayed on the turntable display.

The hydraulic system will be additionally protected from excessive pressure by a secondary pressure relief valve set at 3,150 psi. In the event the main hydraulic pump compensator malfunctions, the secondary relief will prevent system damage.

HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS
All cylinders used on the aerial device will be produced by a manufacturer that specializes in the manufacture of hydraulic cylinders.

Each cylinder will include integral safety holding cartridges.

Each cylinder will be designed to a minimum safety factor of 4:1 to failure.

All safety holding cartridges will be installed at the cylinder manufacturer, in a controlled clean environment to avoid possible contamination and or failure.

8.c
Packet Pg. 769 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 118 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

POWER TAKEOFF/HYDRAULIC PUMP
The apparatus will be equipped with a power takeoff driven by the chassis transmission and actuated by an electric shift, located inside the cab. The power takeoff which drives the hydraulic pump will meet all the requirements for the aerial unit operations.

Am amber indicator light will be installed on the cab instrument panel to notify the operator that the power takeoff is engaged.

An interlock will be provided that allows operation of aerial power only after the chassis spring brake has been set and the chassis transmission has either been placed in the neutral position or drive position after the driveline has been disengaged from the rear axle.

The hydraulic system will be supplied by a variable displacement load and pressure compensating piston pump. The pump will meet the demands of all three simultaneous aerial functions. The pump will provide proper flow for single aerial function with the engine at idle speed. A switch will be provided on the control console to increase the engine speed for multiple function operation.

EMERGENCY PUMP
The hydraulic system will be designed with an auxiliary power unit meeting the guidelines of the current NFPA 1901 standard.

The aerial will be equipped with an emergency hydraulic pump, electrically driven from the truck batteries. The pump will be capable of running for 30 minutes for limited aerial functions to stow the unit in case of a main pump or truck system failure. A momentary switch will be located at the stabilizer and aerial control locations to activate the emergency pump.

AERIAL CONTROL VALVE
The aerial hydraulic control valve will be designed with special spool flows, limiting the oil flow for the designed function speed. The valve will be electrically controlled and be located in the control console with the handles oriented downward for manual operation. The activation handles will be spaced a minimum of 3.50" for ease of operation. The valve spools will be designed to bleed off downstream pressure, in the neutral position and allow proper sealing of any cylinder holding cartridge.

OIL RESERVOIR
The oil reservoir will have a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. The oil fill location will be easily accessible and be labeled "Hydraulic Oil Only" and also indicate the grade of oil that is installed in the reservoir.

The fill cap will have a 40 micron filter to provide protection from contamination. A drain hose will be included and will terminate with a quarter turn ball valve.

Two suction ports will be provided, one for the main hydraulic pump and one for the emergency pump.

The main suction will be slightly elevated off the bottom of the reservoir and include a 100 mesh suction strainer. The emergency suction port will be closer to the bottom of the reservoir to provide some reserve oil for emergency operation.

A six (6) disc type magnetic drain will also be provided to collect any ferrous contaminants.

8.c
Packet Pg. 770 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 119 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
A combination sight glass and thermometer will be mounted to the reservoir in an easily viewable location.

The hydraulic oil reservoir will be labeled per the current edition of NFPA standard.

RETURN FILTER
The low pressure oil return filter will be remote mounted and designed to prevent oil loss during filter change. A 50 psi bypass will be included to protect the element and hydraulic system during lower than normal operating temperatures. The system will incorporate the following filter to provide dependable service:
• return filter: beta 200 at 6 micron

HYDRAULIC SWIVEL
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a three (3) port, high pressure hydraulic swivel which will connect the hydraulic lines from the hydraulic pump and reservoir through the rotation point to the aerial control bank. The hydraulic swivel will allow for 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial.

ELECTRIC SWIVEL
The ladder will be equipped with an electric swivel to allow 360 degrees rotation of the aerial while connecting all electrical circuits through the rotation point. A minimum of 28 collector rings will be provided that are capable of supplying 30 amp continuous service. All collector rings will be enclosed and protected with desiccant plugs against condensation and corrosion. No oil or silicone will be used. 12-BIT ABSOLUTE ENCODER
The aerial ladder will be equipped with a 12-Bit Absolute Encoder which provides 4096 counts per shaft turn for position and direction reference.

The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will provide a unique binary word to reference each position and direction for all 360 degrees of rotation.

If the power is interrupted for any reason, the 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will allow power to be returned to the system without having to re-zero the settings.

The 12-Bit Absolute Encoder will be an integral part of a micro-processor based control system.

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The standard 8 conductor cable to the tip contains 10 AWG conductors.

The aerial device will utilize a microprocessor-based control system. The system will consist of the following components:

Control System Modules
Each of the control system modules will be configured as follows:
• Sealed to a NEMA 4 rating

8.c
Packet Pg. 771 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 120 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Operating range from -40 degrees F to 185 degrees F (-40 degrees C to 85 degrees C) • Communicate using J1939 data link
• Two (2) diagnostic LED light
o One (1) green light that illuminates when module has power (B+) and ground o One (1) red light that flashes to indicate the module is capable of communicating via the data link
• Ground matrix identification system
The following control system modules will be used:

Control Module
• Main controller for the system
• USB connection allows for computer diagnostics
Power Module
• Built-in fault sensing
• Eight (8) digital outputs
• Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
• 10A continuous per output
• Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) Constant Current Module
• Built-in fault sensing
• Three (3) analog inputs
• Eight (8) digital outputs
• Pulse width modulating (PWM) capable
• 4A continuous per output
• Circuit protection based on actual current draw (not affected by heat) • Closed Loop System
Input Module
• 16 software selectable (digital or analog) inputs
Output Module
• 16 digital outputs
Input/Output Module
• Eight (8) software selectable (digital or analog) inputs • Eight (8) digital outputs

8.c
Packet Pg. 772 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 121 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

TIP LIGHT
There will be two (2) Whelen® Model MP**, 5,695 lumens 12 volt DC LED lights installed at the tip of the aerial device.

One (1) will be located on the left side with left side tip light to include spot optics.

One (1) will be located on the right side with right side tip light to include spot optics. • The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s). • The painted parts of this light assembly to be black
The lights will be controlled with the tracking lights.

TRACKING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen® MP**, 5,695 lumens 12 volt DC LED lights installed on the base section of the aerial device below the hand rails per the following:
• One (1) will be located on the left side with left side tracking light to include spot optics. • One (1) will be located on the right side with right side tracking light to include spot optics. • The light(s) to be installed on adjustable bail bracket(s). • The painted parts of this light assembly to be black.

The tracking lights will be controlled by a switch located at the turntable only.

LIGHTING ON AERIAL LADDER
There will be TecNiq, Model D02, LED rung lighting provided on both sides of the aerial ladder base, lower and upper mid, and fly sections. The lighting will be located adjacent to the ladder rungs along the lower rail of the ladder sections and will run the length of the ladder section.

The color of the aerial device when the device is at full extension will be:
• Top one-third to be red
• Middle one-third to be white
• Bottom one-third to be blue
The LED rung lighting will be activated when a switch at the turntable operator's panel is activated through the aerial master.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

AERIAL LOCATOR LIGHT
There will be two (2) beacons installed at the aerial tip for the purpose of locating the aerial device while in operation.

The beacons will be Whelen Model L31H*F, LED.

Both beacons will be activated whenever the aerial is raised from the cradle.

The color of the locator light will be green.

8.c
Packet Pg. 773 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 122 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The lens color will be the same color as the LED's.

The lights may be load managed when the parking brake is applied.

STABILIZER WARNING LIGHTS
There will be two (2) Whelen®, Model M6*, LED flashing warning lights with clear lenses and Whelen, Model M6FC, chrome flanges installed on the stabilizer cover panels, one (1) each side. • The LED lights will be red.

These warning lights will be activated by the same switch as the side warning lights.

STABILIZER BEAM WARNING LIGHTS
Two (2) 4.00" diameter red LED flashing lights will be mounted on each stabilizer, one (1) facing forward and one (1) facing rearward. The lights will be Grote Supernova 40 series LED lights. The lights will be recessed in the horizontal beam of the stabilizer. These warning lights will be activated with the aerial master switch.

STABILIZER SCENE LIGHTS
There will be one (1) Truck-Lite, Model 40227C 4.00" incandescent, scene light installed under each stabilizer beam to illuminate the surrounding area. A total of two (2) lights will be installed. These lights will be activated by the aerial master switch.
120-VOLT RECEPTACLE AT TIP
There will be a 20 amp 120-volt, three (3)-prong twist lock NEMA L5-20R receptacle with weatherproof cover provided at the tip of the aerial device.
2-WAY AERIAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
There will be a Fire Research, Model ICA910, two-way intercom system provided. The control module with an LED volume display and push-button volume control will be located on the turntable operator console.

A hands free module will be located at the aerial tip or platform and constantly transmit to the other module unless the control module push-to-talk button is pressed.

Each intercom unit will be weatherproof.

AERIAL VIDEO CAMERA SYSTEM
There will be one (1) color, back-up style camera with 150-degree field of view attached to the aerial ladder egress facing outward and connected to one (1) 2.4GHz wireless transmitter. One (1) 2.4GHz receiver will be provided at the aerial turntable and the video will go to the Command Zone information center display. The camera system will be activated with the aerial master switch.

The following components will be supplied:
• One (1) Sharp Vision, Model SV-CW134639CAI Camera
• One (1) Sharp Vision, Model SV-WT-479 Transmitter
• One (1) Sharp Vision, Model SV-WR-480 Receivers

8.c
Packet Pg. 774 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 123 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• All necessary cables

ROPE TIE BAR AT BASE SECTION, RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM WITH WINCH A removable bracket will be supplied at the rear of the base section, attached between the left hand and right hand rear hand rails. The bracket will provide Lyfe Pulley rope tie off and/or guide points centered between the rear hand rails. The bracket will be designed to be easily removable and not interfere with a fully retracted ladder assembly when attached to the base section. A storage box for the bracket will be provided on the outside rear of the base section. The storage box and bracket will be painted to match the aerial device.

There will be a Harken Model 40.2 ST winch with 10.00" (254mm) handle provided and mounted directly to the top of the removable bracket and centered between the rope tie off eyes. The winch will be rated for a 500lb maximum load that will allow straight or horizontal side pulls only. A label will be provided near the winch to indicate the 500lb maximum load.

LIFTING EYE ASSEMBLY - ROPE RESCUE ATTACHMENT
A lifting eye assembly will be provided that is designed to evenly distribute load at the tip of the aerial.

The lift eye assembly is retained by two (2) locking pins, one (1) at each end outboard side of the egress. Leveling is maintained by the lifting eye assembly rotating within the egress mounting. The lifting eye assembly rating will match the capacity rating of the aerial device.

ROPE TIE BAR PIN STORAGE
The pin for the rope tie bar will be held in place by a rubber coated "P" clamp fastened to the tie bar.

This will keep it effectively secured while the tie bar isn't in use.

RESCUE LIFTING SYSTEM
A rescue lifting attachment will be provided. The lifting attachment will mount to the aerial egress and will consist of a pair of nylatron pulleys mounted to a stainless steel shaft. The pulleys will be adjustable from side to side and will have a total lifting capacity of 750lb, regardless of whether one (1) or both pulleys are being utilized.

WIRING AND SWITCHING FOR LADDER PIPE
Wiring and control switches will be provided for an Akron model 1494 ladder pipe. The controls will be located at the turntable control console.

The pigtail from the monitor control box to the ladder cable will be terminated by the customer if the ladder pipe is not installed by the apparatus manufacturer.

AERIAL TURNTABLE MANSAVER™ BARS
Yellow ManSaver™ bars will be installed at the aerial turntable.

WATER SYSTEM
A waterway system will be provided consisting of the following components and features:

A 5.00" pipe will be connected to the water supply on one end and to a 5.00" internal diameter water swivel at the rotation point of the turntable. The water swivel will permit 360 degree continuous rotation of the aerial device.

8.c
Packet Pg. 775 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 124 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The 5.00" waterway swivel is to be routed through the rotation point up to the heel pin swivel. The heel pin swivel will allow the water to flow to the ladder pipe while elevating the aerial ladder from -10 degrees to 77 degrees. The heel pivot pin is not integral with the waterway swivel at any point. The design of the waterway will allow complete servicing of the waterway swivel without disturbing the heel pivot pin.

The integral telescopic water system will consist of a 4.50" diameter tube in the base section, a 4.00" diameter tube in the inner mid-section, a 3.50" diameter tube in the outer mid-section, and a 3.00" diameter tube in the fly section. The telescopic waterway will be constructed of anodized aluminum pipe.

The aerial will be capable of discharging up to 1000 gpm at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 90 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.

The aerial will be capable of discharging between 1001 and up to 1500 gallons per minute at 100 psi parallel to the ladder and 40 degrees to each side of center while maintaining the rated tip load.

The master stream will be capable of flow up to 30 degrees above horizontal.

An adjustable pressure relief valve will be furnished to protect the aerial waterway from a pressure surge.

Two (2) 1.50" drain valves will be located at the lowest points of the waterway system and will be routed to drain through the center of the 5th wheel.

WATERWAY SEALS
The waterway seals will be of type-B PolyPak design, composed of nitroxile seal and a nitrile wiper, which together offer maximum stability and extrusion resistance on the waterway. The seal will be capable of withstanding pressures up to 2000 psi, temperatures in excess of 250 degrees Fahrenheit and have resistance to all foam generating solutions. The seals will be internally lubricated.

The waterway seals will have automatic centering guides constructed of synthetic thermalpolymer. The guides will provide positive centering of the extendible sections within each other and the base section to insure longer service life and smoother operation.

AERIAL MONITOR
An Akron Model 3480 monitor with stow and deploy will be provided at the tip with a Akron 1500 gpm Model 5178. This monitor will allow for an additional 30 degrees of travel above horizontal at the aerial tip.

The monitor's functions will be controlled electrically from two (2) separate locations. One (1) control will be located at the control console and the other at the ladder tip.

There will be a courtesy light at the tip of the aerial to illuminate the controls.

If the aerial has a quick-lock waterway, a limit switch will be provided to disable the extended vertical travel when the monitor is locked to the lower ladder section.

8.c
Packet Pg. 776 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 125 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

AERIAL WATERWAY FLOW METER
Waterway flow, including total water flowed, will be monitored by the microprocessor. An LCD display will be located at the turntable control station.

AERIAL WATERWAY INLET
The aerial waterway will be plumbed from the fifth wheel area to the waterway swivel with 4.00" pipe. A

4.00" inlet will be located on each side of the apparatus complete with a chrome plated cap.

The individual "line" pressure gauges for the inlets will be silicone filled and manufactured by Span Instruments. They will be a minimum of 2.50" in diameter and will have white faces with black lettering.

Gauges will be compound type with a vacuum/pressure range of 30.00"-0-600#. The individual pressure gauge will be installed as close to the inlet as practical.

WATERWAY LOCKING SYSTEM
The aerial ladder waterway monitor will be capable of being positioned at either the fly section or at the next lower section of the ladder.

The monitor location will be changeable by the use of a single handle, located at the side of the ladder.

The handle, attached to a cam bracket, will simply be moved forward to lock the monitor at the fly section and back to lock it to the previous section.

There will be no pins to remove and reinstall.

The monitor will be operational at all times, regardless of its position, without connecting or disconnecting electrical lines.

2.50" AUXILIARY OUTLET AT AERIAL TIP
An auxiliary hose connection outlet will be supplied at the tip of the aerial ladder. It will be located on the left hand side of the aerial waterway.

Flow to the auxiliary outlet will be supplied by 2.50" piping. A 2.50" gate valve with a non-rising stem and crank handle will be supplied. A cap and chain will be provided.

Flow to the aerial waterway monitor will be controlled by a 4.00" aluminum butterfly valve with a handwheel. The valve will be located at the monitor inlet.

A 200 psi relief valve and a 0.75" automatic drain valve will be supplied in the waterway at the tip.

TOOLS
The following tools will be provided for retorquing of all specified bolts as recommended by the manufacturer:
• Torque Wrench
• All Required Extensions, Sockets and Adapters
• 4-to-1 Multiplier

8.c
Packet Pg. 777 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 126 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

MANUALS
Two (2) operator maintenance manuals and two (2) wiring diagrams pertaining to the aerial device will be provided with the apparatus at time of pick-up. Manuals will be in the English language.

INITIAL INSTRUCTION
On initial delivery of the fire apparatus, the contractor will supply a qualified representative to demonstrate the apparatus and provide initial instruction to the fire department regarding the operation, care, and maintenance of the apparatus for a period of four (4) consecutive days.

TILLER CAB
A permanently mounted tiller cab will be located on top of the tiller trailer, to the rear of the aerial ladder. The maximum overall height of the tiller cab will not exceed 134.00". The tiller cab will be totally enclosed.

The cab windshield will be automotive approved tinted safety glass and will provide a minimum of 1,513 square inches of clear viewing area. Each side window, directly rearward of the windshield, will be more than 536 square inches. The side windows, combined with the windshield, will provide a minimum of 2,585 square inches of unobstructed viewing area. In order to provide maximum visibility for the tillerman, there will be no corner posts at the forward corners of the windshield.

The upper area of each tiller cab door will be contoured into the roof, providing greater clearance when entering and exiting the tiller cab. The tiller cab doors will be designed such that they open to 90 degrees. A door grabber will be provided on each side of the cab to hold the door open. The tiller cab doors will be equipped with drop-down sliding window. The windows will be 18.00" wide x 31.00" high.

The rear wall of the tiller cab will have a vertically-split sliding window. The window will be 33.50" wide x 27.75" high.

The tiller cab floor will be constructed of aluminum treadplate.

A two (2) speed electric windshield wiper with washer will be provided for the front windshield. The windshield washer reservoir will have a capacity of two (2) quarts and will be located forward of the tiller cab.

An adjustable, telescopic steering column will be provided.

The diagnostic plug for the trailer ABS system will be provided in the driver side tiller access stepwell, behind the fuel fill door.

The following controls/alarms will be provided inside the tiller cab:
• Buzzer signaling system with push button in tiller cab steering wheel as well as a labeled push button in the tractor cab, within reach of the driver
• Jackknife alarm
The following will be provided on the steering column support pedestal:
• Two (2) heater/defroster outlets

8.c
Packet Pg. 778 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 127 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Heater/defroster control switch
The following controls/gauges will be located in the upper control panel:
• Tiller wheel position indicator LCD color display gauge (L-C-R) • Two (2) LED amber turn signals
• Windshield wiper/washer control switch
A smoked Lexan™ sun visor will be provided in the tiller cab above the windshield. There will be a black plastic thumb latch provided to help secure the sun visor in the stowed position.

TILLER CAB DOME LIGHT
There will be one (1) P1006, dual LED dome light with black bezel installed in the tiller cab.

The color of the LED will be red and white.

The white LED will be controlled by the door switches and the lens switch.

The color LED will be controlled by the lens switch.

TILLER CAB HEATER
For the tillerman's comfort, the cab is equipped with a 13,650 BTU heater/defroster.

The heater will have a multi-speed motor and thermostatic control located in the tiller cab within reach of the tillerman.

The heater will be diesel/kerosene fueled and will have a separate three (3) gallon fuel tank which will provide a minimum of 23 hours of continuous running time.

The fuel tank will be recessed in the body, behind the driver side tiller cab access steps.

There will be a minimum of two (2) defrost outlets in the cab for maximum defrost performance.

The heater/defrost system will have an airflow of 85 cfm.

TILLER CAB AIR CONDITIONING
Air conditioning will be provided for the tiller cab.

The unit will be manufactured by Danhard Inc.

The air conditioner will have cooling capacity of 13,500 BTU.

The in tiller cab venting will route via louvers included on the B-pillar of the tiller cab.

The unit will be 120 volt AC and will be run off of the onboard generator. The full load amperage draw will be 12.00 amps in the cooling mode.

A start assist kit provided by Danhard Inc, will be included to reduce the compressor starting current experienced by the generator.

8.c
Packet Pg. 779 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 128 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The evaporator will be located ahead of the tiller cab on the top deck of the tiller trailer. The air conditioning unit will not increase the overall height of the tiller cab.

TILLER CAB SEAT
A seat will be provided in the tiller cab. The seat will be a cam action type, with air suspension. For increased convenience, the seat will include a manual control to adjust the horizontal position (6.00" travel). The manual horizontal control will be a towel-bar style located below the forward part of the seat cushion. The seat will have a reclining back adjustable from 20 degrees back to 0 degrees forward. The seat back will be a high back style with manual lumbar adjustment lever, and will include minimum 7.50" deep side bolster pads for maximum support. For optimal comfort, the seat will be provided with 17.00" deep dual density foam cushions designed with EVC (elastomeric vibration control). To ensure safe operation, the seat will be equipped with seat belt sensors in the seat cushion and belt receptacle that will activate an alarm indicating a seat is occupied but not buckled.

The seat will be furnished with a 3-point, shoulder type seat belt. The seat belt will be furnished with dual automatic retractors that will provide ease of operation in the normal seating position.

TILLER CAB STEPS
For access to the tiller cab, two (2) sets of steps will be furnished at the rear of the apparatus, one set each side. The bottom three (3) access steps will be full width, approximately 21.00" wide, and located just behind the tiller axle. The top step will be full width, approximately 18.50" wide. The steps will be securely reinforced and constructed of aluminum treadplate. The outside corners at the rear edges of the steps will be mitered at 45 degrees. A vertical handrail will be provided on each side of the step assemblies for maximum safety. There will also be a curved handrail from the top of the body up onto the tiller cab. The steps will be illuminated for nighttime operation.

JACKKNIFE ALARM
An audible and visual warning system will be provided to warn both drivers when the jackknife position approaches the maximum allowable angle. The light will be a Whelen Model 0SB00SCR blue LED.

The jackknife alarm in both the cab and tiller cab will be provided with a special siren tone to distinguish itself from the other truck alarms.

TILLERMAN NOT SEATED WARNING ALARM AND INDICATOR
There will be a tillerman not seated alarm and an indicator light with integrated silence switch provided in the tractor cab. The alarm and indicator light will be activated when the parking brake is released and the tiller driver is not present in the tiller cab.

Activating the switch will disable the alarm. The switch will reset when the ignition switch is cycled.

TILLER CAB CONVEX MIRRORS
An 8.00" diameter round adjustable convex mirror with fixed arm will be installed on each side of tiller cab.

A wedge bracket will be installed between the tiller cab face and the mounting tube for the mirror. This will allow the mirrors to be adjusted at a greater downward angle.

8.c
Packet Pg. 780 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 129 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ENGINE START IN TILLER CAB
A foot switch will be provided in the tiller cab on the passenger side to allow the truck to be started. If the switch is not pressed the truck will not start.

There will be a master override switch located in the cab which will allow the truck to be started in the unlikely event that the switch at the tiller cab would fail.

The switch in the cab will be a covered momentary switch.

WINDOW TINT
The tiller cab rear wall sliding window will be tinted with 14% light transmission tint.

WINDOW DEFROST FANS
Two (2) window defrost fans will be mounted one each side of steering column.

DOOR STOP
Rubber material will be provided on an angled bracket to stop the open travel for each of the tiller cab doors. A polished stainless steel scuffplate will be provided on the outside of the door and extend under the bottom of the door to protect the door from the bumper.

TILLER TRAILER
The gooseneck area of the tiller trailer will be constructed of 100,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The gooseneck area will have a section modulus of 289.00 cu. in. and a resistance to bending moment of 28,900,000 inch pounds.

The gooseneck area will be 46.00" wide x 13.50" deep.

The tiller trailer frame will be box type construction to effectively resist trailer twist.

The side rails will have a 13.38" tall web over the front and mid sections of the trailer, with a continuous smooth taper to a 10.75" over the tiller axle.

The frame rails will be constructed of 80,000 psi minimum yield strength heat treated .38" thick steel, with 3.50" wide flanges and covered by top and bottom plates to form a ridged box structure. Cover plates will be 50,000 psi minimum yield strength steel.

The tiller trailer frame will have a section modulus of 257.70 cu. in., and a resisting bending moment (rbm) of 12,880,000 inch pounds over the critical regions of the frame assembly, with a section modulus of 18.96 cu. in. with an rbm of 2,085,803 inch pounds over the rear axle.

The overall length of the tiller trailer will be 458.00". This will be shorter than standard, but will include a 3.00" extended gooseneck area of the trailer.

WALKWAY, TURNTABLE TO BODY
A walkway will be provided from the aerial turntable to the tiller body.

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE
The tiller trailer axle will be of the independent suspension design with a ground rating of 22,800 lb.

8.c
Packet Pg. 781 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 130 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
Upper and lower control arms will be used on each side of the axle. Upper control arm castings will be made of 100,000-psi yield strength 8630 steel and the lower control arm casting will be made of 55,000-psi yield ductile iron.

The center cross members and side plates will be constructed out of 80,000-psi yield strength steel.

Each control arm will be mounted to the center section using elastomer bushings. These rubber bushings will rotate on low friction plain bearings and be lubricated for life. Each bushing will also have a flange end to absorb longitudinal impact loads, reducing noise and vibrations.

The upper control arm will be shorter than the lower arm so that wheel end geometry provides positive camber when deflected below rated load and negative chamber above rated load.

Camber at load will be zero degrees for optimum tire life.

The kingpin bearing will be of low friction design and be sealed for life.

Toe links that are adjustable for alignment of the wheel to the center of the trailer will be provided.

The wheel ends must have little to no bump steer when the chassis encounters a hole or obstacle.

The steering linkage will provide proper steering angles for the inside and outside wheel, based on the vehicle wheelbase.

The turning angle will be up to 24 degrees.

TILLER TRAILER NON DRIVE AXLE WARRANTY
The non drive axle system will have a three (3) year parts and labor warranty.

TILLER TRAILER STEERING
Dual Sheppard M110 steering gears, with integral heavy-duty power steering, will be provided.

The steering wheel will be 18.00" in diameter, and capable of tilting and telescoping.

A lock-out pin will be provided on the tiller cab steering column.

BRAKES
The tiller trailer brake calipers will be Meritor® DiscPlus™ EX225 air disc type. The brake rotors will be

17.00" ventilated.

SUSPENSION
Independent suspension will be provided with a minimum ground rating of 22,800 lb.

The independent suspension system will be designed to provide maximum ride comfort. The design will allow the vehicle to travel at highway speeds over improved road surfaces, and at moderate speeds over rough terrain with minimal transfer of road shock and vibration to the vehicle's crew compartment.

Each wheel will have torsion bar type spring. In addition, each wheel end will also have energy absorbing jounce bumpers to prevent bottoming of the suspension.

8.c
Packet Pg. 782 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 131 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The suspension design will be such that there is at least 10.00" of total wheel travel and a minimum of

3.75" before suspension bottoms.

The torsion bar type spring and anchor lock system will allow for simple lean adjustments without the use of shims. Adjustment for a lean will be accomplished within 15 minutes. Anchor adjustment design is such that it allows 4.00" of ride height adjustment per side.

The independent suspension will have been put through a durability test that simulated a minimum of 140,000 miles of inner city driving.

TIRES
Tiller trailer tires will be Goodyear 425/65R22.50 radials, 20 ply Armor MAX MSA, rated for 22,800 lb maximum axle load and 68 mph maximum speed.

WHEELS, TILLER
The tires will be mounted on Alcoa® 22.50" x 12.25" polished aluminum disc type wheels with a ten (10)-stud 11.25" bolt circle.

OIL SEALS
Oil seals with viewing window will be provided on the tiller axle.

8.c
Packet Pg. 783 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 132 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

LOOSE EQUIPMENT
The following equipment will be furnished with the completed unit:
• One (1) bag of chrome, stainless steel, or cadmium plated screws, nuts, bolts and washers, as used in the construction of the unit.

NFPA LOOSE EQUIPMENT
NFPA Required Loose Equipment Provided by Fire Department The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, table 8.1 and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 will be provided by the fire department:
• One (1) traffic vest for each seating position, each vest to comply with ANSI/ISEA 107, American National Standard for High-Visibility Safety Apparel and Accessories, and have a fivepoint breakaway feature that includes two (2) at the shoulders, two (2) at the sides, and one (1) at the front.
• Five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones not less than 28.00" (711 mm) in height, each equipped with a 6.00" (152 mm) retro-reflective white band no more than 4.00" (152 mm) from the top of the cone, and an additional 4.00" (102 mm) retro-reflective white band 2.00" (51 mm) below the

6.00" (152 mm) band.
• Five (5) illuminated warning devices such as highway flares, unless the five (5) fluorescent orange traffic cones have illuminating capabilities.
• Four (4) ladder belts meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500.

NFPA Loose Equipment That Should be Considered
The following loose equipment as outlined in NFPA 1900, 2024 edition, appendix table A.8.4 (a) and CAN/ULC S515:2024 edition, section 5.2 should be considered:
• 800 ft (240 m) of 2.50" (65 mm) or larger fire hose
• 400 ft (120 m) of 1.50" (38 mm), 1.75" (45 mm), or 2.00" (52 mm) fire hose • One (1) handline nozzle, 200 gpm min
• Two (2) handline nozzles, 95 gpm min
• One (1) playpipe with shutoff and 1", 1.125", and 1.25" tips • Four (4) SCBA apparatus
• Four (4) SCBA spare cylinders
• One (1) first aid kit.
• Four (4) salvage covers, each a minimum size of 12 ft × 18 ft (3.6 m × 5.5 m). • Four (4) combination spanner wrenches.
• Two (2) hydrant wrenches.
• One (1) double female 2.50" adapter with national hose (NH) thread. • One (1) double male 2.50" adapter with national hose (NH) thread. • One (1) rubber mallet, suitable for use on suction hose connections. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) light-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500. • One (1) 150 ft (45 m) general-use life safety rope meeting the requirements of NFPA 2500. • One (1) automatic external defibrillator (AED).

8.c
Packet Pg. 784 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 133 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

SOFT SUCTION HOSE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
Hose is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide suction or supply hose.

DRY CHEMICAL EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.

WATER EXTINGUISHER PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The extinguisher is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the extinguisher.

FLATHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

PICKHEAD AXE PROVIDED BY FIRE DEPARTMENT
The axe is not on the apparatus as manufactured. The fire department will provide and mount the axe.

PAINT PROCESS
The exterior custom cab and body painting procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the custom cab and body will be thoroughly cleaned and prepared for painting. Imperfections on the exterior surfaces will be removed and sanded to a smooth finish. Exterior seams will be sealed before painting. Exterior surfaces that will not be painted include; chrome plating, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

2. Chemical Cleaning and Pretreatment - All surfaces will be chemically cleaned to remove dirt, oil, grease, and metal oxides to ensure the subsequent coatings bond well. The aluminum surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high pressure, high temperature 4 step Acid Etch process. The steel and stainless surfaces will be properly cleaned and treated using a high temperature 3 step process specifically designed for steel or stainless. The chemical treatment converts the metal surface to a passive condition to help prevent corrosion.

3. Surfacer Primer - The Surfacer Primer will be applied to a chemically treated metal surface to provide a strong corrosion protective basecoat. A minimum thickness of 2 mils of Surfacer Primer is applied to surfaces that require a Critical aesthetic finish. The Surfacer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that has excellent sanding properties and an extra smooth finish when sanded.

4. Finish Sanding - The Surfacer Primer will be sanded with a fine grit abrasive to achieve an ultrasmooth finish. This sanding process is critical to produce the smooth mirror like finish in the topcoat.

5. Sealer Primer - The Sealer Primer is applied prior to the Basecoat in all areas that have not been previously primed with the Surfacer Primer. The Sealer Primer is a two-component high solids urethane that goes on smooth and provides excellent gloss hold out when topcoated.

6. Basecoat Paint - Two coats of a high performance, two component high solids polyurethane basecoat will be applied. The Basecoat will be applied to a thickness that will achieve the

8.c
Packet Pg. 785 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 134 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
proper color match. The Basecoat will be used in conjunction with a urethane clear coat to provide protection from the environment.

7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of Clear Coat will be applied over the Basecoat color. The Clear Coat is a two-component high solids urethane that provides superior gloss and durability to the exterior surfaces. Lap style and roll-up doors will be Clear Coated to match the body. Paint warranty for the roll-up doors will be provided by the roll-up door manufacturer.

After the cab and body are painted, the color will be verified to make sure that it matches the color standard. Electronic color measuring equipment will be used to compare the color sample to the color standard entered into the computer. Color specifications will be used to determine the color match. A Delta E reading will be used to determine a good color match within each family color.

All removable items such as brackets, compartment doors, door hinges, and trim will be removed and painted separately if required, to ensure paint behind all mounted items. Body assemblies that cannot be finish painted after assembly will be finish painted before assembly.

The paint finish quality levels for critical areas of the apparatus (cab front and sides, body sides and doors, and boom lettering panels) are to meet or exceed Cadillac/General Motors GMW15777 global paint requirements. Orange peel levels are to meet or exceed the #6 A.C.T. standard in critical areas.

The manufacture's written paint standards will be available upon request.

Environmental Impact
Contractor will meet or exceed all current state regulations concerning paint operations. Pollution control will include measures to protect the atmosphere, water and soil. Controls will include the following conditions:
• Topcoats and primers will be chrome and lead free.
• Metal treatment chemicals will be chrome free. The wastewater generated in the metal treatment process will be treated on-site to remove any other heavy metals. • Particulate emission collection from sanding operations will have a 99.99 percent efficiency factor.
• Particulate emissions from painting operations will be collected by a dry filter or water wash process. If the dry filter is used, it will have an efficiency rating of 98 percent. Water wash systems will be 99.97 percent efficient.
• Water from water wash booths will be reused. Solids will be removed on a continual basis to keep the water clean.
• Paint wastes are disposed of in an environmentally safe manner. • Empty metal paint containers will be recycled to recover the metal. • Solvents used in clean-up operations will be recycled on-site or sent off-site for distillation and returned for reuse.

Additionally, the finished apparatus will not be manufactured with or contain products that have ozone depleting substances. Contractor will, upon demand, present evidence that the manufacturing facility meets the above conditions and that it is in compliance with his state EPA rules and regulations.

8.c
Packet Pg. 786 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 135 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

TWO-TONE CAB PAINT
The cab will be painted two-tone with the upper section painted #101 black and the lower section painted Red #218. There will be a standard two-tone cab paint break provided.

There will be a standard cab shield provided.

BODY PAINT
The body will be painted to match the lower section of the cab.

PAINT
The cab will be two-tone, with the upper section painted Black #101 and the lower section of the cab painted Red #90.

The paint break will be located Break below windshield on tiller cab.

PAINT CHASSIS FRAME ASSEMBLY
The chassis frame assembly will be finished with primer and gloss paint to match the lower job color before the installation of the cab and body, and before installation of the engine and transmission assembly, air brake lines, electrical wire harnesses, etc.

Components that are included with the chassis frame assembly that will be painted (unless otherwise stated in a secondary option) are:
• Frame rails
• Frame liners
• Cross members
• Axles
• Suspensions
• Steering gear
• Battery boxes
• Bumper extension weldment
• Frame extensions
• Body mounting angles
• Rear Body support substructure (front and rear)
• Pump house substructure
• Steel fuel tank
• Castings
• Individual piece parts used in chassis and body assembly Components treated with epoxy E-coat protection prior to paint:
• Two (2) C-channel frame rails
• Two (2) frame liners
The E-coat process will meet the technical properties shown.

8.c
Packet Pg. 787 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 136 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

AXLE HUB PAINT
All axle hubs will be painted to match lower job color.

The cab wheel wells will be unpainted and D/A finished.

BODY WHEEL WELLS
The body wheel wells will be unpainted and D/A finished.

COMPARTMENT INTERIOR PAINT
The interior of all compartments will be painted with a gray spatter finish for ease of cleaning and to make it easier to touch up scratches and nicks.

AERIAL DEVICE PAINT COLOR
The aerial device paint procedure will consist of a seven (7) step finishing process as follows:

1. Manual Surface Preparation - All exposed metal surfaces on the aerial device structural components above the rotation point will be thoroughly cleaned and mechanically shot-blasted to remove metal impurities and prepare the aerial for painting.

2. Zinc Rich Primer - Zinc rich primer will be applied to the trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, stabilizer beams and jacks, and upper 5th wheel components.

3. Primer/Surfacer Coats - A two (2) component epoxy primer/surfacer will be applied to the mechanically shot-blasted metal surfaces to provide a strong corrosion protective base coat and to smooth out the surface. All seams will be caulked with a two (2) component epoxy caulk before painting.

4. Hand Sanding - The primer/surfacer coat of the outer surfaces of the hand rails and base rails will be lightly sanded to a smooth finish.

5. Primer Coat - A two (2) component epoxy primer coat will be applied over the sanded primer.

6. Topcoat Paint - Urethane base coat will be applied to opacity for correct color matching.

7. Clear Coat - Two (2) coats of an automotive grade two (2) component urethane will be applied.

Surfaces that will not be painted include all chrome plated, polished stainless steel, anodized aluminum and bright aluminum treadplate.

All buy out components, such as monitor, nozzle, gauges, etc. will be supplied as received from the vendor.

Removable items such as brackets will be removed and painted separately to ensure paint coverage behind all mounted items.

The aerial device components will be painted as follows using the aforementioned seven (7) step finishing process:
• Aerial device ladder sections and extension cylinders: black 101

8.c
Packet Pg. 788 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 137 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
• Aerial turntable: black 101
• Aerial control console: black 101
• Aerial lift cylinders: black 101
• Aerial rotation motor (if applicable): black
• Aerial trailer including the gooseneck and stabilizer housings, 5th wheel components below the rotation point, body support structure, tiller axle and suspension: red 90 • Aerial stabilizers: red 90
• Aerial egress: #90 red (will be contrasting color to the aerial device ladder sections) • Aerial boom support: red 90

REFLECTIVE STRIPES
Three (3) reflective stripes will be provided across the front of the vehicle and along the sides of the body. The reflective band will consist of a 1.00" black stripe at the top with a 1.00" gap then a 6.00" black stripe with a 1.00" gap and a 1.00" black stripe on the bottom.

The reflective band provided on the cab face will be at the headlight level.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE ON STABILIZERS
There will be a 4.00" wide fluorescent yellow green diamond grade reflective stripe provided on the forward and rear facing side of all aerial stabilizers.

JOG(S) IN REFLECTIVE BAND
The reflective band located on each side of the apparatus body will contain one (1) jog(s) and will be angled at approximately 45 degrees when installed.

CAB DOOR REFLECTIVE STRIPE
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each cab door. The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

REFLECTIVE STRIPE, TILLERMAN DOORS
A 6.00" x 16.00" black reflective stripe will be provided across the interior of each tillerman's entry door.

The stripe will be located approximately 1.00" up from the bottom, on the door panel.

This stripe will meet the NFPA 1901 requirement.

LETTERING
The lettering will be totally encapsulated between two (2) layers of clear vinyl.

LETTERING
Forty-one (41) to sixty (60) genuine gold leaf lettering, 3.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
There will be genuine gold leaf lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade provided. There will be two (2) letters provided.

8.c
Packet Pg. 789 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 138 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) reflective lettering, 5.00" high, with no outline or shade will be provided.

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) genuine gold leaf lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
Twenty-one (21) to forty (40) genuine gold leaf lettering, 8.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) reflective lettering, 4.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

LETTERING
One (1) to twenty (20) reflective lettering, 6.00" high, with outline and shade will be provided.

EMBLEM
There will be two (2) pair of flourish emblems installed sign board. The emblems will be gold leaf.

MALTESE CROSS INSTALLATION
There will be two (2) pair of maltese crosses, comprised of genuine gold leaf material, provided and installed cab doors.

LETTERING/NUMERALS ON CAB GRILLE
Two (2) painted letters/numerals, as determined by the fire department, will be provided on the cab grille.

FIRE APPARATUS PARTS MANUAL
There will be one (1) custom parts manual(s) in USB flash drive format for the complete fire apparatus provided.

The manual(s) will contain the following:
• Job number
• Part numbers with full descriptions
• Table of contents
• Parts section sorted in functional groups reflecting a major system, component, or assembly • Parts section sorted in alphabetical order
• Instructions on how to locate parts
Each manual will be specifically written for the chassis and body model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

Service Parts Internet Site
The service parts information included in these manuals are also available on the Pierce website. The website offers additional functions and features not contained in this manual, such as digital photographs and line drawings of select items. The website also features electronic search tools to assist in locating parts quickly.

8.c
Packet Pg. 790 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 139 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

CHASSIS SERVICE MANUALS
There will be one (1) chassis service manuals on USB flash drives containing parts and service information on major components provided with the completed unit.

The manual will contain the following sections:
• Job number
• Table of contents
• Troubleshooting
• Front Axle/Suspension
• Brakes
• Engine
• Tires
• Wheels
• Cab
• Electrical, DC
• Air Systems
• Plumbing
• Appendix
The manual will be specifically written for the chassis model being purchased. It will not be a generic manual for a multitude of different chassis and bodies.

CHASSIS OPERATION MANUAL
The chassis operation manual will be provided on one (1) USB flash drive. The manual will be in the English language.

ONE (1) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A Pierce basic apparatus limited warranty certificate, WA0008, is included with this proposal.

ENGINE WARRANTY
A Cummins five (5) year limited engine warranty will be provided. A limited warranty certificate, WA0181, is included with this proposal.

STEERING GEAR WARRANTY
A Sheppard three (3) year limited steering gear warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be submitted with this proposal.

FIFTY (50) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom chassis frame only (does not include crossmembers) limited warranty certificate, WA0013, is included with this proposal.

FRONT AXLE THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY The Pierce TAK-4 suspension limited warranty certificate, WA0050, is included with this proposal.

SINGLE REAR AXLE FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor™ Axle 5 year limited warranty will be provided.

8.c
Packet Pg. 791 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 140 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
ABS BRAKE SYSTEM THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Meritor Wabco™ ABS brake system limited warranty certificate, WA0232, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce custom cab limited warranty certificate, WA0012, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce cab limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0055, is included with this proposal.

FIVE (5) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Command Zone electronics limited warranty certificate, WA0014, is included with this proposal.

COMPARTMENT LIGHT WARRANTY
The Pierce 12 volt DC LED strip lights limited warranty certificate, WA0203, is included with this proposal.

TRANSMISSION WARRANTY
The transmission will have a five (5) year/unlimited mileage warranty covering 100 percent parts and labor. The warranty will be provided by Allison Transmission.

Note: The transmission cooler is not covered under any extended warranty you may be getting on your Allison Transmission. Please review your Allison Transmission warranty for coverage limitations.

TRANSMISSION COOLER WARRANTY
The transmission cooler will carry a five (5) year parts and labor warranty (exclusive to the transmission cooler). In addition, a collateral damage warranty will also be in effect for the first three (3) years of the warranty coverage and will not exceed $10,000 per occurrence. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.

WATER TANK WARRANTY
A UPF poly water tank limited warranty certificate, WA0195, is included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY
The Pierce apparatus body limited warranty certificate, WA0009, is included with this proposal.

PUMP WARRANTY
The Waterous pump will be provided with a seven (7) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.

TEN (10) YEAR PUMP PLUMBING WARRANTY
The Pierce apparatus plumbing limited warranty certificate, WA0035, is included with this proposal.

TWENTY (20) YEAR AERIAL DEVICE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY WARRANTY The Pierce device limited warranty certificate, WA0052, is included with this proposal.

8.c
Packet Pg. 792 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 141 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

AERIAL SWIVEL WARRANTY
An Amity five (5) year limited swivel warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate will be included with this proposal.

HYDRAULIC SYSTEM COMPONENTS WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic system components will be provided with a five (5) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

HYDRAULIC SEAL WARRANTY
Aerial hydraulic seals will be provided with a three (3) year material and workmanship limited warranty.

A copy of the warranty certificates is included with this proposal.

AERIAL WATERWAY WARRANTY
An Amity ten (10) year limited waterway warranty will be provided. A copy of the warranty certificate is included with this proposal.

FOUR (4) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce aerial device limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0047, is included with this proposal.

TWO (2) YEAR GENERATOR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP WARRANTY A Harrison Hydra-Gen generator two (2) year limited warranty will be provided.

TEN (10) YEAR PRO-RATED PAINT AND CORROSION
A Pierce body limited pro-rated paint warranty certificate, WA0057, is included with this proposal.

THREE (3) YEAR MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
The Pierce Goldstar gold leaf lamination limited warranty limited warranty certificate, WA0018, is included with this proposal.

VEHICLE STABILITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the apparatus complies with NFPA 1900, current edition, section 7.14, Vehicle Stability. The certification is included with this proposal.

ENGINE INSTALLATION CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification, along with a letter from the engine manufacturer stating they approve of the engine installation in the bidder's chassis. The certification will be provided at the time of delivery.

POWER STEERING CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a certification stating the power steering system as installed meets the requirements of the component supplier. The certification is included with this proposal.

CAB INTEGRITY CERTIFICATION
The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a cab crash test certification with this proposal. The certification will state that a specimen representing the substantial structural configuration of the cab

8.c
Packet Pg. 793 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 142 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
has been tested and certified by an independent third party test facility. Testing events will be documented with photographs, real-time and high-speed video, vehicle accelerometers, cart accelerometers, and a laser speed trap. The fire apparatus manufacturer will provide a state licensed professional engineer to witness and certify all testing events. Testing will meet or exceed the requirements below:
• SAE J2422 Cab Roof Strength Evaluation - Quasi-Static Loading Heavy Trucks. • European Occupant Protection Standard ECE Regulation No.29. • SAE J2420 COE Frontal Strength Evaluation - Dynamic Loading Heavy Trucks.

Side Impact
The cab will be subjected to dynamic preload where a 14,320-lb moving barrier is slammed into the side of the cab at 5.50 mph, striking with an impact of 13,000 ft-lb of force. This test is part of the SAE J2422 test procedure and more closely represents the forces a cab will see in a rollover incident.

Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 32,600 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier in accordance with SAE J2420.

Additional Frontal Impact
The same cab will withstand a frontal impact of 65,098 ft-lb of force using a moving barrier. (Twice the force required by SAE J2420)
Roof Crush
The cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 22,500 lb. This value meets the ECE 29 criteria, and is equivalent to the front axle rating up to a maximum of ten (10) metric tons.

Additional Roof Crush
The same cab will be subjected to a roof crush force of 110,000 lbs. (Four and a half times the load criteria of ECE 29)
The same cab will withstand all tests without any measurable intrusion into the survival space of the occupant area.

CAB DOOR DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Robust cab doors help protect occupants. Cab doors will survive a 200,000 cycle door slam test where the slamming force exceeds 20 G's of deceleration. The bidder will certify that the sample doors similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without structural damage, latch malfunction, or significant component wear.

WINDSHIELD WIPER DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. Windshield wipers will survive a 3 million cycle durability test in accordance with section 6.2 of SAE J198 Windshield Wiper Systems - Trucks, Buses and Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the wiper system design has been tested and that the wiper system has met these criteria.

8.c
Packet Pg. 794 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 143 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A

ELECTRIC WINDOW DURABILITY CERTIFICATION
Cab window roll-up systems can cause maintenance problems if not designed for long service life. The window regulator design will complete 30,000 complete up-down cycles and still function normally when finished. The bidder will certify that sample doors and windows similar to those provided on the apparatus have been tested and have met these criteria without malfunction or significant component wear.

SEAT BELT ANCHOR STRENGTH
Seat belt attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat belt anchor design will withstand 3000 lb of pull on both the lap and shoulder belt in accordance with FMVSS 571.210 Seat Belt Assembly Anchorages. The bidder will certify that each anchor design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

SEAT MOUNTING STRENGTH
Seat attachment strength is regulated by Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards and should be validated through testing. Each seat mounting design will be tested to withstand 20 G's of force in accordance with FMVSS 571.207 Seating Systems. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that each seat mount and cab structure design was pull tested to the required force and met the appropriate criteria.

PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATIONS
Cab Air Conditioning
Good cab air conditioning temperature and air flow performance keeps occupants comfortable, reduces humidity, and provides a climate for recuperation while at the scene. The cab air conditioning system will cool the cab from a heat-soaked condition at 100 degrees Fahrenheit to an average of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in 30 minutes. The bidder will certify that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

Cab Defroster
Visibility during inclement weather is essential to safe apparatus performance. The defroster system will clear the required windshield zones in accordance with SAE J381 Windshield Defrosting Systems Test Procedure And Performance Requirements - Trucks, Buses, And Multipurpose Vehicles. The bidder will certify that the defrost system design has been tested in a cold chamber and passes the SAE J381 criteria.

Cab Auxiliary Heater
Good cab heat performance and regulation provides a more effective working environment for personnel, whether in-transit, or at a scene. An auxiliary cab heater will warm the cab 77 degrees Fahrenheit from a cold-soak, within 30 minutes when tested using the coolant supply methods found in SAE J381. The bidder will certify, at time of delivery, that a substantially similar cab has been tested and has met these criteria.

AMP DRAW REPORT
The bidder will provide, at the time of bid and delivery, an itemized print out of the expected amp draw of the entire vehicle's electrical system.

8.c
Packet Pg. 795 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 144 of 144 Enforcer Tractor Drawn Aerial Draft A
The manufacturer of the apparatus will provide the following:
• Documentation of the electrical system performance tests. • A written load analysis, which will include the following:
o The nameplate rating of the alternator.
o The alternator rating under the conditions specified per:
 Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
o The minimum continuous load of each component that is specified per:
 Current edition of applicable NFPA standards.
o Additional loads that, when added to the minimum continuous load, determine the total connected load.
o Each individual intermittent load.

All of the above listed items will be provided by the bidder per the current edition of applicable NFPA standards.

8.c
Packet Pg. 796 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1 8
EXHIBIT 6
Specified Project Components

1. Tier 4 Linehaul Locomotives. Cross-dock intermodal containers (i.e., those taken by rail from the Ports to BIG’s intermodal facility) for the Project will be transported using a dedicated fleet of newly purchased Tier 4 linehaul locomotives, not pulled from Developer’s existing national fleet.

2. On Site BIG Tier 4 Switcher Locomotives. All Project switcher locomotives at BIG will be newly purchased Tier 4 locomotives, not pulled from Developer’s existing national fleet.

3. Renewable Diesel. Starting in Project opening year 2028, Developer will increase the renewable diesel composition within the Port of Los Angeles and Port of Long Beach’s existing fueling site from 1-percent to 10-percent.

4. Electric Cargo-Handling Equipment. The Project will use zero-emission rail-mounted gantry cranes, forklifts, top picks/side loaders, and hostlers. Containers will be transported between the rail yard and transload warehouse center using only electric hostlers, rather than heavy-duty trucks, and only via an onsite/private closed loop roadway to minimize local roadway traffic.

5. Electric Appliances. All Project facilities will be all-electric, including all appliances and end uses, and not include natural gas.

6. On-Site Solar Generation. BIG will produce approximately 21-MWh from an on-site solar farm and approximately 6.4 MWh from rooftop solar on the transload warehouse center buildings. The solar farm will include a new substation at the northwest corner of the solar farm to route power from the solar farm to the BIG rail yard. Additionally, Developer will install on-site rooftop solar generation beyond Title 24 compliance, or approximately 17 megawatts direct current (MWdc) for the total 9 million square foot warehouse buildings area. Beyond what was analyzed in the DEIR, Developer commits to installing solar panels on the solar ready canopies in the Intermodal employee parking lot, further increasing its commitment to solar beyond Title 24 requirements.

7. Safe Haven Canopies. The Project will include onsite container safe haven canopies, which are facilities where damaged, leaking, or shifted containers or trailers would be placed to contain spills until they are loaded into an alternative container or trailer, or resecured, as necessary.

8.c
Packet Pg. 797 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1 9

8. Traffic Control Plan. Project contractor will prepare a detailed Traffic Control Plan (TCP) in close consultation with the City to minimize the construction-related impacts on adjoining and nearby roadway, bicycle, and pedestrian facilities.

8.c
Packet Pg. 798 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1 10
EXHIBIT 7
Developer Fair Share Contributions
Project Title Department Category Location Size/Scope Estimated Total Cost
(Incl. Approx.

ROW
Acquisition
Cost)
% of Cost to
Developer
Cost to
Developer
Developer
Contribution
Due Date
Main Street
between Hinkley
Road and
Country Club
Drive
Public Works Circulation
Development
Main Street
between
Hinkley Road
and Country
Club Drive
Widen the
roadway to
four lanes
$18,878,040 4.04% $762,673
Prior to the
occupancy of
the transload
warehouse
center
exceeding
7,800,000 Sq.

Ft.

Lenwood Road
between Agate
Road and Jasper
Road
Public Works Circulation
Development
Lenwood Road
between Agate
Road and
Jasper Road
Variable width
ROW, ranging
from 60’ to
100’.
$8,651,760 35.59% $3,105,982
Prior to the
occupancy of
the transload
warehouse
center
exceeding
7,800,000 Sq.

Ft.

Lenwood Road
between Main
Street and High
Desert Road
Public Works Circulation
Development
Lenwood Road
between Main
Street and High
Desert Road
Variable with
ROW, Approx.
100’
$17,807,560 33.13% $5,899,645
Prior to the
occupancy of
the transload
warehouse
center
exceeding
7,800,000 Sq.

Ft.

8.c
Packet Pg. 799 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 444094.1 11
EXHIBIT 8
Developer Constructed Improvements and Land Dedications Yielding Net Development Impact Fee

8.c
Packet Pg. 800 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Barstow BIG Project Developmment Agreement Exhibit 8
Developer-Constructed Improvements and Land Dedications Yielding Net DIF Fees Barstow BIG Project Development Impact Fee Credits Calculations No. Project Title Project Description Cost ($) Percent Eligible For Reimbursement
Credit
WW-004 Sanitary Sewer Relocation – Lenwood Area (BNSF
Corridor)
Relocates and reconstructs trunk sanitary sewer facilities in the Lenwood Area to remove conflicts with the BNSF rail corridor and support intermodal, warehouse, and adjacent community
development.
$17,700,000 49.76% $8,808,062
ST-002 Traffic Signal – Main Street & Petit Road Installs a new fully actuated traffic signal to improve safety and intersection operations as traffic volumes increase. $500,000 61.55% $307,752 ST-003
Traffic Signal with Fiber Interconnect – Lenwood
Road & High Desert Road
Provides a new signal and fiber-optic interconnect to support coordinated traffic operations in a growing freight and industrial area. $550,000 45.47% $250,112 ST-004 Traffic Signal – Lenwood Road & Truck
Freightliner Service Point
Installs a traffic signal to safely accommodate heavy truck turning movements associated with freight and logistics uses. $550,000 54.06% $297,350 ST-005 Main Street Widening & Signalized Intersection at Country Club Drive
Widens Main Street and constructs a new signalized intersection to serve access and circulation for the Barstow International Gateway. $5,700,000 37.21% $2,120,722 ST-006 Hinkley Rd / Jasper Rd / Lenwood Rd –
Intersection Widening and Signals
Adds turn lanes, roadway widening, and signal improvements to support transload, warehouse, and industrial development. $2,500,000 44.44% $1,110,926 ST-007
Main Street Bridge over Lenwood Channel
(Transportation & Drainage Improvements)
Constructs a new bridge to maintain reliable east–west circulation and provide flood-resilient access during major storm events. $17,900,000 65.97% $11,808,265 ST-008
Main Street Widening – Lenwood Channel to
Country Club Drive
Widens Main Street to add travel lanes and support BNSF intermodal driveway and signalized intersection improvements. $2,600,000 47.82% $1,243,256 $48,000,000 $25,946,445
DEFAULT DIFs ($8.32 x 9m SF) $74,880,000
PROPOSED CREDIT $25,946,445
NET CREDIT PER SQ FT $2.88
DIFs OWED $48,933,555
NET DIF PER SQ FT OWED TO CITY $5.44
1 8.c
Packet Pg. 801 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Barstow BIG Project Developmment Agreement Exhibit 8
Developer-Constructed Improvements and Land Dedications Yielding Net DIF Fees

AM PM AM PM AM PM AM PM

0.00% N/A 18.76% 16.91% 36.67% 38.45% N/A 19.91% 17.86% 36.26% 36.82%

0.00% N/A 36.56% 36.89% 52.99% 54.53% N/A 29.34% 28.88% 37.26% 36.83%

0.00% N/A 29.86% 28.41% 45.94% 45.17% N/A 24.42% 22.67% 32.88% 30.93%

75.00% N/A 48.02% 32.05% 62.79% 46.57% N/A 37.42% 23.17% 44.55% 28.94%

25.00% N/A 45.94% 49.15% 51.61% 55.56% N/A 48.71% 51.84% 54.20% 57.99%

50.00% 26.00% 30.17%

50.00% 26.00% 30.17%
Fair Share Assessment
Based on Fronting Property
2033 2048

33.63%

33.63%
BIG Volumes /
Road Capacity
BIG Volumes /
Road Capacity

34.03%

52.18%

25.95%

25.95%
N/A
BIG Volumes /
Total Volumes
BIG Volumes /
Total Volumes - Existing
BIG Volumes /
Total Volumes
BIG Volumes /
Total Volumes - Existing
2 8.c
Packet Pg. 802 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Barstow BIG Project Developmment Agreement Exhibit 8
Developer-Constructed Improvements and Land Dedications Yielding Net DIF Fees BNSF BIG Sanitary Sewer Share Calculation
Pipe Upsize Calculation
Existing Pipe Length (LF) Size Increase Proposed
18" VCP 79 16.7% 21" PVC
20" HDPE 329 21" PVC
21" VCP 595 21" PVC
24" VCP 6,960 12.5% 27" PVC
27" VCP 688 27" PVC
28" HDPE 395 27" PVC
Total 9,046 9.8% Weighted
Lenwood Channel Relocation
Crossing Length 760 0.0% 0.0%
Age Calculation 1986 2026 40
Life (Years) 100
Life Extension 40.0%
Grand Total 49.8%
3 8.c
Packet Pg. 803 Attachment: C-06 - Ord BIG DA Approval (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
Staff Report
ATTACHMENT C-9
City Council Ordinance No. 1045-2026
Prezoning, LAFCO Reorganization Action Area A
A. Prezoning Map, Action Area A

8.d
Packet Pg. 804 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
ORDINANCE NO. 1045-2026

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

BARSTOW PREZONING SAN BERNARDINO LOCAL AGENCY

FORMATION COMMISSION ACTION AREA A (REORGANIZATIONS

TO INCLUDE ANNEXATIONS AND DETACHMENTS) FOR THE

BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY DEVELOPMENT
PROJECT; AND MAKING APPROPRIATE FINDINGS UNDER THE

CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT
WHEREAS, on February 17, 2015, the City Council adopted the 2015-2020 General Plan; and
WHEREAS, on October 2022, the City Council adopted a motion initiating preparation of the City of Barstow General Plan update to replace existing 2015 General Plan; and
WHEREAS, the City received an application (PDEV-24-001) from Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Company (“BNSF”) for the Barstow International Gateway development project (“BIG”) and related BIG Specific Plan on December 22, 2023 to develop an approximately 4,335-acre development including Rail Yard Overlay, Transload Warehousing Center, Mojave River Buffer, Private Solar Power Utility and associated infrastructure improvements; and
WHEREAS, the BIG Specific Plan establishes land use policies, development standards, infrastructure planning, and design guidelines necessary to govern development of BIG and any future development in the BIG Specific Plan area; and WHEREAS, the updated City of Barstow General Plan (“General Plan”) and associated re-zoning, ordinances, and resolutions, are collectively referred to as the “General Plan Update”; and
WHEREAS, the BIG Specific Plan and the Development Agreement for BIG, as well as associated re-zonings, pre-zonings, tentative tract map, vacations and dedications, maintenance agreement, ordinances, resolutions, and associated San Bernardino Local Agency Formation Commission (“LAFCO”) reorganizations are the “Development Project”; and
WHEREAS, the adoption of this Ordinance is one of several actions being taken by the City Council to adopt the General Plan Update and approve the Development Project; and
WHEREAS, the City Council approved a new Zoning Map by Ordinance No. 1035- 2026 and General Plan map by Resolution No. 5257-2026 that includes prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Action Area A (“LAFCO Action Area A”); and

8.d
Packet Pg. 805 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
WHEREAS, the proposed reorganization of LAFCO Action Area A includes: (1) an annexation to the City of Barstow and the Odessa Water District of approximately 2,686 acres, a detachment of the same area from San Bernardino County Service Area 70; and (2) an annexation to the Barstow Fire Protection District of approximately 2,605 acres, and a detachment of the same area from the San Bernardino County Fire Protection District, its North Desert Services Zone, and its Zone FP-5; and WHEREAS, the prezoning of LAFCO Action Area A entails approximately 2,676 acres being designated as Industrial within the proposed BIG Specific Plan area and the remaining portion of LAFCO Action Area A, an approximately 10-acre parcel, zoned for Rural Living that will be annexed and designated and prezoned as Business Park (BP); and
WHEREAS, the prezoning of LAFCO Action Area A also includes the disestablishment of an area of approximately 110 acres of County-zoned Agricultural Preserve that was previously utilized for agricultural activities; and WHEREAS, pursuant to California Government Code Section 65859, the City may prezone unincorporated territory to determine the zoning that will apply to that territory upon annexation to the City; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with Government Code section 65859, the prezoning approved by this Ordinance shall become effective at the same time the annexation of LAFCO Action Area A becomes effective; and
WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 5256-2026, the City Council certified the City of Barstow General Plan and Barstow International Gateway Project Environmental Impact Report (State Clearinghouse No. 2024020501) ("certified EIR") for the City General Plan Update and Development Project, and adopted CEQA Findings on Impacts and Mitigation Measures, a Statement of Overriding Considerations and a Mitigation, Monitoring and Reporting Program, in compliance with the CEQA Guidelines Sections 15090,15091,15092 and 15093; and
WHEREAS, the EIR provides an analysis of the environmental impacts of the General Plan and Development Project and supports all levels of approval necessary to implement the General Plan and Development Project, including the actions authorized in this ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission conducted a duly noticed public hearing on May 16, 2026, took public testimony, discussed the EIR, the General Plan Update, and Development Project and adopted Resolution No. 600-2026 recommending that the City Council certify the EIR; adopt Findings of Fact, Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Programs ("MMRPs"), and Statements of Overriding Considerations; and approve the General Plan, the BIG Development Project, and all related actions; and WHEREAS, in accordance with Barstow Municipal Code (“BMC”) section

19.40.010(b)(1), the Community Development Department on May 20, 2026 published a

8.d
Packet Pg. 806 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
legal notice (1/8 page ad) in the “Victorville Daily Press,” a local newspaper of general circulation, notifying the general public of the June 2, 2026 meeting where the City Council would review the EIR, General Plan Update, and the Development Project, including this Ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the City Council conducted a duly noticed public hearing on June 2, 2026 and considered all oral and written testimony, including the Planning Commission’s recommendation, discussed the certified EIR, the General Plan Update, and Development Project, and introduced and waived the first reading of this Ordinance pursuant to Government Code section 36934.

NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Barstow ordains as follows:

SECTION 1. Incorporation of Recitals. The above set forth recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein by reference, as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 2. Findings. Based upon the foregoing recitals, and other evidence in the record for the General Plan the prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Action Area A, the City Council hereby determines as follows:

A. The proposed prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Action Area A was reviewed and deemed correct and in compliance with Government Code Section 65859 and Chapter 19.32 (Zoning and Zoning Ordinance Amendments) of Title 19 of the Barstow Municipal Code.

B. The prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Action Area A and related annexation and detachment is necessary to implement and consistent with the actions, goals, objectives, and policies of the City’s General Plan. The proposed zoning designations implement and are compatible with the allowed uses, density, and development standards of the applicable General Plan designation and Zoning Code regulations. The prezoning of LAFCO Action Area A supports General Plan goals and policies including, but not limited to:

General Policy LU-1.2 (Land Use Map consistency) is implemented in that the proposed designations, annexations and detachments resulting from the prezoning are consistent with the General Plan’s Land Use Map.

General Plan Policy LU-1.1 (Land use compatibility), Policy LU-1.5 (Industrial amendments) and Policy S-4.6 (Industrial proximity) are implemented through prezoning of the 2,676 acres of LAFCO Action Area A as Industrial within the proposed BIG Specific Plan area which facilitates the provision of land for jobgenerating uses, aligns zoning with the City’s adopted land use designations, and supports sustainable economic development consistent with the Barstow General Plan.

General Plan Policy LU-2.1 (Balanced mix of land uses) is furthered in that the annexed parcel, currently zoned for Rural Living, would be designated and pre8.d Packet Pg. 807 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
zoned as Business Park (BP). BP zoning designations implement the General Plan and provide designated areas for large numbers of employees, corporate professional offices, research and development, support services, and light industrial and manufacturing that generally confine operational impacts to the property. The BP zoning allows for legacy residential uses to remain and a limited number of new homes to be developed. Thus, prezoning the annexed parcel as BP zoning contributes to a mix of land uses.

General Plan Policy OSC-2.4 (Agricultural uses and resources) is also furthered in that the pre-zoning would also include the disestablishment of an area of approximately 110 acres of County-zoned Agricultural Preserve that was previously utilized for agricultural activities. This discourages commercial agricultural uses within city limits.

C. The prezoning designates approximately 2,676 acres as Industrial within the proposed BIG Specific Plan area and designates and prezones an approximately 10-acre parcel currently zoned Rural Living as Business Park (BP), thereby aligning zoning classifications with the BIG Specific Plan’s Land Use Plan, Development Regulations, and intended distribution of uses. The Industrial and Business Park prezoning supports the BIG Specific Plan’s purpose of facilitating large-scale, industrial and logistics uses, while maintaining internal land use compatibility and providing for limited continuation of existing uses where appropriate. Additionally, the disestablishment of approximately 110 acres of County-zoned Agricultural Preserve is consistent with the BIG Specific Plan, which does not contemplate ongoing agricultural use within the project footprint and instead establishes an urbanized industrial development framework supported by coordinated infrastructure and services. Collectively, the prezoning ensures that, upon annexation, lands within LAFCO Action Area A will be governed by zoning consistent with the BIG Specific Plan, thereby supporting orderly annexation, avoiding regulatory inconsistencies, and implementing the City’s adopted planning and regulatory framework pursuant to California Government Code section 65859.

D. The prezoning is consistent with Barstow Municipal Code and Zoning Regulations in that the proposed zoning designations exist within Title 19 as amended by Ordinance No. 1035-2026. The development standards applicable to the district(s) are appropriate for the physical characteristics of the site, including size, access, surrounding land uses, and environmental constraints. The prezoning will not create inconsistencies within the Zoning Code or conflict with other adopted regulations.

E. The prezoning promotes the public health, safety, and general welfare because it ensures orderly growth and development consistent with the City’s long-term planning. Further, it prevents incompatible land use patterns by applying City zoning standards upon annexation.

F. The prezoning and proposed annexations and detachments are in compliance with CEQA. The prezoning of LAFCO Area A is within the scope of the EIR concurrently adopted by Resolution No. 5256-2026.

8.d
Packet Pg. 808 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
SECTION 3. Prezoning Approval. The prezoning for LAFCO Area A, as depicted in the map attached hereto as Exhibit A, is hereby approved.

SECTION 4. Severability. If any provision, section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, or word of this Ordinance, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is rendered or declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions, sections, subsections paragraphs, sentences, clauses, or words of this Ordinance, and their application to other persons or circumstances, shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect and, to that end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable.

SECTION 5. CEQA. The City Council certified the City of Barstow General Plan and Barstow International Gateway Project Environmental Impact Report for the City General Plan and Development Project (State Clearinghouse No. 2024020501), and adopted CEQA Findings on Impacts and Mitigation Measures, a Statement of Overriding Considerations and a Mitigation, Monitoring and Reporting Program, by Resolution No. 5256-2026, incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth in full. The City Council hereby finds that the actions approved by this Ordinance are within the scope of the General Plan and Development Project analyzed in the certified EIR, that the certified EIR adequately describes the environmental impacts of such actions for the purposes of CEQA, and that no additional environmental review is required.

SECTION 6. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect thirty days after adoption as provided by Government Code 36937. The City Clerk shall cause this Ordinance to be published in accordance with California Government Code Section 36933.

SECTION 7. Inconsistencies. Any provision of the City’s Municipal Code or appendices thereto that are inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, to the extent of such inconsistencies and no further, is hereby modified to the extent necessary to affect the provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 8. Certification and Publication. The City Clerk shall certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance and shall cause this Ordinance and her certification, together with proof of publication, to be entered in the Book of Ordinances of the City Council. The City Clerk shall also cause this Ordinance to be published in accordance with California Government Code Section 36933.

8.d
Packet Pg. 809 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this _____ day of _____, 2026 __________________________________
Timothy Silva, Mayor
ATTEST: APPROVED AS TO FORM:
_______________________ _______________________
Andrea Flores Andrew L. Jared
City Clerk City Attorney
I, Andrea Flores, City Clerk for the City of Barstow, California, and ex-officio Clerk of the City Council, do hereby certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of Ordinance No.1045-2026, which was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Barstow held on the 2nd day of June 2026, and adopted at the regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Barstow on the _____ day of _____ 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:

ABSENT:
________________________________
Andrea Flores, City Clerk

8.d
Packet Pg. 810 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435724.6

EXHIBIT A
ORDINANCE NO. 1045-2026
LAFCO Action Area A
Prezoning Map
(STAFF REPORT ATTACHMENT C-9.A)

8.d
Packet Pg. 811 Attachment: C-9 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area A (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
Staff Report
ATTACHMENT C-14
City Council Ordinance No. 1046-2026
Prezoning, LAFCO Reorganization Action Area B
A. Prezoning Map, Action Area B

8.e
Packet Pg. 812 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
ORDINANCE NO. 1046-2026

AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF

BARSTOW PREZONING SAN BERNARDINO LOCAL AGENCY

FORMATION COMMISSION ACTION AREA B (REORGANIZATIONS

TO INCLUDE ANNEXATIONS AND DETACHMENTS) FOR CERTAIN

LANDS ON THE WESTERN EDGE OF THE CITY OF BARSTOW
SOUTH OF MAIN STREET; AND MAKING APPROPRIATE FINDINGS

UNDER THE CALIFORNIA ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY ACT
WHEREAS, on February 17, 2015, the City Council adopted the 2015-2020 General Plan; and
WHEREAS, on October 2022, the City Council adopted a motion initiating preparation of the City of Barstow General Plan update to replace existing 2015 General Plan; and
WHEREAS, the City received an application (PDEV-24-001) from Burlington Northern Santa Fe Railway Company (“BNSF”) for the Barstow International Gateway development project (“BIG”) and related BIG Specific Plan on December 22, 2023 to develop an approximately 4,335-acre development including Rail Yard Overlay, Transload Warehousing Center, Mojave River Buffer, Private Solar Power Utility and associated infrastructure improvements; and
WHEREAS, the BIG Specific Plan establishes land use policies, development standards, infrastructure planning, and design guidelines necessary to govern development of the BIG and any future development in the BIG Specific Plan area; and WHEREAS, the updated City of Barstow General Plan (“General Plan”) and associated re-zoning, ordinances, and resolutions, are collectively referred to as the “General Plan Update”; and
WHEREAS, the BIG Specific Plan and the Development Agreement for BIG, as well as associated re-zonings, pre-zonings, tentative tract map, vacations and dedications, maintenance agreement, ordinances, resolutions, and associated San Bernardino Local Agency Formation Commission (“LAFCO”) reorganizations are the “Development Project”; and
WHEREAS, the adoption of this Ordinance is one of several actions being taken by the City Council to adopt the General Plan Update and approve the Development Project; and
WHEREAS, the City Council approved a new Zoning Map by Ordinance No. 1035- 2026 and General Plan map by Resolution No. 5257-2026 that includes prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Action Area B (“LAFCO Action Area B”); and

8.e
Packet Pg. 813 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
WHEREAS, the proposed reorganization of LAFCO Action Area B includes an annexation to the City of Barstow and the Odessa Water District of approximately 99 acres, a detachment of the same area from County Service Area 70; and transfer of law enforcement responsibility from the San Bernardino County Sheriff’s Department to the City of Barstow Police Department for the same area; and WHEREAS, the prezoning of LAFCO Action Area B entails a proposed separate reorganization inclusive of the annexation of approximately 99 acres south of Main Street and west of Delaney Road and is proposed for annexation to prevent the creation of an unincorporated island resulting from SB LAFCO Action A; and WHEREAS, all parcels within this proposed annexation area are currently Countydesignated Rural Living and would be designated in the proposed General Plan Update and Zoning Map as the new Business Park (BP) zoning which allows for legacy residential uses to remain and a limited number of new homes developed; and WHEREAS, the San Bernardino Local Agency Formation Commission has directed the City to apply for prezoning LAFCO Action Area B prior to annexation proceedings, consistent with Government Code sections 56375 and 65859; and WHEREAS, the City is therefore prezoning LAFCO Action Area B in advance of and contingent upon annexation, in accordance with Government Code section 65859, and in compliance with the Disadvantaged Unincorporated Communities and island annexation laws; and
WHEREAS, in accordance with Government Code section 65859, the prezoning approved by this Ordinance shall become effective at the same time the annexation of LAFCO Action Area B becomes effective; and
WHEREAS, by Resolution No. 5256-2026, the City Council certified the City of Barstow General Plan and Barstow International Gateway Project Environmental Impact Report (State Clearinghouse No. 2024020501) ("certified EIR") for the City General Plan Update and Development Project, and adopted CEQA Findings on Impacts and Mitigation Measures, a Statement of Overriding Considerations and a Mitigation, Monitoring and Reporting Program, in compliance with the CEQA Guidelines Sections 15090,15091,15092 and 15093; and
WHEREAS, the EIR provides an analysis of the environmental impacts of the General Plan and Development Project and supports all levels of approval necessary to implement the General Plan Update and Development Project, including the actions authorized in this ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the Planning Commission conducted a duly noticed public hearing on May 16, 2026, took public testimony, discussed the EIR, the General Plan Update, and

8.e
Packet Pg. 814 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
Development Project and adopted Resolution No. 600-2026 recommending that the City Council certify the EIR; adopt Findings of Fact, Mitigation Monitoring and Reporting Programs ("MMRPs"), and Statements of Overriding Considerations; and approve the General Plan, the BIG Development Project, and all related actions; and WHEREAS, in accordance with Barstow Municipal Code (“BMC”) section

19.40.010(b)(1), the Community Development Department on May 20, 2026 published a legal notice (1/8 page ad) in the “Victorville Daily Press,” a local newspaper of general circulation, notifying the general public of the June 2, 2026 meeting where the City Council would review the EIR, General Plan Update, and the Development Project, including this Ordinance; and
WHEREAS, the City Council conducted a duly noticed public hearing on June 2, 2026 and considered all oral and written testimony, including the Planning Commission’s recommendation, discussed the certified EIR, the General Plan Update, and Development Project, and introduced and waived the first reading of this Ordinance pursuant to Government Code section 36934.

NOW, THEREFORE, the City Council of the City of Barstow ordains as follows:

SECTION 1. Incorporation of Recitals. The above set forth recitals are true and correct and incorporated herein by reference, as if set forth herein in full.

SECTION 2. Findings. Based upon the foregoing recitals, and other evidence in the record for the General Plan Update regarding the prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Action Area B, the City Council hereby determines as follows:

A. The proposed prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Action Area B was reviewed and deemed correct and in compliance with Government Code Section 65859 and Chapter 19.32 (Zoning and Zoning Ordinance Amendments) of Title 19 of the Barstow Municipal Code.

B. The prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Action Area B and related annexation and detachment are necessary to implement, and consistent with, the actions, goals, objectives, and policies of the City’s General Plan. The proposed zoning designations implement and are compatible with the allowed uses, density, and development standards of the applicable General Plan designation and Zoning Code regulations. The prezoning of LAFCO Action Area B supports General Plan goals and policies including, but not limited to:

General Plan Policy LU-2.1 (Balanced mix of land uses) is furthered in that the parcels within this proposed annexation area, currently zoned for Rural Living, would be designated and pre-zoned as Business Park (BP). BP zoning

8.e
Packet Pg. 815 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
designations implement the General Plan and provide designated areas for large numbers of employees, corporate professional offices, research and development, support services, and light industrial and manufacturing that generally confine operational impacts to the property. The BP zoning allows for legacy residential uses to remain and a limited number of new homes to be developed. Thus, prezoning the annexed parcel as BP zoning contributes to a mix of land uses.

General Plan Policy LU-1.6 (Sphere of influence) is furthered in that the prezoning is compatible with planned land uses as identified in the City’s General Plan and roadways, utilities and other infrastructure and existing development in Barstow’s existing boundaries and sphere of influence. By pre‑zoning Action Area B to support the intended City land uses, the City can align the area with the General Plan’s intended west‑side industrial and logistics-related uses and evaluate infrastructure needs, environmental impacts, and service demands comprehensively at the General Plan level, rather than deferring these issues to future, project‑by‑project decisions. The prezoning of Action Area B ensures that, if and when annexation is approved by LAFCO, development will occur consistent with the General Plan and BIG Specific Plan land use designations and implementing zoning, rather than under legacy County zoning that does not reflect the City’s adopted growth strategy.

C. The prezoning is consistent with Barstow Municipal Code and Zoning Regulations in that the proposed zoning designations exist within Title 19 as amended by Ordinance No. 1035-2026. The development standards applicable to the district(s) are appropriate for the physical characteristics of the site, including size, access, surrounding land uses, and environmental constraints. The prezoning will not create inconsistencies within the Zoning Code nor conflict with other adopted regulations.

D. The prezoning promotes the public health, safety, and general welfare because it ensures orderly growth and development consistent with the City’s long-term planning. Further, it prevents incompatible land use patterns by applying City zoning standards upon annexation.

E. The prezoning designations and related annexation and disestablishment are in compliance with CEQA. The prezoning of San Bernardino LAFCO Area B is within the scope of the EIR adopted concurrently by Resolution No. 5256-2026.

SECTION 4. Prezoning Approval. The prezoning for San Bernardino LAFCO Reorganization Action Area B, as depicted in the map attached hereto as Exhibit A, is hereby approved.

SECTION 5. Severability. If any provision, section, subsection, paragraph, sentence, clause, or word of this Ordinance, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, is rendered or declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remaining provisions, sections, subsections paragraphs, sentences, clauses, or words of this Ordinance, and their application to other persons or

8.e
Packet Pg. 816 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
circumstances, shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect and, to that end, the provisions of this Ordinance are severable.

SECTION 6. CEQA. The City Council certified the City of Barstow General Plan and Barstow International Gateway Project Environmental Impact Report for the City General Plan Update and Development Project (State Clearinghouse No. 2024020501), and adopted CEQA Findings on Impacts and Mitigation Measures, a Statement of Overriding Considerations and a Mitigation, Monitoring and Reporting Program, by Resolution No. 5256-2026, incorporated herein by this reference as if set forth in full. The City Council hereby finds that the actions approved by this Resolution are within the scope of the General Plan Update and Development Project analyzed in the certified EIR, that the certified EIR adequately describes the environmental impacts of such actions for the purposes of CEQA, and that no additional environmental review is required.

SECTION 7. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall take effect thirty days after adoption as provided by Government Code 36937. The City Clerk shall cause this Ordinance to be published in accordance with California Government Code Section 36933.

SECTION 8. Inconsistencies. Any provision of the City’s Municipal Code or appendices thereto that are inconsistent with the provisions of this Ordinance, to the extent of such inconsistencies and no further, is hereby modified to the extent necessary to affect the provisions of this Ordinance.

SECTION 9. Certification and Publication. The City Clerk shall certify the passage and adoption of this Ordinance and shall cause this Ordinance and her certification, together with proof of publication, to be entered in the Book of Ordinances of the City Council. The City Clerk shall also cause this Ordinance to be published in accordance with California Government Code Section 36933.

8.e
Packet Pg. 817 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
PASSED, APPROVED AND ADOPTED this _____ day of ___ , 2026 ________________________________
Timothy R. Silva, Mayor
ATTEST:
________________________________
Andrea Flores, City Clerk
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
________________________________
Andrew Jared, City Attorney

8.e
Packet Pg. 818 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8
I, Andrea Flores, City Clerk for the City of Barstow, California, and ex-officio Clerk of the City Council, do hereby certify under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is a true and correct copy of Ordinance No. 1046-2026, which was introduced at a regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Barstow held on the 2nd day of June 2026, and adopted at the regular meeting of the City Council of the City of Barstow on the ___ day of ___ 2026, by the following vote:

AYES:

NOES:

ABSTAIN:

ABSENT:
________________________________
Andrea Flores, City Clerk

8.e
Packet Pg. 819 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 435725.8

EXHIBIT A
ORDINANCE NO. 1046-2026
LAFCO Action Area B
Prezoning Map
(STAFF REPORT ATTACHMENT C-14.A)

8.e
Packet Pg. 820 Attachment: C-14 - Prezoning for LAFCO Reorganization Area B (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Staff Report

ATTACHMENT D
BIG LAFCO Action Area A
Fiscal Impact Analysis

8.f
Packet Pg. 821 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

18201 VON KARMAN AVENUE, SUITE 220 IRVINE, CA 92612 ▪ ( 8 0 0 ) 9 6 9 - 4 D T A IRVINE ▪ SAN JOSE ▪ SAN FRANCISCO ▪ RIVERSIDE ▪ DALLAS ▪ HOUSTON ▪ RALEIGH ▪ T A M P A www.FinanceDTA.com
P u b l i c F i n a n c e | P u b l i c - P r i v a t e P a r t n e r s h i p s D e v e l o p m e n t E c o n o m i c s | C l e a n E n e r g y B o n d s Barstow International Gateway Project

INTRODUCTION
The purpose of this summary is to identify the projected fiscal impacts to the City of Barstow (the “City”) and Barstow Fire Protection District (“BFPD”) General Funds that will result from the development of the BIG Project.

For the purpose of these FIAs, a portion of the BIG Project site currently located within the unincorporated County of San Bernardino (the “County”) is assumed to be annexed into the City and BFPD, with the fiscal impacts on their respective General Funds assessed on the basis of the entirety of the BIG Project.

Notably, the BIG Project is anticipated to generate annual recurring fiscal surplus to both City General Fund ($2,507,303) and BPFD ($111,325). Hence, it is anticipated that the City will not need to subsidize BPFD for providing the fire protection services to the BIG Project at its build-out.

DESCRIPTION OF THE BIG PROJECT
CONCLUSIONS OF THE FISCAL IMPACT ANALYSES (“FIAs”) FOR THE ANNEXATION OF THE BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY PROJECT (“BIG PROJECT”)
Figure 1: BIG Project Map

8.f
Packet Pg. 822 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 2 Project Site: Comprises a contiguous area of approximately 4,244 acres of mostly vacant land, generally located west of Lenwood Road, north of Main Street, west of Hinkley Road, and south of Community Boulevard.

Annexation Areas: Approximately 2,639 and 2,569 acres of the BIG Project site are located within unincorporated San Bernardino County and the Spheres of Influence (“SOI”) of the City and BFPD, respectively, allowing those areas to be annexed into the City and BFPD with approval from the Local Agency Formation Commission (“LAFCO”) for the County; and
Proposed Development: A state-of-the-art master-planned integrated rail facility to be developed by Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway (“BNSF”) for transloading freight from international containers arriving at the Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach to domestic containers, comprising the following land use elements:

Railway: Consists of approximately 5.3 miles of existing BNSF mainline tracks as part of the Cajon Subdivision.

The existing mainline tracks are located on BNSF’s right-of-way, bisecting the BIG Project site east to west; Rail Yard: Features a block swap yard comprising numerous 16,000- and 10,000-foot tracks, and an intermodal facility consisting of multiple sets of 10,000-foot tracks, several sets of 10,000-foot support tracks, and clean-energy powered cargo-handling equipment, including electric wide span cranes and yard trucks, on 1,336 acres of land south of the railway;
Private Solar Power Utility (Solar Farm): Comprised of an approximately 21-megawatt solar array and a battery energy storage system on 137 acres of land south of the railyard to power the intermodal facility; and Transload Warehouse Center: Consists of approximately 9 million sq. ft. of warehousing space on 2,628 acres of land north of the railway for transloading goods arriving at the intermodal facility from international containers, which are repackaged and processed into domestic containers.

ANALYTIC METHODOLOGY AND ASSUMPTIONS UTILIZED IN FIA
Please note that only recurring revenues and costs are analyzed in these FIAs, so revenues and costs that are considered non-recurring, such as Development Impact Fees (“DIFs”) paid by developers and capital expenditures, are excluded from the analysis.

Discounting Revenues: Certain revenues are not expected to increase one-to-one with new development. Thus, 15% and 75% discount rates have been applied to various General Fund revenues to reflect the estimated ratio of fixed revenues (not impacted by future development) to variable revenues. In addition, DTA conservatively applies a 100% discount on the revenues that are deemed static or difficult to forecast, including the intergovernmental revenues received by the City.

Discounting Expenses: Certain service costs are not expected to increase one-to-one with new development.

Thus, a 15% discount rate has been applied to various General Fund expenditures to reflect the estimated ratio of fixed costs (not impacted by future development) to variable costs. Notably, DTA has conservatively assumed that no discount factor would be applied to Public Works expenditures, even though it is likely that such expenditures will not need to be 100% duplicated despite the influx of new employees on the BIG Project site.

Assessed Valuation: Since BNSF, a regulated railway company, will own the rail facility and solar farm improvements and their underlying land, as well as the land located underneath the transload warehouse center, certain components of the BIG Project will be assessed by the State Board of Equalization (“BOE”) as railway unitary property or nonunitary railroad transportation property, with the remaining components locally assessed by the County Assessor. In addition, BNSF has indicated that the solar farm facility will not be deemed “active” by January 1, 2027. Therefore, it will not qualify for the active solar energy system property tax exclusion, and will be assessed by the BOE for the purpose of this FIA.

Tax Sharing (Secured Property Taxes): Property tax revenue estimates were derived using the applicable locally assessed valuation and apportionment factors by tax rate areas (“TRAs”) provided by the County Auditor-Controller as applied to the general 1% ad valorem property tax levy [Proposition (“Prop”) 13], net of the projected Education Revenue Augmentation Fund (“ERAF”) property tax shifts, as described below:

City: Total secured property tax revenues received by the City General Fund for BIG Project parcels already located in the City will equal approximately 14.89%, 13.01%, and 14.63% of the basic 1% levy from the TRAs encompassing portions of the transload warehouse center, railyard, and solar farm components, respectively.

The total secured property tax revenues received by the County General Fund from the TRAs in the City

8.f
Packet Pg. 823 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 3 Annexation Area and will comprise portions of the transload warehouse center, railyard, and solar farm components, at present equal approximately 17.36%, 17.32%, and 15.21% of the basic 1% levy, respectively.

For the purposes of this FIA, DTA has assumed that 50% of these percentages will be transferred to the City after the annexation of the City Annexation Area into the City. As a result, the City would accrue 8.68%, 8.66%, and 7.61% of the basic 1% levy for these three separate land uses, respectively.

BPFD: Total secured property tax revenues received by the BPFD for the BIG Project parcels already located in the BPFD will equal approximately 22.46%, 22.60%, and 22.53% of the basic 1% levy from the TRAs comprising portions of the transload warehouse center, railyard, and solar farm components, respectively.

Separately, the BPFD is assumed to receive 100% of County’s current secured property tax apportionment for fire protection from the BPFD Annexation Area, comprising only 3.13% and 3.6% of the basic 1% levy from the respective TRAs encompassing portions of the transload warehouse center and railyard components, upon the annexation of the BPFD Annexation Area into the BPFD.

Property Tax In Lieu of Vehicle License Fees (“VLFs”): Per California Revenue and Taxation Code §97.70, the property tax in lieu of VLF amount now grows in proportion to the growth rate of Citywide gross assessed valuation of taxable property from the prior fiscal year. Property taxes in lieu of VLF revenues constitute an addition to other property tax apportionments and were calculated for the purposes of this FIA at $1.59 per $1,000 increase in assessed valuation on a Citywide basis.

Police: Using the City’s current police service levels as a baseline, the BIG Project needs six (6) police officers.

The extra tax revenues from the BIG Project will pay for three (3) additional police officers, who improve the current level of police staffing and police services in the BIG Project, for its workers and facilities, the areas in the City near BIG Project, and the entire City. Overall, the City intends to use the tax revenues from the BIG Project to pay for the total of nine (9) new police officers.

Fire Protection: Using current fire service levels as a baseline, the BIG Project needs four (4) firefighters. The extra tax revenues from the BIG Project will pay for seven (7) additional firefighters, who will improve the current level of firefighter staffing and fire safety services in the BIG Project, for its workers and facilities, the areas in the City near BIG Project, and in the entire BFPD. Other developments, both new and existing, will generate revenue to fund a twelfth new fire fighter. The expected twelve (12) new firefighters paid for by this project and other developments will staff a new ladder truck company needed to serve the BIG Project and ensure public safety for the BIG Project facility. The new ladder truck company will also provide improved fire protection services to the areas in the City near BIG Project, and in the entire BFPD.

RECURRING FISCAL IMPACT CONCLUSIONS
As presented in Table 1 and Figure 2, the
overall net fiscal impact to the City's
General Fund resulting from the revenues
anticipated to be generated by the BIG
Project's build-out ($5,898,512), as
compared with the cost of public services
associated with the BIG Project's build-out
($3,391,208), will be a significant annual
recurring fiscal surplus of $2,507,303
after its annexation into the City.

In addition, the overall net fiscal impact to
the BPFD resulting from the property tax
revenues anticipated to be generated by
the BIG Project's build-out ($2,479,484), as
compared with the cost of fire protection
service associated with the BIG Project's
build-out ($2,368,159), will be an annual
recurring fiscal surplus of $111,325 after
its annexation into the BPFD. Hence, it is
anticipated that the City will not need to
subsidize BPFD for providing the fire protection services to the BIG Project at its build-out.

Figure 2: Projected Fiscal Impacts from BIG Project

8.f
Packet Pg. 824 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 4 Table 1: Fiscal Impact Summary (City and BFPD General Funds) For more information, please contact Jerry Wen at (800) 969-4DTA or by e-mail at [email protected].

SUMMARY MEMORANDUM
April 8, 2026
To: Matthew Summers, Colantuono, Highsmith & Whatley, PC From: David Taussig and Jerry Wen, DTA
Subject: Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Certain Portion of Barstow International Gateway Project Area into the City of Barstow and the Barstow Fire Protection District
The Local Agency Formation Commission (“LAFCO”) for the County of San Bernardino (the “County”) requires the preparation and certification of a fiscal analysis when a jurisdiction is affected by a proposed change of organization or reorganization. The City of Barstow (the “City”) and Barstow Fire Protection District (“BFPD”), a subsidiary district of the City, are in the process of annexing certain areas (the “City Annexation Area” and “BFPD Annexation Area,” respectively, and together, the “Annexation Areas”) currently located in the unincorporated County within the City’s and BFPD’s Spheres of Influence (“SOIs”). The Annexation Areas for the City and BFPD, with essentially conterminous boundaries, constitute most of the site area for the proposed Barstow International Gateway Project (the “BIG Project”).

DTA has been engaged by the City to analyze the incremental net fiscal impact of the proposed annexation of the Annexation Areas on the General Funds of the City and BFPD.

Given that the land use elements within the BIG Project are highly integrated throughout its site, attempts to segregate such components into portions currently in the unincorporated County versus portions currently in the City would be highly speculative.

For the purpose of these two fiscal impact analyses (“FIAs”), it is assumed that the LAFCO will approve the annexation of the Annexation Areas into the City and BFPD, and the net fiscal impacts of those annexations will be evaluated based on the entirety of the BIG Project area, including portions of the BIG Project that are already located within the City and BFPD.

A Description of BIG Project and Annexation Areas
As depicted in Figure 1, the BIG Project site encompasses a contiguous area of approximately 4,243.88 acres of mostly vacant land, generally located west of Lenwood Road, north of Main Street, west of Hinkley Road, and south of Community Boulevard. As illustrated in Figure 1, the boundaries of the Annexation Areas are nearly coterminous, with a small area in the southeast corner of the City Annexation Area already located within the BFPD, as detailed below:

The City Annexation Area, encompassing approximately 2,639.41 acres of land abutting the westmost City boundaries as depicted by the gold- and purple-colored areas in Figure 1, constitutes an estimated 62.19% of the BIG Project site. The remaining 1,604.47 acres of land within the BIG Project site, described by the blue-colored area in Figure 1, are currently within the City’s jurisdiction.

The BFPD Annexation Area, comprising approximately 2,568.70 acres of land abutting the westmost BFPD boundaries as represented by the gold-colored area in

8.f
Packet Pg. 826 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 2 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project Figure 1, encompasses about 60.53% of the BIG Project site. The remaining 1,675.18 acres of land within the BIG Project area, bounded by the blue- and purple-colored areas in Figure 1, are currently within the BFPD’s jurisdiction.

Figure 1: BIG Project Jurisdiction Boundary Map
The BIG Project will be developed by Burlington Northern and Santa Fe Railway (“BNSF”), a Class 1 railroad company, into a state-of-the-art master-planned integrated rail facility.

Currently, most international cargo at the Ports of Los Angeles and Long Beach (the “Ports”) arrives in 40-foot containers, which are then trucked to warehouses for unloading, sorting, and reloading onto trucks to nearby railyards for their next transportation destinations.

Construction of the BIG Project will eliminate this inefficiency in current logistics by allowing a direct transfer of containers from ships at the Ports to trains for transport through the Alameda Corridor onto the BNSF mainline up to the BIG Project, with the containers processed, staged, and loaded onto trains moving via BNSF’s network across the nation.

8.f
Packet Pg. 827 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 3 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project As illustrated in Figure 2, the BIG Project is anticipated to comprise the following major land use elements:

Railway: Consists of approximately 5.3 miles of existing BNSF mainline tracks as part of the Cajon Subdivision. The existing mainline tracks are located on BNSF’s rightof-way, which bisects the BIG Project site east to west; Rail Yard: Features a block swap yard and intermodal facility with an automated gate system to expedite operations and reduce truck idling. The block swap yard is anticipated to comprise numerous 16,000- and 10,000-foot tracks for assembling and disassembling trains. The intermodal facility will consist of multiple sets of 10,000-foot main and support tracks, and clean-energy powered cargo-handling equipment, including electric wide span cranes and yard trucks; Private Solar Power Utility (Solar Farm): Comprised of an approximately 21-Megawatt hours (MWh) solar array and battery energy storage system (BESS) to provide clean energy for the intermodal facility on the railyard; and Transload Warehouse Center: Encompasses approximately 9 million sq. ft. of warehousing space for transloading goods arriving at the intermodal facility from international containers, which are repackaged and processed into domestic containers.

Figure 2: BIG Project Land Use Map

8.f
Packet Pg. 828 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 4 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project The gross acres (“AC”) associated with each land use element within current jurisdictions, along with their respective projected building sq. ft. (“BSF”) at build-out of the BIG Project, are listed in Table 1 below.

Table 1: Projected Land Uses at Build-Out of the BIG Project Land Use Element City/BFPD Annexation Area Total

AC BSF AC BSF AC BSF
City
Rail Yard 156.81 NA 1,179.68 NA 1,336.49 NA
Solar Farm 90.50 NA 46.04 NA 136.53 NA
Transload Warehouse Center 1,323.62 5,300,000 1,304.62 3,700,000 2,628.24 9,000,000 Railway 33.54 NA 109.08 NA 142.62 NA
Grand Total City 1,604.47 5,300,000 2,639.41 3,700,000 4,243.88 9,000,000 BFPD
Rail Yard 181.49 NA 1,155.00 NA 1,336.49 NA
Solar Farm 136.53 NA 0 NA 136.53 NA
Transload Warehouse Center 1,323.62 5,300,000 1,304.62 3,700,000 2,628.24 9,000,000 Railway 33.54 NA 109.08 NA 142.62 NA
Grand Total BFPD 1,641.65 5,300,000 2,602.23 3,700,000 4,243.88 9,000,000 B Analytic Methodology and Assumptions
Notably, only recurring revenues and costs are analyzed in these FIAs. Costs that are considered non-recurring, such as capital expenditures, are excluded from the analysis.

This is because new development is generally required to construct its own new capital improvements, such as roads or parks, or pay Development Impact Fees (“DIFs”) that enable the City or another developer to construct these improvements. As these are one-time costs that will not recur, there is no expectation that new development will need to pay for these capital expenditures a second time. Likewise, revenues that are non-recurring, such as DIFs paid by developers, are also excluded from the FIAs. In sum, the model reflects the estimated recurring annual deficit or surplus to the City’s and BFPD’s General Funds that will result from the development of the BIG Project upon its respective annexations thereof into the City and BFPD.

DTA chooses its analytical assumptions in accordance with industry standards and documents those decisions carefully. DTA mainly utilized a Per Capita/Employee Multiplier Approach (emphasizing average expenditures and revenues) to evaluate the City and BFPD’s General Fund revenues expected to be generated by the BIG Project and costs associated with services expected to be provided by the City and BFPD to the Project. Under this approach, DTA thoroughly reviewed the City and BFPD’s current annual budgets to determine costs related to the City and BFPD’s provision of services to their residents and employees, compared with all current City and BFPD revenue sources. However, certain BIG Project revenues, such as property taxes, sales taxes and other revenues derived from the site, as well as certain BIG Project costs, like those related to police and fire protection services, were determined using a Case Study Approach. Under the Case Study Approach, DTA utilized specific information provided by the City, BFPD and BNSF to accurately assess large-scale BIG Project revenues and costs. DTA then determined the total costs and revenues associated with the various components of the BIG Project to the City and BFPD at build-out. In doing so, DTA determined whether the BIG Project is likely to generate a net fiscal surplus or net fiscal deficit for the City and BFPD’s General Funds.

8.f
Packet Pg. 829 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 5 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project The following list explains how some of the assumptions utilized by DTA in preparing this FIA were derived:

Discounting Expenses: Certain service costs are not expected to increase one-to-one with new development. Thus, a 15% discount rate has been applied to various General Fund expenditures to reflect the estimated ratio of fixed costs (not impacted by future development) to variable costs. Notably, DTA has conservatively assumed that no discount factor would be applied to Public Works expenditures, even though it is likely that such expenditures will not need to be 100% duplicated despite the influx of new employees on the BIG Project site.
 Assessed Valuation: Since BNSF, a regulated railway company, will own the rail facility and solar farm improvements and their underlying land, as well as the land located underneath the transload warehouse center, certain components of the BIG Project will be assessed by the State Board of Equalization (“BOE”) as railway unitary property or nonunitary railroad transportation property, with the remaining components locally assessed by the County Assessor, as detailed below:

Active Solar Energy System Exclusion: Currently, the installation of an active solar energy system will not be assessed, resulting in no impact to the assessed value of real property thereon. The statute for the active solar energy system new construction exclusion was extended through FY 2025-26, and is now scheduled to sunset on January 1, 2027. Pursuant to BNSF, the solar farm facility will not be deemed “active,” i.e., generating power and connected to the grid, by January 1, 2027. Therefore, this facility will be assessed by the BOE for the purpose of this FIA,
Qualified Facility: Pursuant to BNSF, the rail yard improvements and solar farm facility are currently valued at an estimated $2 billion and $27 million, respectively. Since the aggregate value for these components exceeds $100 million, such land uses are expected to be treated as a Qualified Facility under Revenue and Tax Code section 100.11, which only allows 20% of its original cost ($405.4M), excluding track and track materials, to be assigned to the local tax rate areas (“TRAs”) comprising the Qualified Facility site. Notably, the BOE indicated that this 20% “set-aside” for the Qualified Facility will not be subject to the 50% reduction in valuation mandated under the Railroad Revitalization and Regulatory Reform Act of 1976 (the 4R Act”). The remaining 80% of the Qualified Facility’s value ($1.622B) will be assessed by the BOE as railway unitary property under the standard unitary valuation process, and would be subject to a 50% reduction in valuation under the 4R Act.

Nonunitary Railroad Transportation Property: According to the BOE, the land located underneath the transload warehouse center will be valued by the BOE

8.f
Packet Pg. 830 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 6 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project as nonunitary railroad transportation property using the comparable sales approach, which will be subject to the 4R Act, and not liable to valuation by the County. The assessed valuation of such land will be assigned by the BOE to each TRA encompassing the transload warehouse center, which will be taxed in the standard manner for nonunitary property. According to BNSF, the land located underneath the transload warehouse center is currently valued at $12,000 per acre.

Locally Assessed Property: The BOE indicated that vertical improvements for the transload warehouse center will be locally assessed and locally taxed by the County. BNSF estimated that such improvements will be valued at $158 per BSF.

City: Total secured property tax revenues received by the City General Fund for BIG Project parcels already located in the City will equal approximately

14.89%, 13.01%, and 14.63% of the basic 1% levy from the TRAs encompassing portions of the transload warehouse center, railyard, and solar farm components, respectively.

The total secured property tax revenues received by the County General Fund from the TRAs in the City Annexation Area and will comprise portions of the transload warehouse center, railyard, and solar farm components, at present equal approximately 17.36%, 17.32%, and 15.21% of the basic 1% levy, respectively. For the purposes of this FIA, DTA has assumed that 50% of these percentages will be transferred to the City after the annexation of the City Annexation Area into the City. As a result, the City would accrue 8.68%, 8.66%, and 7.61% of the basic 1% levy for these three separate land uses, respectively.

BPFD: Total secured property tax revenues received by the BPFD for the BIG Project parcels already located in the BPFD will equal approximately 22.46%,

22.60%, and 22.53% of the basic 1% levy from the TRAs comprising portions of the transload warehouse center, railyard, and solar farm components, respectively. Separately, the BPFD is assumed to receive 100% of County’s current secured property tax apportionment for fire protection from the BPFD Annexation Area, comprising only 3.13% and 3.6% of the basic 1% levy from the respective TRAs encompassing portions of the transload warehouse center and railyard components, upon the annexation of the BPFD Annexation Area into the BPFD.

8.f
Packet Pg. 831 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 7 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project purposes of this FIA at $1.59 per $1,000 increase in assessed valuation on a Citywide basis.

City Expenditures: While the majority of City expenditures described in this FIA were based on the current City budget using a Per Capita/Employee Multiplier Approach (“Multiplier Approach”), the need for police and fire protection services was determined to require service levels that were higher than the City and BFPD’s current average service levels based on the City and BFPD’s current budgets. As a result, DTA met with the City Police Chief and the BFPD Fire Chief and utilized a Case Study approach to determine the following expenditure levels:

Police Expenditures: The Barstow Police Department (“BPD”), as of July 2025, has 47 budgeted positions. Utilizing a Per Persons Served methodology under the Multiplier Approach, DTA estimated that the BIG Project, upon its annexation into the City and at build-out, will require a total of six (6) new police officers to maintain current BPD service levels in the BIG Project area.

The extra tax revenues from the BIG Project will pay for three (3) additional police officers, who will improve the current level of police staffing and police services in the BIG Project, for its workers and facilities, the areas in the City near BIG Project, and the entire City. The City anticipates that the total of nine (9) new officers will comprise a new 24/7 two officer patrol shift, with one new Sergeant and eight (8) additional police officer positions to maintain all-hours coverage. The City intends to fund this first additional expansion in BPD personnel via the anticipated additional tax revenues from the development of the proposed BIG Project upon its annexation into the City, if and when approved, as estimated in this FIA. The City also anticipates further, future increases in police staffing as the entire City builds out through the life of the 2048 General Plan. Future increases in BPD staffing will be subject to City Council decisions as tax and other City revenues allow and as residential population and daytime/nighttime employee populations served figures change over time. All additional BPD positions are also subject to City Council decisions and future staffing and budgeting decisions.

Fire Protection Expenditures: The BFPD, as of July 2025, has 30 employees.

Utilizing a Per Persons Served methodology under the Multiplier Approach, DTA estimated that the BIG Project, upon its annexation into the BFPD and at build-out, will require a total of four (4) new firefighters to maintain current BFPD service levels in the BIG Project area. The extra tax revenues from the BIG Project will pay for seven (7) additional firefighters, who will improve the current level of firefighter staffing and fire safety services in the BIG Project, for its workers and facilities, the areas in the City near BIG Project, and in the entire BFPD. Other developments, both new and existing, will generate revenue to fund a twelfth new fire fighter. The expected twelve (12) new firefighters paid for by this project and other developments will staff a new ladder truck company needed to serve the BIG Project and ensure public safety for the BIG Project facility. The new ladder truck company will also provide improved fire protection services to the areas in the City near BIG Project, and in the entire BFPD. The BFPD intends to fund this first additional

8.f
Packet Pg. 832 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 8 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project expansion in BFPD fire personnel via the anticipated additional tax revenues from the development of the proposed BIG Project upon its annexation into the BFPD, if and when approved, as estimated in this FIA. The BFPD also anticipates further, future increases in firefighter staffing as the entire City and BFPD build out through the life of the 2048 General Plan. Future increases in BFPD staffing will be subject to City Council and BFPD Board of Directors decisions as tax and other revenues allow and as residential population and daytime/nighttime employee populations served figures change over time. All additional BFPD positions are also subject to City Council and BFPD Board of Directors decisions and future staffing and budgeting decisions.

For additional details regarding the specific assumptions and methodology utilized to calculate the fiscal impacts for the Project, please see Attachment 1.

C Net Fiscal Impact Summary
As listed in Table 2, the overall net fiscal impact to the City's General Fund resulting from the revenues anticipated to be generated by the BIG Project's build-out ($5,898,512), as compared with the cost of public services associated with the BIG Project's build-out ($3,391,208), will be a significant annual recurring fiscal surplus of $2,507,303 after its annexation into the City. As reflected in Figure 3 below, the largest projected City General Fund revenue source attributable to the BIG Project at build-out is property taxes, including property tax in lieu of VLFs and railroad unitary tax, at 89.0%. Conversely, the largest projected City General Fund expenditures will be for BPD (53.1%), Public Works (11.6%), and general government (21.7%), as reflected in Figure 4 below.

Figure 3: Recurring General Fund Revenues at BIG Project's Build-Out Figure 4: Recurring General Fund Expenditures at BIG Project's Build-Out

8.f
Packet Pg. 833 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 9 City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District April 8, 2026 Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project In addition, the overall net fiscal impact to the BPFD resulting from the property tax revenues anticipated to be generated by the BIG Project's build-out ($2,479,484), as compared with the cost of fire protection service associated with the BIG Project's build-out ($2,368,159), will be an annual recurring fiscal surplus of $111,325 after its annexation into the BPFD.

Hence, it is anticipated that the City will not need to subsidize BPFD for providing the fire protection services to the BIG Project at its build-out.

Table 2: Fiscal Impact Summary (City and BFPD General Funds) If you have any further questions regarding this Executive Summary, please feel free to contact David Taussig or Jerry Wen at (800) 969-4DTA.

Enclosures:

1. Attachment 1 – FIA

8.f
Packet Pg. 834 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

ATTACHMENT 1
City of Barstow and Barstow Fire Protection District
Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of the BIG Project FIA

8.f
Packet Pg. 835 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-A
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

CITY FUND REVENUES (BY TYPE)
I Demographics and Other Data
A City of Barstow
2025 Estimated City Population [1] 24,811
2025 Estimated City Employees [2] 11,137
2025 Persons Served Population [3] 30,380
B Barstow Fire Protection District
2025 Estimated District Population [4] 32,790
2025 Estimated District Employees [5] 11,304
2025 Persons Served Population [3] 38,442
Notes:
[1] California Department of Finance, Housing and Population Information, January 1, 2025. [2] Environics Analytics, EmploymentProfiles by NAICS Codes for the City of Barstow. [3] Assumes City population plus 50% of employees.
[4] Pop-Facts® Demographic Snapshot 2025 for the Barstow Fire Protection District. [5] Environics Analytics, EmploymentProfiles by NAICS Codes 2025 for the Barstow Fire Protection District.

II City Revenue Sources (by Type)
General
Fund [1]
Barstow Fire
Protection
District
Total
Revenues
Revenue
Type
Fiscal Impact
Basis Discount
Fiscal Impact
Revenue
Factor
Tax Revenue $32,075,140 $6,600,000 $14,292,000 Persons Served $0.00 Property Tax - Secured $2,123,500 $4,450,000 $6,573,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Property Tax - Supplemental $88,500 $0 $88,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA RDA Residual Tax Payment $1,411,500 $2,150,000 $3,561,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Real Property Transfer Tax $70,500 $0 $70,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Transient Occupancy Tax $3,998,000 $0 $3,998,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Sales and Use Tax - Measure Q $9,585,000 $0 $9,585,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Sales Tax - Bradley Burns $8,149,770 $0 $8,149,770 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Sales Tax - Public Safety $226,000 $0 $226,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Homeowners Property Tax Relief $10,000 $15,000 $25,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Business Licenses $251,250 $0 $251,250 Recurring Per Employee 15% $19.18 Franchise Fees $1,502,500 $0 $1,502,500 Recurring Persons Served 15% $42.04 Interest Income $175,000 $0 $175,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Charges for Service $111,160 $0 $111,160 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Construction Permits & Planning Fees $699,460 $0 $699,460 Recurring NA NA NA Licenses - Bingo Game $650 $0 $650 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 VLF/Property Tax Compensation $3,287,000 $0 $3,287,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Fines and Forfeitures $182,300 $0 $182,300 Recurring Persons Served 15% $5.10 Use of Property $203,050 $0 $203,050 Recurring Persons Served 75% $1.67 Motor Vehicle License Fees $41,500 $0 $41,500 Recurring Case Study NA NA Other / Miscellaneous $1,549,600 $0 $1,549,600 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Cannabis Fees $1,266,195 $0 $1,266,195 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Transfer-in from Measure Q Fund $5,429,788 $500,000 $5,929,788 Recurring Case Study 0% NA $43,334,723 $7,115,000 $50,449,723 NA NA NA NA
$43,334,723 $7,115,000 $50,449,723 NA NA NA NA
Notes:
[1] Include Measure Q, Measure Q - Fire, and General Fund II subfunds.

Total Recurring Revenues
Revenue Type
Total Revenues

8.f
Packet Pg. 836 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-B
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

CITY FUND EXPENDITURES (BY TYPE)
I Demographics and Other Data
A City of Barstow
2025 Estimated City Population [1] 24,811
2025 Estimated City Employees [2] 11,137
2025 Persons Served Population [3] 30,380
B Barstow Fire Protection District
2025 Estimated District Population [4] 32,790
2025 Estimated District Employees [5] 11,304
2025 Persons Served Population [3] 38,442
Notes:
[1] California Department of Finance, Housing and Population Information, January 1, 2025. [2] Environics Analytics, EmploymentProfiles by NAICS Codes for the City of Barstow. [3] Assumes City population plus 50% of employees.
[4] Pop-Facts® Demographic Snapshot 2025 for the Barstow Fire Protection District. [5] Environics Analytics, EmploymentProfiles by NAICS Codes 2025 for the Barstow Fire Protection District.

II City Expenditures (by Type)
General
Fund [1]
Barstow Fire
Protection
District
Total
Expenditures
Expenditure
Type
Fiscal Impact
Basis Discount
Fiscal Impact
Expenditure
Factor
General Government
City Council $149,250 NA $149,250 Recurring Case Study 0% NA City Clerk $21,325 NA $21,325 Recurring Case Study 0% NA City Attorney $476,000 NA $476,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA City Manager $1,637,402 NA $1,637,402 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Municipal Records $396,990 NA $396,990 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Insurance Risk Management $2,363,178 NA $2,363,178 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Finance $1,243,258 NA $1,243,258 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Information Technology $1,085,248 NA $1,085,248 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Human Resources $817,932 NA $817,932 Recurring Case Study 0% NA City Treasurer $34,300 NA $34,300 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Central Services $435,998 NA $435,998 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Cannabis Regulation $2,000 NA $2,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA General Fund II $29,800 NA $29,800 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Barstow Fire Protection District $213,239 $83,500 $296,739 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Non-General Government
Public Works $4,464,684 NA $4,464,684 Recurring Persons Served 0% $146.96 Community Development $3,847,595 NA $3,847,595 Recurring Persons Served 15% $107.65 Police $13,371,573 NA $13,371,573 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Parks & Recreation $1,721,487 NA $1,721,487 Recurring Persons Served 15% $48.17 Debt Service $121,400 NA $121,400 Recurring NA 0% NA
Barstow Fire Protection District $5,331,168 $6,455,000 $11,786,168 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Transfers & Others $557,907 $0 $557,907 Recurring NA 0% NA $38,321,734 $6,538,500 $44,860,234 NA NA NA NA
$38,321,734 $6,538,500 $44,860,234 NA NA NA NA
Notes:
[1] Include Measure Q, Measure Q - Fire, and General Fund II subfunds.

Total Recurring Expenditures
Expenditure Type
Total Expenditures

8.f
Packet Pg. 837 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-C
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

LAND USE AND DEMOGRAPHICS SUMMARY
I Within City Jurisdiction
A Projected Non-Residential Land Uses Acres [1] Building Sq. Ft. [2] Transload Warehouse Center 1,323.62 5,300,000
Rail Yard 156.81 NA
Solar Farm 90.50 NA
Railway 33.54 NA
II Within City Annexation Area
A Projected Non-Residential Land Uses Acres [1] Building Sq. Ft. [2] Transload Warehouse Center 1,304.62 3,700,000
Rail Yard 1,179.68 NA
Solar Farm 46.04 NA
Railway 109.08 NA
III Within BFPD Jurisdiction
A Projected Non-Residential Land Uses Acres [1] Building Sq. Ft. [2] Transload Warehouse Center 1,323.62 5,300,000
Rail Yard 181.49 NA
Solar Farm 136.53 NA
Railway 33.54 NA
IV Within BFPD Annexation Area
A Projected Non-Residential Land Uses Acres [1] Building Sq. Ft. [2] Transload Warehouse Center 1,304.62 3,700,000
Rail Yard 1,155.00 NA
Solar Farm 0.00 NA
Railway 109.08 NA
I Direct Employees
A Projected Non-Residential Land Uses Estimated Direct Employees [3] Transload Warehouse Center 4,250
Rail Yard 1,125
Solar Farm 0
Railway 0
I Total Projected Residential Population 0
II Total Projected Direct Employees 5,375
III Total Persons Served Population [4] 2,688
NOTES:
[1] Source: County of San Bernardino Assessor Office.
[2] Source: Project Proponent
[3] Source: Project Proponent
[4] An employee is typically assumed to be equivalent to 50% of a resident given they would spend only eight active hours in the City per day versus a resident who is active for 16 hours per day. * All figures subject to rounding
Population and Employees (Totals)
Land Use Data
Population and Employees (Calculations)

8.f
Packet Pg. 838 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-D
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

NON-UNITARY PROPERTY TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
I Property Tax Allocation Within City/BFPD Jurisdictions (as a Portion of the 1% General Property Tax Levy) [1] A City General Fund and Park Fund [2]
Transload Warehouse Center 14.885283%
Rail Yard 13.010324%
Solar Farm 14.625552%
Railway 0.000000%
B Barstow Fire Protection District [2]
Transload Warehouse Center 22.458013%
Rail Yard 23.029296%
Solar Farm 23.624840%
Railway 0.000000%
II Property Tax Allocation Within Annexation Area (as a Portion of the 1% General Property Tax Levy) [1] Prior to Annexation into City Upon Annexation into City A City General Fund County General Fund [2] County General Fund [3] City General Fund [3] Transload Warehouse Center 17.360540% 9.548297% 7.812243% Rail Yard 17.315755% 9.523665% 7.792090%
Solar Farm 15.212014% 8.366608% 6.845406%
Railway 0.000000% 0.000000% 0.000000%
Prior to Annexation into BFPD Upon Annexation into BFPD B Barstow Fire Protection District County FPD [2] County FPD Barstow FPD [4] Transload Warehouse Center 3.126173% 0.000000% 3.126173% Rail Yard 3.126209% 0.000000% 3.126209%
Solar Farm 0.000000% 0.000000% 0.000000%
Railway 0.000000% 0.000000% 0.000000%
I Non-Residential Land Uses Within City Jurisdiction
A Transload Warehouse Center Land Value Improvement Value Total Value Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 1,323.62 AC 5,300,000 SF NA Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $12,000.00/AC $158.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $15,883,499 $837,400,000 $853,283,499 B Rail Yard
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 156.81 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $0.00/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $0 $0 $0
C Solar Farm
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 90.50 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $39,550.66/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $3,579,263 $0 $3,579,263 D Railway
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 33.54 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $0.00/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $0 $0 $0
II Non-Residential Land Uses Within City Annexation Area A Transload Warehouse Center Land Value Improvement Value Total Value Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 1,304.62 AC 3,700,000 SF NA Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $12,000.00/AC $158.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $15,655,387 $584,600,000 $600,255,387 B Rail Yard
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 1,179.68 AC 0 SF NA Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $339,075.69/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $400,000,000 $0 $400,000,000 C Solar Farm
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 46.04 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $39,550.66/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $1,820,737 $0 $1,820,737 General Property Tax Assumptions
Assessed Valuation Assumptions

8.f
Packet Pg. 839 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-D
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

NON-UNITARY PROPERTY TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
D Railway
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 109.08 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $0.00/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $0 $0 $0
III Total Land Use Net Taxable Value for Big Project Upon Annexation into the City $1,858,938,886 IV Non-Residential Land Uses Within BFPD Jurisdiction
A Transload Warehouse Center Land Value Improvement Value Total Value Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 1,323.62 AC 5,300,000 SF NA Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $12,000.00/AC $158.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $15,883,499 $837,400,000 $853,283,499 B Rail Yard
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 181.49 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $52,487.00/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $9,525,820 $0 $9,525,820 C Solar Farm
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 136.53 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $39,550.66/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $5,400,000 $0 $5,400,000 D Railway
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 33.54 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $0.00/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $0 $0 $0
V Non-Residential Land Uses Within BFPD Annexation Area A Transload Warehouse Center Land Value Improvement Value Total Value Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 1,304.62 AC 3,700,000 SF NA Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $12,000.00/AC $158.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $15,655,387 $584,600,000 $600,255,387 B Rail Yard
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 1,155.00 AC 0 SF NA Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $338,072.98/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $390,474,180 $0 $390,474,180 C Solar Farm
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 0.00 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $39,550.66/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $0 $0 $0
D Railway
Number of Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [5] 109.08 AC 0 SF NA
Valuation per Acres/Building Sq. Ft. [6] $0.00/AC $0.00/SF NA Total Estimated Net Taxable Value $0 $0 $0
VI Total Land Use Net Taxable Value for Big Project Upon Annexation into the BFPD $1,858,938,886 I Unsecured Property Taxes - Assumptions [7]
A Unsecured Taxes as a % of Secured
Transload Warehouse Center 10.00%
Rail Yard 0.00%
Solar Farm 0.00%
Railway 0.00%
II Motor Vehicle Licensing Fees - Assumptions
Vehicle Licensing Fees per Capita NA
III Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee - Assumptions Total City of Barstow Gross Assessed Value [8] $2,071,915,996 City of Barstow Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee [9] $3,287,000 Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee Increase per $1,000 Assessed Value $1.59 Other Property Tax Revenue Assumptions

8.f
Packet Pg. 840 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-D
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

NON-UNITARY PROPERTY TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
A Secured Property Tax City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD A.1 Non-Residential Land Uses Within City/BFPD Jurisdiction Transload Warehouse Center $1,270,137 $1,916,305 $3,186,442 Rail Yard $0 $21,937 $21,937
Solar Farm $5,235 $12,757 $17,992
Railway $0 $0 $0
A.2 Non-Residential Land Uses Within Annexation Area
Transload Warehouse Center $468,934 $187,650 $656,584
Rail Yard $311,684 $122,070 $433,754
Solar Farm $1,246 $0 $1,246
Railway $0 $0 $0
B Unsecured Property Tax City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD B.1 Non-Residential Land Uses Within City/BFPD Jurisdiction Transload Warehouse Center $127,014 $191,631 $318,645
Rail Yard $0 $0 $0
Solar Farm $0 $0 $0
Railway $0 $0 $0
B.2 Non-Residential Land Uses Within Annexation Area
Transload Warehouse Center $46,893 $18,765 $65,658
Rail Yard $0 $0 $0
Solar Farm $0 $0 $0
Railway $0 $0 $0 #REF! $0 C Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD Projected Non-Residential Land Uses [10] $2,920,345 NA $2,920,345 II Total Property Tax Revenues $5,151,488 $2,471,116 $7,622,604 NOTES:
[1] Based on Tax Rate Area (TRA) data provided by the County of San Bernardino Auditor-Controller's Office. TRA allocations adjusted for the Educational Revenue Augmentation Fund ("ERAF"). [2] Post-ERAF rates based on the weighted average of the fiscal year 2024-25 rates applicable to the TRAs encompassing each land use.

Source: County of San Bernardino Auditor-Controller Office. [3] Assumes the County of San Bernardino will retain 55.00% of its current 1% property tax increment, with the City of Barstow receiving the remaining 45.00%.
[4] Assumes the Barstow Fire Protection District will receive San Bernardino County Fire Protection District's current 1% property tax increment after the Annexation Area is annexed into the City. [5] Please see Attachment 1-C. Subject to change.
[6] Source: Project Proponent
[7] Source: Project Proponent
[8] Source: County of San Bernardino Auditor-Controller Office. [9] Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2025/2026 Adopted Budget. [10] Property Tax in-lieu of Vehicle Licensing Fees applies to incremental property value. Current assessed value of BIG Project of $18,138,705 excluded from calculation.
* All figures subject to rounding
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 841 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-E
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

RAILROAD UNITARY TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
I Actual 1% Unitary Tax - Railroad Portion City General Fund Barstow FPD Fiscal Year 2023-24 $17,694 $23,587
Fiscal Year 2024-25 $16,549 $22,066
II Unitary Assessed Valuation ("AV") Assumptions Statewide Fiscal Year 2023-24 Railroad Company AV $8,022,078,000
Project Rail Improvement Unitary Valuation [2] $1,621,600,000 Fiscal Year 2024-25 Railroad Company AV with Project AV $1,604,415,600 Change in AV from Fiscal Years 2023-24 to 2024-25 20.00% VII Adjusted 1% Unitary Tax - Railroad Portion City General Fund Barstow FPD Fiscal Year 2024-25 $21,233 $28,305
Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD Original Railroad Unitary Tax Revenues $16,549 $22,066 $38,615 Adjusted Railroad Unitary Tax Revenues $21,233 $28,305 $49,538 II Incremental Unitary Tax Revenues $4,684 $6,239 $10,923 NOTES:
[1] Source: HdL Coren & Cone.
[2] Source: Project Proponent
* All figures subject to rounding
Unitary Tax Calculation [1]
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 842 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-F
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

SALES TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
I Indirect Sales Tax Assumptions - Employees
Annual Spending per Employee [1] $7,540
II Retail Taxable Sales Capture
City of Barstow Retail Taxable Purchase Capture [2] 50% I Non-Residential Direct Sales Tax Assumptions
A Non-Residential Land Uses Taxable Sales [3]
Transload Warehouse Center $0.00/Building SF
Rail Yard $0.00/Acre
Solar Farm $0.00/Acre
Railway $0.00/Acre
I Percent to the City of Barstow General Fund
City of Barstow Municipal Code §3.12.020 1.00%
Measure Q 1.00%
Prop 172 - Public Safety [4] 0.03%
Total 2.03%
I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
A Indirect Sales Tax City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD A.1 Employee Taxable Sales
Direct Employees $410,894 NA $410,894
B Direct Sales Tax City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD B.1 Non-Residential Land Uses
Transload Warehouse Center $0 NA $0
Rail Yard $0 NA $0
Solar Farm $0 NA $0
Railway $0 NA $0
II Total Sales Tax Revenues $410,894 NA $410,894
NOTES:
[1] Based on the average daily spending of $29 on coffee, breakfast, and lunch.

Source: "State of Hybrid Work 2023, United States," Owl Labs. [2] Based on typical DTA baseline assumptions.
[3] Source: Project Proponent
[4] The City projects to receive approximately 6% of the Prop 172 sales tax receipts generated within the City, which is equivalent to 0.03% sales tax rate. Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2024/2025 Adopted Budget. * All figures subject to rounding
Indirect Sales Tax Assumptions
Direct Sales Tax Assumptions
Other Sales Tax Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 843 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-G
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

MULTIPLIER REVENUE SOURCES ANALYSIS
I Revenue Category Multiplier Factor [1] Revenue Projection Basis Business Licenses $19.18 Per Employee
Franchise Fees $42.04 Persons Served
Use of Property $1.67 Persons Served
Fines and Forfeitures $5.10 Persons Served
Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD Business Licenses $103,093 NA $103,093
Franchise Fees $113,004 NA $113,004
Use of Property $4,489 NA $4,489
Fines and Forfeitures $13,709 NA $13,709
II Total Multiplier Revenues $234,295 NA $234,295
NOTES:
[1] Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2025/2026 Adopted Budget. * All figures subject to rounding
Multiplier Revenue Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 844 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-H
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

INVESTMENT INCOME REVENUES ANALYSIS
I Investment Income Assumptions
Investment Period for Recurring Non-Interest General Fund Revenues 1 Month Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF) Rate of Return [1] 2.06% Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF) Percentage of Earnings Cost [1] 50.00% Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD Total Non-unitary Property Tax Revenues (Attachment 1-D) $5,151,488 $2,471,116 $7,622,604 Total Unitary Property Tax Revenues (Attachment 1-E) $4,684 $6,239 $10,923 Total Sales Tax Revenues (Attachment 1-F) $410,894 NA $410,894 Total Multiplier Revenues (Attachment 1-G) $234,295 NA $234,295 II Projected Recurring General Fund Revenues Available for Investment $5,801,361 $2,477,355 $8,278,716 III Plus: Investment Income (Less Earnings Cost) $4,987 $2,129 $7,116 IV Total Recurring General Fund Revenues $5,806,348 $2,479,484 $8,285,832 NOTES:
[1] Estimate. Subject to change.
* All figures subject to rounding
Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 845 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-I
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

MULTIPLIER EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I Expenditure Category Multiplier Factor [1] Expenditure Projection Basis Public Works $146.96 Persons Served
Community Development $107.65 Persons Served
Parks & Recreation $48.17 Persons Served
Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD Public Works $395,028 NA $395,028
Community Development $289,363 NA $289,363
Parks & Recreation $129,481 NA $129,481
II Total Multiplier Expenditures $813,872 NA $813,872
NOTES:
[1] Source: City of Barstow Approved Budget, Fiscal Year 2025-2026. * All figures subject to rounding
Multiplier Expenditure Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 846 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-J
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

POLICE EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I Annual Police Cost Assumptions
Current Expenditure Budget [1] $14,448,805
Fiscal Impact Basis Persons Served
Citywide Persons Served Population [1] 30,380
Discount Factor [2] 7.20%
II Fiscal Impact Expenditure Factor at Current Citywide Service Level (Per Persons Served) $441.36 I BIG Project Data
Persons Served Population [3] 2,688
II BIG Project Police Expenditure Assumptions
Estimated Incremental Police Costs at Current Service Level $1,186,373 Annual Composite Rate for a New Police Officer [4] $200,000 III Estimated Number of New Police Officers
At Current Citywide Service Level 6
Additional Police Officers 3
Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category New Officers [5] Annual Composite Rate Total City At Current Citywide Service Level 6 $200,000 $1,200,000 Additional Police Officers 3 $200,000 $600,000
II Total Police Expenditures 9 NA $1,800,000
NOTES:
[1] Includes $13,371,573 in the FY 2025-26 adopted budget and the additional expenditure of $1,077,232 resulting from the new contract between the City and the Barstow Police Officers Association.

Note, $1,077,232 represents the full-year impact derived from the prorated amount of $520,662 from 1-6-2026 to 6-30-2026.

Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2025/2026 Adopted Budget and Staff Report for Joint Special Meeting on Jan 6, 2026. [2] Reflects the current estimated ratio of fixed expenditures (not impacted by future development) to variable expenditures.

Source: City of Barstow Police Department.
[3] Please see Attachment 1-C. Subject to change.
[4] Source: City of Barstow Police Department.
[5]
* All figures subject to rounding
Using the City’s current police service levels as a baseline, the BIG Project needs six (6) police officers. The extra tax revenues from the BIG Project will pay for three (3) additional police officers, who improve the current level of police staffing and police services in the BIG Project, for its workers and facilities, the areas in the City near BIG Project, and the entire City. Overall, the City intends to use the tax revenues from the BIG Project to pay for the total of nine (9) new police officers.

Fiscal Impact Calculation
Fiscal Impact Expenditure Factor at Current Citywide Service Level Estimated Number of New Police Officers for BIG Project

8.f
Packet Pg. 847 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-K
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

FIRE PROTECTION EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I Annual Fire Protection Cost Assumptions
Current Expenditure Budget [1] $12,633,252
Fiscal Impact Basis Persons Served
District-wide Persons Served Population [1] 38,442
Discount Factor [2] 2.00%
II Fiscal Impact Expenditure Factor at Current District-wide Service Level (Per Persons Served) $322.06 III BIG Project Data
Persons Served Population [3] 2,688
IV BIG Project Fire Protection Expenditure Assumptions
Estimated Incremental Fire Protection Costs at Current Service Level $865,694 Annual Composite Rate for a New Firefighter [4] $210,000 VI Estimated Number of New Firefighters at Current District-wide Service Level 4 I Annual Operation Assumptions
Number of New Firefighters [5] 12
Allocation Metric Persons Served Population
II Primary Benefitted Property [6]
A Existing Development Projects
A.1 Major Grocery Stores Direct Employees [7] Persons Served Population [8] Stater Bros. Market 24 12
Walmart Supercenter 151 76
Vons 31 16
Food 4 Less 38 19
Kmart 71 36
A.2 Hospitals Direct Employees [7] Persons Served Population [8] Barstow Community Hospital 273 137
A.3 Four-story Hotels [9] Daily Guests [10] Direct Employees [7] Persons Served Population [8] Marriott (181 Rooms) 398 92 245
Hampton (100 Rooms) 220 51 136
Home2 Suites (106 Rooms) 233 54 144
Holiday Inn (92 Rooms) 202 47 125
Comfort Suites (83 Rooms) 183 42 112
Best Western Plus (63 Rooms) 139 32 85
Holiday Inn Express (104 Rooms) 229 53 141
B Future Development Projects Direct Employees Persons Served Population [8] BIG Project [11] 5,375 2,688
Lenwood EV Charging/Logistics Project [12] 668 334
III Total Persons Served Population 4,306
IV Ladder Truck Company Cost Allocation
BIG Project's Share of Total Persons Served Population 62.42% V Number of Ladder Truck Company Firefighters Allocable to BIG Project [13] 7 Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category New Firefighters Annual Composite Rate Total Barstow FPD At Current District-wide Service Level 4 $210,000 $840,000 Proposed Ladder Truck Company 7 $210,000 $1,470,000
II Total Fire Protection Expenditures 11* [13] NA $2,310,000 Proposed Ladder Truck Company Cost Allocations
Fiscal Impact Calculation
Estimated Number of Firefighters for BIG Project at Current District-wide Service Level

8.f
Packet Pg. 848 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-K
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

FIRE PROTECTION EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
NOTES:
[1] Includes $11,786,168 in the FY 2025-26 adopted budget and the additional expenditure of $847,084 resulting from the new contract between the BFPD and the Barstow Professional Firefighters Association.

Note, $847,084 represents the full-year impact derived from the prorated amount of $456,484 from 12-16-2025 to 6-30-2026.

Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2025/2026 Adopted Budget and Staff Report for Joint Special Meeting on December 16, 2025. [2] Reflects the current estimated ratio of fixed expenditures (not impacted by future development) to variable expenditures.

Source: Barstow Fire Protection District.
[3] Please see Attachment 1-C. Subject to change.
[4] Source: Barstow Fire Protection District.
[5] Source: Barstow Fire Protection District.
[6] Includes those development projects that require a ladder truck for adequate fire protection. Source: Barstow Fire Protection District. [7] Source: Environics Analytics, EmploymentProfiles by NAICS Codes for the City of Barstow. [8] A hotel guest/employee is typically assumed to be equivalent to 50% of a resident given they would spend only eight active hours in the District per day versus a resident who is active for 16 hours per day. [9] Source: City of Barstow Planning Department.
[10] Based on the average 2.2 guests per hotel room. Source: DTA baseline estimate. [11] Please see Attachment 1-C. Subject to change.
[12] Source: Riverview Capital Investments.
[13]
* All figures subject to rounding
Using current fire service levels as a baseline, the BIG Project needs four (4) firefighters. The extra tax revenues from the BIG Project will pay for seven (7) additional firefighters, who will improve the current level of firefighter staffing and fire safety services in the BIG Project, for its workers and facilities, the areas in the City near BIG Project, and in the entire BFPD. Other developments, both new and existing, will generate revenue to fund a twelfth new fire fighter. The expected twelve (12) new firefighters will staff a new ladder truck company needed to serve the BIG Project and ensure public safety for the BIG Project facility. The new ladder truck company will also provide improved fire protection services to the areas in the City near BIG Project, and in the entire BFPD.

8.f
Packet Pg. 849 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-L
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

INFRASTRUCTURE MAINTENANCE EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I Estimated Roadway Infrastructure and Sidewalks/Trails Requirements [1] Estimated Lane Miles of Roadway 15.60
Estimated Number of Signalized Intersections 0.00
Estimated Number of Streetlights 0.00
Estimated Mileage of Sidewalks/Trails 0.00
Estimated Acres of Landscaped Parkways and Medians 0.00 II Estimated Parks and Open Space Requirements [1]
Estimated Acres of Parks 0.00
Estimated Acres of Open Space/Slopes 0.00
III Estimated Storm Drainage Infrastructure Requirements [1] Estimated Acres of Basin 0.00
Estimated Mileage of Storm Drains 0.00
I Roadway Infrastructure and Sidewalks/Trails [2]
Roadway Maintenance Costs per Lane Mile $2,661
Traffic Signal Maintenance per Intersection $5,720
Street Light Maintenance per Light $61
Sidewalk/Trail Maintenance per Lineal Mile $840
Landscaped Parkways and Medians Maintenance Costs per Acre $9,583 II Parks and Open Space [2]
Park Maintenance Costs per Acre $18,000
Open Space/Slope Maintenance per Acre $4,792
III Storm Drainage Infrastructure [2]
Basin/Lake Maintenance per Acre $5,227
Storm Drain Maintenance Per Mile $1,177
Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD A Roadway Infrastructure and Sidewalks/Trails
Roadways $41,503 NA $41,503
Signalized Intersections $0 NA $0
Street Lights $0 NA $0
Sidewalks/Trails $0 NA $0
Landscaped Parkways and Medians $0 NA $0
B Parks and Open Space
Parks $0 NA $0
Open Space/Slopes $0 NA $0
C Storm Drainage Infrastructure
Basin $0 NA $0
Storm Drains $0 NA $0
II Total Infrastructure & Parks Maintenance Costs $41,503 NA $41,503 NOTES:
[1] Source: Project Proponent. Subject to change.
[2] Based on data obtained from the DTA Public Works database, in concert with research from the Engineering News-Record. * All figures subject to rounding
Additional Infrastructure Requirement Assumptions
Annual Maintenance Costs Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 850 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-M
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: BARSTOW INTERNATIONAL GATEWAY ("BIG") PROJECT

GENERAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I General Government Overhead Expenditures City General Fund Barstow FPD Total Recurring Fund Expenditures (excluding General Government Overhead) [1] $23,526,739 $11,786,168 Recurring General Government Overhead Expenditures [2] 36.9% 2.5% Marginal Increase in General Government Costs 75% 100%
Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
I Fiscal Impact Category City General Fund Barstow FPD Total City/Barstow FPD Total Multiplier Expenditures (Attachment 1-I) $813,872 NA $813,872 Total Police Service Expenditures (Attachment 1-J) $1,600,000 NA $1,600,000 Total Fire Protection Service Expenditures (Attachment 1-K) NA $2,310,000 $2,310,000 Total Infrastructure Maintenance Expenditures (Attachment 1-L) $41,503 NA $41,503 II Projected Recurring General Fund Expenditures $2,455,375 $2,310,000 $4,765,375 III Plus: General Government Costs $680,411 $58,159 $738,570 IV Total Recurring Expenditures $3,135,786 $2,368,159 $5,503,945 NOTES:
[1] Source: City of Barstow Approved Budget, Fiscal Year 2025-2026. [2] As a % of Total Recurring Fund Expenditures. General Government Overhead Expenditures defined as costs for Legislative, Administration, Finance, Development Services, and other General Government. * All figures subject to rounding
Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.f
Packet Pg. 851 Attachment: D - Action Area A FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Staff Report

ATTACHMENT E
BIG LAFCO Action Area B
Fiscal Impact Analysis

SUMMARY MEMORANDUM
April 20, 2026
To: Matthew Summers, Colantuono, Highsmith & Whatley, PC From: David Taussig and Jerry Wen, DTA
Subject: Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Certain Portion of Barstow International Gateway Project Area into the City of Barstow and the Barstow Fire Protection District
The Local Agency Formation Commission (“LAFCO”) for the County of San Bernardino (the “County”) requires the preparation and certification of a fiscal analysis when a jurisdiction is affected by a proposed change of organization or reorganization. The City of Barstow (the “City”) is in the process of annexing approximately 99 acres, identified as LAFCO Action Area B, currently located in the unincorporated portion of the County of San Bernardino (the “County”) within the District’s Spheres of Influence (“SOIs”) that has been identified by LAFCO as a Disadvantaged Unincorporated Community (“DUC”).

DTA has been engaged by the City to analyze the incremental net fiscal impact of the proposed annexation of Action Area B on City’s General Fund. The City is also in the process of annexing LAFCO Action Area A, a 2,686-acre territory contiguous to Action Area B that encompasses most of the site area for the proposed Barstow International Gateway Project (the “BIG Project”). Since California Government Code §56375 mandates any City annexation proposal greater than 10 acres that is contiguous to a DUC cannot be approved unless an application for annexation of such DUC has been filed, the City is filing an application for the reorganization of Action Area B in connection with the proposed annexation of Action Area A into the City. Given that the City is annexing Action Area B in connection with the proposed reorganization of Action Area A, the net fiscal impact of the proposed annexation of Action Area B should be evaluated in conjunction with the net fiscal impact of the entire BIG Project at its build-out.

A Description of Action Area B
Action Area B, as depicted in Figure 1 below, is located south of Main Street and west of Delaney Road abutting the westmost City boundaries.

Figure 1: Map for the Action Area B
.

8.g
Packet Pg. 853 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 2 City of Barstow April 20, 2026
Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Action Area B Action Area B is currently consisted of six Assessor’s Parcels (the “Parcels’) encompassing approximately 93.3 acres of land, 1 acre of interim open space, and 5 acres of right-of-way.

As summarized in Table 1 below, five of those Parcels are currently improved with singlefamily homes on 20.7 acres of land, with the remaining Parcel comprising 72.61 acres of vacant land.

Table 1: Parcel Summary
Assessor’s Parcel
Numbers Acres Situs Address Existing Dwelling Description(Sq. Ft./ Bedrooms/ Baths) 0421-071-13-0000 9.95 24073 Swallow Rd 1,886 / 3 / 2
0421-071-36-0000 2.08 23708 Gazana Rd 2,273 / 2 / 2
0421-071-38-0000 2.09 23828 Gazana St 1,926 / 3 / 2
0421-071-46-0000 2.19 32959 Amarylis Ave 1,763 / 3 / 2
0421-071-57-0000 72.61 N/A N/A
0421-071-58-0000 4.39 23875 Robin Ln 4,852 / 4 / 3
Grand Total 93.31 N/A N/A
All Parcels are anticipated to receive the new Business Park (“BP”) land use designation under City’s proposed General Plan and Zoning Map, which primarily permits office and low-impact industrial (non-truck intensive) uses. Given the presence of existing homes, the new BP General Plan land use designation and zoning would allow for legacy residential uses to remain, with a limited number of new homes allowed to be developed, subject to specific conditions identified in Barstow Code §19.17.160.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, given current owners of Parcels have not demonstrated any interest in redeveloping or developing their property, the City does not anticipate any new developments within Action Area B in a foreseeable future. For purposes of this fiscal impact analysis (“FIA”), fiscal revenues and expenditures are estimated based solely on existing development within Action Area B.

B Analytic Methodology and Assumptions
Notably, only recurring revenues and costs are analyzed in this FIA. Costs that are considered non-recurring, such as capital expenditures, are excluded from the analysis.

This is because new development is generally required to construct its own new capital improvements, such as roads or parks, or pay Development Impact Fees (“DIFs”) that enable the City or another developer to construct these improvements. As these are one-time costs that will not recur, there is no expectation that new development will need to pay for these capital expenditures a second time. Likewise, revenues that are non-recurring, such as DIFs paid by developers, are also excluded from the FIAs. In sum, the model reflects the estimated recurring annual deficit or surplus to the City’s General Fund that will result from the existing development with Action Area B upon its annexations into the City.

8.g
Packet Pg. 854 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 3 City of Barstow April 20, 2026
Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Action Area B current City revenue sources. However, certain Action Area B revenues, such as property taxes and sales taxes derived from the site were determined using a Case Study Approach. Under the Case Study Approach, DTA utilized specific information related to Action Area B to accurately assess such revenues. DTA then determined the total costs and revenues associated with the various components of Action Area B to the City. In doing so, DTA determined whether Action Area B is likely to generate a net fiscal surplus or net fiscal deficit for the City’s General Fund.

The following list explains how some of the assumptions utilized by DTA in preparing this FIA were derived:

In addition, a 100% discount rate was applied to City's General Fund Measure Q expenditures/transfers of $5.54M to subsidize the Barstow Fire Protection District (“BFPD”), a subsidiary district of the City. Given Action Area B is already located within the jurisdiction of BFPD and currently receives fire protection services therefrom, the City is not expected to provide additional subsidies for BFPD’s expenditures to residents within Action Area B upon its annexation into the City.

Tax Sharing (Secured Property Taxes): Property tax revenue estimates were derived using the applicable locally assessed valuation and apportionment factors by the TRAs provided by the County Auditor-Controller as applied to the general 1% ad valorem property tax levy [Prop 13], net of the projected Education Revenue Augmentation Fund (“ERAF”) property tax shifts. The total secured property tax revenues received by the County General Fund from the TRA in the Action Area B site equal approximately 15.21% of the basic 1% levy, respectively. For the purposes of this FIA, DTA has assumed that 50% of these percentages will be transferred to the City after the annexation of Action Area B into the City. As a result, the City would accrue 7.61% of the basic 1% levy from Action Area B.

8.g
Packet Pg. 855 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 4 City of Barstow April 20, 2026
Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Action Area B For additional details regarding the specific assumptions and methodology utilized to calculate the fiscal impacts for Action Area B, please see Attachment 1.

C Net Fiscal Impact Summary
As listed in Table 2, the overall net fiscal impact to the City's General Fund resulting from the revenues anticipated to be generated by existing land uses within Action Area B ($4,608), as compared with the cost of public services associated with existing land uses within Action Area B ($13,282), will be an annual recurring fiscal deficit of $8,674 after its annexation into the City. As reflected in Figure 2 below, the largest projected City General Fund revenue source attributable to Action Area B is property taxes, including property tax in lieu of VLFs, at 67.2%. Conversely, the largest projected City General Fund expenditures will be for Police (46.4%) and general government (21.7%), as reflected in Figure 3 below.

Figure 2: Recurring General Fund Revenues from Existing Land Uses within Action Area B Figure 3: Recurring General Fund Expenditures to Serve Existing Land Uses within Action Area B

8.g
Packet Pg. 856 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) 5 City of Barstow April 20, 2026
Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Action Area B Table 2: City General Fund Fiscal Impact Summary
In conjunction with the projected annual recurring fiscal surplus of $2,507,303 at the buildout of the BIG Project, the overall net fiscal impact to the City resulting from the annexation of Action Area A and Action Area B will be an annual recurring fiscal surplus of $2,498,629 after their annexations into the City.

If you have any further questions regarding this Executive Summary, please feel free to contact David Taussig or Jerry Wen at (800) 969-4DTA.

Enclosures:

1. Attachment 1 – FIA

8.g
Packet Pg. 857 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp)

ATTACHMENT 1
City of Barstow
Fiscal Impacts Resulting from the Proposed Annexation of Action Area B FIA

8.g
Packet Pg. 858 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-A
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

II City Revenue Sources (by Type)
General
Fund [1]
Revenue
Type
Fiscal Impact
Basis Discount
Fiscal Impact
Revenue
Factor
Tax Revenue $32,075,140 Persons Served $0.00
Property Tax - Secured $2,123,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Property Tax - Supplemental $88,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA RDA Residual Tax Payment $1,411,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Real Property Transfer Tax $70,500 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Transient Occupancy Tax $3,998,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Sales and Use Tax - Measure Q $9,585,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Sales Tax - Bradley Burns $8,149,770 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Sales Tax - Public Safety $226,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Homeowners Property Tax Relief $10,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Business Licenses $251,250 Recurring Per Employee 15% $19.18 Franchise Fees $1,502,500 Recurring Persons Served 15% $42.04 Interest Income $175,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Charges for Service $111,160 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Construction Permits & Planning Fees $699,460 Recurring NA NA NA Licenses - Bingo Game $650 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 VLF/Property Tax Compensation $3,287,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Fines and Forfeitures $182,300 Recurring Persons Served 15% $5.10 Use of Property $203,050 Recurring Persons Served 75% $1.67 Motor Vehicle License Fees $41,500 Recurring Case Study NA NA Other / Miscellaneous $1,549,600 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Cannabis Fees $1,266,195 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Transfer-in from Measure Q Fund $5,429,788 Recurring Case Study 0% NA $43,334,723 NA NA NA NA
$43,334,723 NA NA NA NA
Notes:
[1] Include Measure Q, Measure Q - Fire, and General Fund II subfunds.

Total Recurring Revenues
Revenue Type
Total Revenues

8.g
Packet Pg. 859 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-B
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

II City Expenditures (by Type)
General
Fund [1]
Expenditure
Type
Fiscal Impact
Basis Discount
Fiscal Impact
Expenditure
Factor
General Government
City Council $149,250 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
City Clerk $21,325 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
City Attorney $476,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
City Manager $1,637,402 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Municipal Records $396,990 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Insurance Risk Management $2,363,178 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Finance $1,243,258 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Information Technology $1,085,248 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Human Resources $817,932 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
City Treasurer $34,300 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Central Services $435,998 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Cannabis Regulation $2,000 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
General Fund II $29,800 Recurring Case Study 0% NA
Barstow Fire Protection District $213,239 Recurring Case Study 0% NA Non-General Government
Public Works $4,464,684 Recurring Persons Served 0% $146.96 Community Development $3,847,595 Recurring Persons Served 15% $107.65 Police $13,371,573 Recurring Persons Served 0% $440.14
Parks & Recreation $1,721,487 Recurring Persons Served 15% $48.17 Debt Service $121,400 Recurring NA 0% NA
Barstow Fire Protection District $5,331,168 Recurring Persons Served 100% $0.00 Transfers & Others $557,907 Recurring NA 0% NA
$38,321,734 NA NA NA NA
$38,321,734 NA NA NA NA
Notes:
[1] Include Measure Q, Measure Q - Fire, and General Fund II subfunds.

Total Recurring Expenditures
Expenditure Type
Total Expenditures

8.g
Packet Pg. 860 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-C
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

LAND USE AND DEMOGRAPHICS SUMMARY
I Existing Land Uses [1] Acres Dwelling Units
Single-family Homes 20.70 5
Vacant Land 72.61 NA
I Residential Land Use Population
A Existing Land Uses Persons per Household [2]
Single-family Homes 2.80
I Population
A Existing Land Uses Dwelling Units Residential Population Single-family Homes 5 14
Vacant Land NA NA
I Total Projected Residential Population 14
II Total Projected Direct Employees 0
III Total Persons Served Population [4] 14
NOTES:
[1] Source: County of San Bernardino Assessor Office.
[2] State of California, Department of Finance, E-5 Population and Housing Estimates for Cities, Counties and the State, January 1, 2025.
[3] An employee is typically assumed to be equivalent to 50% of a resident given they would spend only eight active hours in the City per day versus a resident who is active for 16 hours per day. * All figures subject to rounding
Population and Employees (Totals)
Land Use Data
Population and Employees (Calculations)
Demographic Data

8.g
Packet Pg. 861 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-D
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

PROPERTY TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
I Property Tax Allocation (as a Portion of the 1% General Property Tax Levy) [1] Prior to Annexation into City Upon Annexation into City A Category / Code County General Fund [2] County General Fund [3] City General Fund [3] General Fund 15.207571% 7.603786% 7.603786%
I FY 2025-26 Secured Valuation
A Existing Land Uses Taxable Value [4]
Single-family Homes $1,241,528
Vacant Land $77,700
II Total Land Use Net Taxable Secured Value for Action Area B Upon Annexation into the City $1,319,228 III FY 2025-26 Unsecured Valuation
A Existing Land Uses Taxable Value [4]
Single-family Homes $0
Vacant Land $0
IV Total Land Use Net Taxable Unsecured Value for Action Area B Upon Annexation into the City $0 I Motor Vehicle Licensing Fees - Assumptions
Vehicle Licensing Fees per Capita NA
II Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee - Assumptions Total City of Barstow Gross Assessed Value [5] $2,071,915,996 City of Barstow Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee [6] $3,287,000 Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee Increase per $1,000 Assessed Value $1.59 I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
A Secured Property Tax
A.1 Existing Land Uses
Single-family Homes $944
Vacant Land $59
B Unsecured Property Tax
B.1 Existing Land Uses
Single-family Homes $0
Vacant Land $0 #REF! $0 C Property Tax In-Lieu of Vehicle License Fee Existing Land Uses [7] $2,093
II Total Property Tax Revenues $3,096
NOTES:
[1] Based on Tax Rate Area (TRA) data provided by the County of San Bernardino Auditor-Controller's Office. TRA allocations adjusted for the Educational Revenue Augmentation Fund ("ERAF"). [2] Post-ERAF rates based on the weighted average of the fiscal year 2024-25 rates applicable to the TRAs encompassing each land use.

Source: County of San Bernardino Auditor-Controller Office. [3] Assumes the County of San Bernardino will retain 50.00% of its current 1% property tax increment, with the City of Barstow receiving the remaining 50.00%.
[4] Net of applicable exemptions. Source: County of San Bernardino Assessor Office. [5] Source: County of San Bernardino Auditor-Controller Office. [6] Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2025/2026 Adopted Budget. [7] Property Tax in-lieu of Vehicle Licensing Fees applies to incremental property value. * All figures subject to rounding
General Property Tax Assumptions
Assessed Valuation Summary
Other Property Tax Revenue Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.g
Packet Pg. 862 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-E
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

SALES TAX REVENUE ANALYSIS
I Indirect Sales Tax Assumptions - Residential
A Existing Residential Land Use Disposable Income Assumptions A.1 Single-family Homes
Average Household Income [1] $53,380
Retail Taxable Expenditures (as a % of Disposable Income) [2] 30.49% II Retail Taxable Sales Capture
City of Barstow Retail Taxable Purchase Capture [3] 50% I Percent to the City of Barstow General Fund
City of Barstow Municipal Code §3.12.020 1.00%
Measure Q 1.00%
Prop 172 - Public Safety [4] 0.03%
Total 2.03%
I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
A Indirect Sales Tax
A.1 Existing Residential Land Uses
Single-family Homes $825
Vacant Land $0
II Total Sales Tax Revenues $825
NOTES:
[1] Based on the average household income in the City of Barstow.

Source: "U.S. Census Bureau QuickFacts: Barstow City, California." [2] Source: Bureau of Labor Statistics, 2022 Consumer Expenditure Survey [3] Based on typical DTA baseline assumptions.
[4] The City projects to receive approximately 6% of the Prop 172 sales tax receipts generated within the City, which is equivalent to 0.03% sales tax rate. Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2024/2025 Adopted Budget. * All figures subject to rounding
Indirect Sales Tax Assumptions
Other Sales Tax Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.g
Packet Pg. 863 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-F
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

MULTIPLIER REVENUE SOURCES ANALYSIS
I Revenue Category Multiplier Factor [1] Revenue Projection Basis Business Licenses $19.18 Per Employee
Franchise Fees $42.04 Persons Served
Use of Property $1.67 Persons Served
Fines and Forfeitures $5.10 Persons Served
I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
Tax Revenue $0
Business Licenses $0
Franchise Fees $589
Charges for Service $0
Use of Property $23
Fines and Forfeitures $71
II Total Multiplier Revenues $683
NOTES:
[1] Source: City of Barstow Fiscal Year 2025/2026 Adopted Budget. * All figures subject to rounding
Multiplier Revenue Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.g
Packet Pg. 864 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-G
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

INVESTMENT INCOME REVENUES ANALYSIS
I Investment Income Assumptions
Investment Period for Recurring Non-Interest General Fund Revenues 1 Month Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF) Rate of Return [1] 2.06% Local Agency Investment Fund (LAIF) Percentage of Earnings Cost [1] 50.00% I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
Total Property Tax Revenues (Attachment 1-D) $3,096
Total Sales Tax Revenues (Attachment 1-E) $825
Total Multiplier Revenues (Attachment 1-F) $683
II Projected Recurring General Fund Revenues Available for Investment $4,604 III Plus: Investment Income (Less Earnings Cost) $4
IV Total Recurring General Fund Revenues $4,608
NOTES:
[1] Estimate. Subject to change.
* All figures subject to rounding
Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.g
Packet Pg. 865 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-H
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

MULTIPLIER EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I Expenditure Category Multiplier Factor [1] Expenditure Projection Basis Public Works $146.96 Persons Served
Community Development $107.65 Persons Served
Police $440.14 Persons Served
Parks & Recreation $48.17 Persons Served
I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
Public Works $2,057
Community Development $1,507
Police $6,162
Parks & Recreation $674
II Total Multiplier Expenditures $10,400
NOTES:
[1] Source: City of Barstow Approved Budget, Fiscal Year 2025-2026. * All figures subject to rounding
Multiplier Expenditure Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.g
Packet Pg. 866 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) ATTACHMENT 1-I
BARSTOW, CALIFORNIA: LAFCO ACTION AREA B

GENERAL GOVERNMENT EXPENDITURES ANALYSIS
I General Government Overhead Expenditures City General Fund Total Recurring Fund Expenditures (excluding General Government Overhead) [1] $23,526,739 Recurring General Government Overhead Expenditures [2] 36.9% Marginal Increase in General Government Costs 75%
I Fiscal Impact Category Annual Fiscal Impact Amount
Total Multiplier Expenditures (Attachment 1-H) $10,400
II Projected Recurring General Fund Expenditures $10,400 III Plus: General Government Costs $2,882
IV Total Recurring Expenditures $13,282
NOTES:
[1] Source: City of Barstow Approved Budget, Fiscal Year 2025-2026. [2] As a % of Total Recurring Fund Expenditures. General Government Overhead Expenditures defined as costs for Legislative, Administration, Finance, Development Services, and other General Government. * All figures subject to rounding
Assumptions
Fiscal Impact Calculation

8.g
Packet Pg. 867 Attachment: E - Action Area B FIA (6433 : Second Reading and Adoption of Big Gp) Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
City Clerk / Records
Andrea Flores
Community Promotion
Doc ID: 6425

AGENDA ITEM
AGENDA MATTER:

BARSTOW COMMUNITY COALITION, A NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION, HAS SUBMITTED A

COMMUNITY PROMOTIONAL FUND (MEASURE Q) APPLICATION REQUESTING IN-KIND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE CITY IN THE AMOUNT OF $910.00 TO HELP OFFSET

FACILITY COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH HOSTING THE RESOURCE FAIR & VETERANS CONNECTION ON THURSDAY, JUNE 25, 2026, AT CORA HARPER FITNESS CENTER.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

Barstow Community Coalition, a nonprofit organization, is requesting in-kind financial assistance from the City in the amount of $910.00 to help offset the facility costs associated with hosting its Resource Fair & Veterans Coalition Event on Thursday, June 25, 2026, at Cora Harper Fitness Center.

DISCUSSION:

On Thursday, June 25, 2026, the Barstow Community Coalition will host its Resource Fair and Veterans Connection Event at the Cora Harper Fitness Center. This event is designed to connect community members with local resource providers and raise awareness about available services. Its primary goal is to assist the veteran and military community in accessing these resources.

To support this initiative, the organization is requesting an in-kind donation of $910.00 from the City to help cover facility usage costs at the Cora Harper Fitness Center. Approving this request would demonstrate the City’s ongoing commitment to supporting community-based events that promote inclusivity, family engagement, and neighborhood resilience.

Attached for the Council's consideration is the organization’s completed Community Promotional Fund Application, which details the event and associated costs.

FISCAL IMPACT:

Approval of this request would result in an in-kind contribution valued at $910.00 to be charged to the Measure Q Community Promotional Fund Account No. 102.150.542.07.755.

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approve an in-kind donation valued at $910.00 to the Barstow Community Coalition, a nonprofit organization, to assist with facility use fees for the Resources Fair & Veterans Connection Event scheduled for Thursday, June 25, 2026, at Cora Harper Fitness Center. 9 Packet Pg. 868

9.a
Packet Pg. 869 Attachment: Barstow Community Coalition App (6425 : Barstow Community Coalition)

9.a
Packet Pg. 870 Attachment: Barstow Community Coalition App (6425 : Barstow Community Coalition)

9.a
Packet Pg. 871 Attachment: Barstow Community Coalition App (6425 : Barstow Community Coalition)

9.a
Packet Pg. 872 Attachment: Barstow Community Coalition App (6425 : Barstow Community Coalition)

9.a
Packet Pg. 873 Attachment: Barstow Community Coalition App (6425 : Barstow Community Coalition) Estimated Date 06/25/2026
Department Fee Description Overtime Hrs. OT Rate Employees Fee Parks & Rec Facility Rental - Cora Harper $ 750.00
Community Development Temp. Use Permit Application (Non-Profit) - - - $ 75.00 Inspection Fee 1 $ 85.00 1 $ 85.00
Police Department
Public Works
Collective Total:

Total: $ -
$ 910.00
Resource Fair & Vets Connection - Estimated City Associated Costs Total:

Total:

Total:
$ 750.00
$ 160.00
$ -

9.b
Packet Pg. 874 Attachment: Resource Fair & Vets Connection (6425 : Barstow Community Coalition) Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
City Clerk / Records
Andrea Flores
Community Promotion
Doc ID: 6424

AGENDA ITEM
AGENDA MATTER:

THE UNITED STATES VETERANS SUPPORT GROUP INC., A NONPROFIT ORGANIZATION, HAS SUBMITTED A COMMUNITY PROMOTIONAL FUND (MEASURE Q) APPLICATION REQUESTING INKIND FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE FROM THE CITY IN THE AMOUNT OF $1,006.10 TO HELP OFFSET

FACILITY COSTS ASSOCIATED WITH HOSTING ITS ANNUAL KIDS DAY EVENT ON SATURDAY, JULY 18, 2026, AT CORA HARPER FITNESS CENTER.

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

The United States Veterans Support Group Inc., a nonprofit organization, is requesting in-kind financial assistance from the City in the amount of $1,006.10 to help offset the facility costs associated with hosting its Annual Kids Day Event on Saturday, July 18, 2026, at Cora Harper Fitness Center.

DISCUSSION:

On Saturday, July 18, 2026, the United States Veterans Support Group Inc. will once again host its Annual Kids Day Event at Cora Harper Fitness Center. This event has become a valued community celebration that supports residents through a variety of services, including access to food, clothing, family games, and other essential resources that enhance quality of life.

To support this effort, the organization is requesting an in-kind donation of $1,006.10 from the City to help offset facility use costs at Cora Harper Fitness Center. Approval of this request would reflect the City’s ongoing commitment to supporting community-based events that foster inclusivity, family engagement, and neighborhood resilience.

Attached for Council's consideration is the organization’s completed Community Promotional Fund Application, which outlines the event and associated costs.

FISCAL IMPACT:

Approval of this request would result in an in-kind contribution valued at $1,006.10 to be charged to the Measure Q Community Promotional Fund Account No. 102.150.542.07.755.

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

Staff recommends that the City Council approve an in-kind donation valued at $1,006.10 to The United States Veterans Support Group Inc., a nonprofit organization, to assist with facility use fees for the Annual Kids Day Event scheduled for Saturday, July 18, 2026, at Cora Harper Fitness Center. 10 Packet Pg. 875

10.a
Packet Pg. 876 Attachment: United States Veteran Support Group App (6424 : United States Veteran Support Group)

10.a
Packet Pg. 877 Attachment: United States Veteran Support Group App (6424 : United States Veteran Support Group)

10.a
Packet Pg. 878 Attachment: United States Veteran Support Group App (6424 : United States Veteran Support Group)

10.a
Packet Pg. 879 Attachment: United States Veteran Support Group App (6424 : United States Veteran Support Group)

10.a
Packet Pg. 880 Attachment: United States Veteran Support Group App (6424 : United States Veteran Support Group) Estimated Date 07/18/2026
Department Fee Description Overtime Hrs. OT Rate Employees Fee Parks & Rec Facility Rental - Cora Harper $ 750.00
Community Development Temp. Use Permit Application (Non-Profit) - - - $ 75.00 Inspection Fee (2 Hour Min.) 2 $ 90.55 1 $ 181.10
Police Department
Public Works
Collective Total:

Total: $ -
$ 1,006.10
Kids Day Event - Estimated City Associated Costs
Total:

Total:

Total:
$ 750.00
$ 256.10
$ -

10.b
Packet Pg. 881 Attachment: United States Veteran Support Group (6424 : United States Veteran Support Group) Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
Engineering
Heidy Riley
Contract
Doc ID: 6359

AGENDA ITEM
AGENDA MATTER:

NOTICE OF COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE OF PUBLIC FACILITY HVAC AND VENTILATION UPGRADES AT THE CORA HARPER FITNESS CENTER PROJECT (PROJECT #2024-1000) EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

On May 6, 2025, the Council authorized the award of contract for the public facility ventilation upgrades at the Cora Harper Fitness Center to Allison Mechanical, Inc. Prior to the completion of the current project, the Cora Harper Fitness Center had undergone various repair and maintenance attempts in order to prolong the life of the prior system; however, the prior system was unable to maintain adequate temperatures which often resulted in closure of the facility.

DISCUSSION:

Construction activities were completed in compliance with the approved construction documents and applicable building, electrical, and mechanical codes. The new HVAC installation included air handler units, energy recovery ventilators, ductwork, refrigerant piping, heat pumps, HEPA filter boxes, gravity intake and exhaust vents, plumbing condensate drains, and electrical panels, conduit, and wiring. As part of the project, removal and replacement of the T-Bar ceiling and facility lighting was performed. Final inspections confirmed that the newly installed ceiling and HVAC system were installed and functioning properly and met all project requirements. All required documents have been obtained and there are no outstanding deficiencies at this time. To finalize the project, a Notice of Completion (NOC) (Attachment A), will be recorded with the San Bernardino County Recorder.

FISCAL IMPACT:

The project was funded by Measure Q and Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds.

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

City Staff recommends the following:

1. Acceptance of the Public Facility Ventilation Upgrades at the Cora Harper Fitness Center (Project #2024-1000); and

2. Authorize City Staff to record the Notice of Completion (Attachment A) with the San Bernardino County Recorder.
11 Packet Pg. 882

ATTACHMENT A
Notice of Completion

11.a
Packet Pg. 883 Attachment: Notice of Completion(Attachment A) (6359 : Final Acceptance of HVAC and Ventiliation Ugrades at Cora Harper Fitness Center RECORDING REQUESTED BY:

Maribel Hernandez
City Clerk’s Office
City of Barstow
220 E. Mountain View Street
Barstow, CA 92311
RECORDER:

Record without fee subject to Govt. Code 6103
Recordation required to complete chain of title.

APN #0183-141-03

NOTICE OF COMPLETION
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the City Council of the City of Barstow, California, owner, a municipal corporation, whose address is 220 East Mountain View Street, Barstow, California, states that a work of improvement upon the hereinafter described property was completed on the 30th day of March, 2026; that the name of the contractor for such improvement is Allison Mechanical Inc.; that the work of improvement was completed and is situated in the City of Barstow, County of San Bernardino, State of California, and is described as follows:

HVAC and Ventilation Upgrades at the Cora Harper Fitness Center City of Barstow Project #2024-1000
CBDG Project #: BARS-24-1-03E/0298
CBDG Project # BARS-19CV3-1-03Z/0255

CITY OF BARSTOW
Dated: ______ By:_______________________
Timothy R. Silva, Mayor

STATE OF CALIFORNIA )

COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO ) SS

CITY OF BARSTOW )
Timothy R. Silva, being duly sworn, says that he is the Mayor of the City of Barstow and that he executed the foregoing Notice of Completion; that he makes this verification on behalf of the City of Barstow, California, a municipal corporation; that he has read said notice and knows the contents thereof, and that the facts stated herein are true.

_________________________
Timothy R. Silva, Mayor
Subscribed and sworn before me
this 16th day of June, 2026.

Andrea Flores
City Clerk, City of Barstow
I hereby certify under penalty of
perjury that the foregoing is true and
correct. Executed this 16th day of
June, 2026, at Barstow, California.

Timothy R. Silva
Mayor, City of Barstow

11.a
Packet Pg. 884 Attachment: Notice of Completion(Attachment A) (6359 : Final Acceptance of HVAC and Ventiliation Ugrades at Cora Harper Fitness Center Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
Environmental Services
Taylor Britt
Contract
Doc ID: 6419

COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM
AGENDA MATTER:

AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO WASTE DISPOSAL AGREEMENT (WDA)
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

The proposed amendment to the Waste Disposal Agreement reduces landfill disposal rates for member cities and extends the agreement term through 2035 to align with the County’s landfill operator contract.

DISCUSSION:

Over the past year, representatives of the Waste Disposal Agreement (WDA) Cities and the County have been working to evaluate disposal rates and negotiate revisions to the existing agreement. These discussions were driven in part by changing regional waste disposal conditions, increased demand for landfill capacity throughout Southern California, and concerns among WDA member agencies regarding the difference between rates paid by WDA cities and those paid by other users of County landfill facilities.

As part of these discussions, the County considered options to address disposal rates for WDA member agencies while maintaining the long-term financial sustainability of the County's solid waste system. The resulting amendment provides a reduction in disposal rates for participating cities and establishes a rate structure that will continue to provide a discount from the published landfill Gate Rate.

Under the proposed amendment, the City's disposal rate would be reduced to 83% of the published Gate Rate, which is less than the current 85%. Based on the current Gate Rate of $49.49 per ton, the City's disposal rate would be approximately $41.08 per ton, resulting in a savings of approximately $0.99 per ton compared to the current WDA rate. Based off of last year's disposal tonnage, staff estimates that this reduction will result in annual savings of approximately $19,800 for the first year of the amended agreement.

The amendment also extends the term of the WDA through June 30, 2035, aligning the agreement with the term of the County's current landfill operator contract with Athens. Extending the agreement term provides greater certainty regarding future disposal services and allows WDA member agencies to continue working with the County on potential future evaluations of landfill operations, disposal rates, and long-term system costs.

Staff representatives from the WDA Member Cities participated in the negotiations leading to the proposed amendment and generally support its adoption as a practical solution that addresses the current needs of participating jurisdictions. Staff and the WDA will continue to monitor County actions 12 Packet Pg. 885
Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
Environmental Services
Taylor Britt
Contract
Doc ID: 6419

COUNCIL AGENDA ITEM
related to landfill operations, disposal rates, and the County's landfill operator agreement to evaluate potential impacts to the City and to help ensure the City's interests are represented in future discussions.

Attached is a copy of Amendment No. 9 to the Waste Disposal Agreement for City Council consideration.

FISCAL IMPACT:

Under the amended Waste Disposal Agreement, the City’s disposal rate will be set at 83% of the landfill’s published Gate Rate. Using the current Gate Rate of $49.49 per ton, the resulting disposal cost would be $41.08 per ton, representing a reduction of $0.99 per ton from the City’s current rate.

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

Approve Amendment No. 9 to the Waste Disposal Agreement with the County of San Bernardino. 12 Packet Pg. 886
AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO THE
WASTE DISPOSAL AGREEMENT NO. 98-590
On July 7, 1998, the City of Barstow (“City”) and the County of San Bernardino (“County”) entered into a Waste Disposal Agreement (“WDA”). The parties hereby amend the WDA, on the Effective Date as provided herein, by their respective execution of this agreement (hereinafter “Amendment’).

Recitals
A. The parties have previously entered into the following amendments to the WDA. Amendment No. 1 to the WDA was to implement the “Article 19 Solid Waste” component of the County’s waste management system and define the City’s share of that revenue. Amendment No. 2 was to increase the annual maximum limits of “Article 19 Solid Waste” in the County landfill system. Amendment No. 3 allowed the County to charge the fee of $10.00 per ton (prorated) for identified controllable waste of the City (e.g., roll off container trucks and other County/City vehicles such as pickups and dump trucks) and have such waste subject to being processed in the recycling program. Amendment No. 4 allowed the County to calculate the annual cost of living adjustment earlier in the calendar year. Amendment No. 5 extended the end date of the WDA to June 30, 2016. Amendment No. 6 extended the term of the WDA to June 30, 2021, applied an annual fixed WDA renewal discount adjustment of $0.82 per ton for the term of the WDA, and allowed the County to enter into agreements to accept in-County waste from non-WDA users of the Disposal System at a rate lower than the WDA Contract Rate in exchange for sharing the net revenue generated from those agreements. Amendment No. 7 reset the WDA Contract Rate and extended the term for five (5) years to June 30, 2026. Amendment No. 8 capped the WDA Contract Rate in order to maintain a 15% buffer between the WDA Contract Rate and the County’s posted gate rate.

B. In connection with the ongoing administration of the WDA, the parties have determined it is now in their best interests to extend the term 9 years to June 30, 2035, adjust the WDA Contract Rate to be equal to 83% of the County’s posted gate rate, and eliminate the provision for annual adjustments.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the forgoing recitals and the following covenants and promises the Parties agree as follows:

1. Section 4.2, entitled “CONTRACT RATE” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety to read:

SECTION 4.2 CONTRACT RATE. Effective July 1, 2026, and each July 1 thereafter during the term of the Agreement, the Contract Rate shall be equal to 83% of the County’s posted gate rate effective that July 1st. For July 1, 2026, the County’s posted gate rate is $49.49 ($61.49 minus the $12 CDSDP fee); therefore, the WDA Rate, effective July 1, 2026, will be $41.08 per ton.

Please note that, due to timing, in future years where the gate rate is recommended to be increased, the WDA rate notification letter may be delayed until final approval of the gate rate by the Board of Supervisors.

2. Section 5.2, entitled “CITY CONVENIENCE TERMINATION” is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety to read:

SECTION 5.2 CITY CONVENIENCE TERMINATION. In exchange for adjusting the WDA Contract Rate to be equal to 83% of the County’s posted gate rate, the City agrees to commit to remaining a WDA City, with no provision to terminate without cause, for the remainder of the WDA Term.

3. Section 6.1, entitled “EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM”, paragraph (A) Term, is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety to read:

SECTION 6.1. EFFECTIVE DATE AND TERM. (A) Term. This Agreement shall become effective, shall be in full force and effect and shall be legally binding upon the City and the County from the Contract

12.a
Packet Pg. 887 Attachment: WDA Amendment No. 9 (6419 : Amendment No. 9 to Waste Disposal Agreement (WDA)) Date and shall continue in full force and effect until June 30, 2035, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its terms.

4. Effective Date. This Amendment shall be effective if and only when all fifteen cities/towns listed on Exhibit A have each adopted and executed a counterpart of this Amendment No. 9 (the amendment number may differ for each city/town listed on Exhibit A) and such amendment has been adopted and executed by the County on or before June 30, 2026. In all events, the conditions in the forgoing sentence shall occur otherwise this Amendment No. 9 shall be null and void and without any effect whatsoever.

5. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same Amendment.

The parties shall be entitled to sign and transmit an electronic signature of this Amendment (whether by facsimile, PDF or other email transmission), which signature shall be binding on the party whose name is contained therein. Each party providing an electronic signature agrees to promptly execute and deliver to the other party an original signed Amendment upon request.

6. Except as modified in this Amendment (or in any prior Amendment(s)) all other terms and conditions of the WDA shall remain in full force and effect.
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///
///

12.a
Packet Pg. 888 Attachment: WDA Amendment No. 9 (6419 : Amendment No. 9 to Waste Disposal Agreement (WDA)) IN WITNESS WHEREOF, San Bernardino County and the City have each caused this Amendment to be subscribed by its respective duly authorized persons, on its behalf.

SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY City of Barstow
(Print or type name of corporation, company, contractor, etc.) By
Dawn Rowe, Chair, Board of Supervisors (Authorized signature - sign in blue ink) Dated: Name
SIGNED AND CERTIFIED THAT A COPY OF THIS (Print or type name of person signing contract)

DOCUMENT HAS BEEN DELIVERED TO THE
CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD Title
Lynna Monell
Clerk of the Board of Supervisors
of San Bernardino County
(Print or Type)
By Dated:

Deputy
Address 220 East Mountain View St., Ste. A
Barstow, CA 92311

12.a
Packet Pg. 889 Attachment: WDA Amendment No. 9 (6419 : Amendment No. 9 to Waste Disposal Agreement (WDA))

EXHIBIT A

CITIES/TOWNS WITH A WASTE DELIVERY AGREEMENT

WITH THE COUNTY OF SAN BERNARDINO
OFFERED THIS AMENDMENT JUNE 2026
FOR AN AGREEMENT END DATE OF JUNE 30, 2035

1. ADELANTO

2. APPLE VALLEY

3. BARSTOW

4. BIG BEAR LAKE

5. COLTON

6. FONTANA

7. GRAND TERRACE

8. HESPERIA

9. HIGHLAND

10. LOMA LINDA

11. RIALTO

12. TWENTYNINE PALMS

13. VICTORVILLE

14. YUCAIPA

15. YUCCA VALLEY

12.a
Packet Pg. 890 Attachment: WDA Amendment No. 9 (6419 : Amendment No. 9 to Waste Disposal Agreement (WDA)) Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
City Manager Department
Rochelle Clayton
Report
Doc ID: 6430

AGENDA ITEM
AGENDA MATTER:

ANALYSIS OF THE LOCAL AGENCY FORMATION COMMISSION'S (LAFCO) 2024 REPORT ON THE

BARSTOW CEMETERY DISTRICT
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY:

The City of Barstow has reviewed the 2024 Local Agency Formation Commission (LAFCO) Special Study, a supplemental Cemetery District Analysis, and the District’s recent operating budgets to evaluate the long-term sustainability of the Barstow Cemetery District.

The review found that the District has made significant progress in addressing historical governance, administrative, and operational challenges identified in previous LAFCO reviews. Improvements include leadership changes, completion of audits, implementation of financial controls, digitization of records, staffing enhancements, and ongoing beautification efforts supported through partnerships with the City and County.

While these improvements have strengthened operations, the analysis indicates that long-term sustainability challenges remain due to structural revenue limitations, reliance on burial plot sales, increasing operational costs, changing burial trends, and deferred maintenance needs.

Staff is not recommending governance changes, consolidation, dissolution, or assumption of District operations by the City at this time. Rather, staff recommend continuing the current partnership approach while monitoring future growth, development trends, and District performance. A re-evaluation is recommended within three to five years as anticipated development occurs throughout the community.

DISCUSSION:

It is important to note that the purpose of this analysis is not to evaluate the current performance of District management, but rather to assess the long-term structural and financial sustainability of the District based on available data, industry trends, and previous LAFCO findings. Staff recognizes and appreciates the efforts of the current Board of Trustees, management team, and employees in implementing operational and administrative improvements.

The 2024 LAFCO Special Study identified historical challenges related to governance, management continuity, financial controls, and operational capacity. The study also acknowledges that the District has made substantial progress in addressing many of these issues through leadership changes, improved business practices, completion of audits, implementation of policies and procedures, record digitization, and staffing improvements.

Despite these improvements, long-term sustainability concerns remain. The Cemetery Analysis estimates annual operating costs between $360,000 and $480,000, while reliable annual property tax revenue remains approximately $170,000. The difference must be offset through burial plot sales and related service revenues. The analysis further found that the District has approximately 1,080 burial plots 13 Packet Pg. 891
Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
City Manager Department
Rochelle Clayton
Report
Doc ID: 6430

AGENDA ITEM
remaining, with an estimated value of approximately $4.59 million. To maintain long-term financial stability, the District must consistently sell approximately 68 to 80 plots annually; however, historical sales trends have frequently fallen below that threshold.

National burial trends continue to shift toward cremation, reducing demand for traditional burial plots and creating additional long-term uncertainty for public cemetery districts. The analysis also identified deferred maintenance and landscaping improvements estimated between $125,000 and $300,000 that are needed to improve cemetery conditions and long-term marketability.

A review of the District’s FY 2024-25 and FY 2025-26 budgets supports these findings. Property tax apportionment remains the District’s most reliable revenue source at approximately $170,000 annually, while total projected revenues range from approximately $380,000 to $388,000. Annual expenditures are budgeted between approximately $382,000 and $411,000, demonstrating the District’s continued dependence on burial service revenues to maintain operations. While recent budgets reflect improvements in financial management and a narrowing of the operating deficit, the District remains dependent on burial service revenues and continues to face long-term sustainability challenges identified in both the LAFCO Study and Cemetery Analysis.

Staff’s review focused on long-term sustainability and did not identify a recommendation for dissolution, consolidation, or assumption of cemetery operations by the City. The City and the Cemetery District are separate public agencies with distinct governance structures, operational responsibilities, and financial obligations. While the City remains committed to partnering with the District through available in-kind support and collaborative improvement efforts, staff believes it is appropriate to continue monitoring the District’s progress and reassess long-term sustainability as future development and growth occur within the community.

FISCAL IMPACT:

There is no fiscal impact associated with receiving and filing this report. The City currently provides limited in-kind support to the District and may continue to do so, as appropriate and subject to available resources. Any future financial assistance or expanded support would be evaluated separately and presented to the City Council for consideration.

RECOMMENDED ACTION:

1. Receive and File the Analysis Report of the Local Agency Formation Commission's 2024 Study of the Barstow Cemetery District; and

2. Re-evaluate the City’s and District’s long-term sustainability in three (3) to five (5) years, taking into consideration anticipated growth and development trends; and 13 Packet Pg. 892
Joint Special Meeting
CC/BFPD/Odesa/Harvey House
06/16/26 06:00 PM
City Manager Department
Rochelle Clayton
Report
Doc ID: 6430

AGENDA ITEM

3. Continue supporting the District through available in-kind services, as appropriate. 13 Packet Pg. 893

CITY OF BARSTOW
CITY MANAGER’S OFFICE
TO: Mayor and City Council
FROM: Rochelle Clayton
SUBJECT: Barstow Cemetery District – Summary
DATE: May 19, 2026
STAFF RECOMMENDATION:

Staff is recommending to, 1) Re-evaluate the City’s and District’s long-term sustainability in three (3) to five (5) years, taking into consideration anticipated growth and development trends; and 2) In the interim, continue supporting management through available in-kind services, as appropriate.

Key Findings from the LAFCO Special Study
 These findings are from the last Study – Accepted and filed January 17, 2024.  District has experienced long-standing challenges with governance, management, and finances identified in multiple LAFCO reviews (2008, 2020, and 2024).  Frequent turnover of board members and general managers weakened institutional knowledge and operational stability.
 Lack of (prior) government management expertise among leadership contributed to operational deficiencies.
 District previously operated without legal counsel until 2020, creating risk exposure.  Audits identified major internal control weaknesses including lack of accounting policies, asset tracking, purchasing controls, reconciliation of funds, and financial closing procedures.  District operates three primary funds: General Fund (operations), Endowment Fund (perpetual care), and Pre‑Need Burial Fund (future burial services).  General Fund has historically operated with recurring deficits and owes significant balances to the Endowment and Pre‑Need funds.
 Structural challenges exist for public cemetery districts due to legal restrictions on revenue generation and competition with private cemeteries.
 Public cemeteries must maintain older plots that predate endowment requirements and therefore generate limited maintenance funding.

Barstow City CouncilJune 16, 2026

Barstow City Council
June 16, 2026